HomeMy WebLinkAboutMid-City Sewer Relief Project Chafee Lift Station
Augusta Richmond GA
DOCUMENTNAME:NGd -CAtj'5e~~X u~\ i~',j)VDj ed
Gh~ :~u.f 4-5-kL-h D n
, - -
DOCUMENT TYPE: ~ n-h-a-c..-+
YEAR: ~O[)
BOX NUMBER: I ()
FILE NUMBER: } 4 <t I Q
NUMBER OF PAGES:
aJ>~.
I
r
11
11
I
I
,I
I'
~I'
I-
I
I
I
I-
I'
I
1
I'
. ..J
~I'
0}4 #I;'c; <g' / :;../
- '
AUGUSTi\:lJTILITIES DEPARTME_Nl1
MID-CITY SEVv'ER_ RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
CONTRACT'D()CUl\IENTS
f,
,
1
I
'--
'-
February 2000 ,',
, Project 98~3~O 1
"
PREFAREDBY- "rzEL' ,- , 4JSTELFAlRST.
.- _ _ -h _' . -AUGUSTA. GEORGIA
PHONE (706)72-l~5027[ " , . _' EN' G ! NEE R S.:=.J
Z Il\tI MER jv1 AN ;E V AN SAN n' L E OP 0 L D .. IN C ,
A
,J
~44==- ,_ e; _
" .:;'"
'~
r
- . ~..
.~
ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMfDDIYY)
TM OS/23/2000
PRODUCER (423) 691- 484 i (423) 694- 484 7 AS A MA I Il:.K ur-
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
TIS Insurance Services, Inc. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
1900 Winston Road, Suite 100 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
P.O. Box 10328 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
Knoxvill e, TN 37939-0328
INSURED J S Haren Company INSURER A: Travelers
P.O. Box 450 INSURER B:
Athens, TN 37371-0450 INSURER C:
INSURER D:
I INSURER E:
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOlWlTHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM Oil CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMIT; SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
II~fR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER "~kT~ (MMJDDIYY) "OA'TE (MMJDDIYY) LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY DT-CO-399N1671-99 11/15/1999 11/15/2000 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
e.-
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE (Any one'fire) $ 100,000
I CLAIMS MADE 0 OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 5,000
,
A PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000
GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
-
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000
I n PRO- Il LOC
POLICY JECT
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY T-SI0-399N1671-TIL-99 11/15/1999 11/15/2000 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
- (Ea accident) $
X ANY AUTO 1,000,000
-
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
- (Per person) $
SCHEDULED AUTOS
A -
X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
- (Per accident) $
X NON-OWNED AUTOS
-
- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
=l ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
EXCESS LIABILITY UP399N1671-99 11/15/1999 11/15/2000 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000
~ OCCUR o CLAIM:, MADE AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000
A $
R DEDUCTIBLE $
RETENTION $ $
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND IHUB337K3034-99 11/15/1999 11/15/2000 X I TO~Y LIMITS I I ER"
EM PLOYERS' LIABILITY E,L, EACH ACCIDENT $
500,000
A E,L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
$ 500,000
E,L, DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $- 500,000
OTHER QT66033 7K2639-99 11/15/1999 11/15/2000 PER JOB SITE: $4,000,000
~LANKET BUILDERS RISK/
A ~NSTALLATION FLOATER OFF PREMISES STORAGE: $100,000
TRANSIT: $100,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSJLOC~,TIONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS
PROJECT: MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT - CHAFEE LIFT STATION, AUGUSTA, GA
CERTIFICA TE HOLDER I I ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
.....l.lL- DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
AUGUSTA UTILITl ES DEPARTMENT BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
GREENE STREET OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
AUGUSTA, GA 30911 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE t/&lk-
Construction Di v. /MELISS
Al,;UKU :l5-~ (f/'oJ" c 1988
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I'
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
February 2000
Project 9803-01
PREPARED BY
EEL
435 TELFAIR ST.
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
ENGINEERS
PHONE (706)724-5627
ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
'I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
ADDENDA
INVITATIOn TO BID
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID
BID BOND
NOTICE OF AWARD
AGREEMENT
PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
NOTICE TO PROCEED
CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMEN~ARY CONDITIONS
BORINGS B.-l & B-IA
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION
TITLE
Site Work
Excavation, Filling ana Backfilling
Concrete
Masonry
Structural Steel & Miscellaneous Metal
Plant and Yard Piping
Force Main
Valves and Hydrants
Building Accessories
Painting and Finishing
Stainless Steel Piping, 14 Inch Diameter
And Above
Control Valves
Pumping Equipment
Motor Control Center and Controls
Gates and Operators
Channel Grinder
Plumbing, Heating and Ventilating
Electrical
Miscellaneous Instruments
Grassing
Equipment Erection
Fencing
Tl
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6A
T6B
T7
T8
T9
TlO
Tl1
T12
T12A
Tl3
Tl4
T15
T16
T17
Tl8
T19
T20
9803-01 IND.doc
IND-1
SECTION IND
INDEX
PAGE NUMBER
Tl-l
T2-1
T3-1
T4-1
T5-1
T6A-1
T6B-1
T7-1
T8-1
T9-1
T10-1
thru T1-5
thru T2-4
thru T3-8
thru T4-3
thru T5-4
thru T6A-12
thru T6B-9
thru T7-4
thru T8-4
thru T9-5
thru T10-5
T11-1 thru Tl1-6
T12-1 thru T12-5
T12A-1 thru T12A-15
T13-1 thru T13-2
T14-1 thru T14,-4
T15-1 thru T15-7
T16-1 thru T16-18
T17-1 thru T17-2
T18-1 thru T18-3
T19-1 thru T19-6
T20-1 thru T20-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
'1
J
-I
I
I
I
I
I
ADDENDUM NO. 1
9803-01
TO
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
MID CITY RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
CITY OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
FEBRUARY 2000
ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC., CONSULTING ENGINEERS - FEBRUARY 22, 2000
AGREEMENT:
Page A,Ga-1 DELETE Last sentence which begins "In addition, if the
Contractor fails to meet_"
SPECIFICATION:
SECTICN Tl SITE WORK
Page 11-4: ROADWAYS:
~GZ the followi~g:
"compacted class 1\ sand clay." TO "graded aggrega<:e"
DRAWINGS:
DRAWING 5, Section 05
~GZ "SS" TO "ALUMINUM"
DRAWING 6, Section B6
CHANGZ "STAINLESS STEEL" TO "ALUMINUM"
DRAWING 7, TOP PLAN
~GE "SS" TO "ALUMINUM"
DRAWING 7, PLATFORM PLAN
CHANGE "55" TO "ALUMINUM"
DRAWING 9, DETAIL OF KEYWAY DAM WATERSTOP
ADD "3/l6"X3/4" STRAPS @ 12" o. C."
DRAWING 11, STAINLESS STEEL FElAME & GRATING DETAIL
~GE "STAINLESS STEEL" TO "ALUMINUM"
DRAWING 16, BORE AND JACK FOR DUCTILE IRON
~GE "44" TO "42"
EACH BIDDER IS REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 BY
ATTACHING THIS COpy TO THE FRONT FLYLEAF OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
NOTING RECEIPT OF SAME ON PAGE B-1 OF THE BID.
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1
ZEL PROJECT #9803-01
',lijO)-'ll ADD. il.Joc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
ADDENDUM NO. 2
9803-01
TO
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
MID CITY RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
CITY OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
FEBRUARY 2000
ZIMMERMAN. EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC., CONSULTING ENGINEERS - MARCH 21, 2000
SPECIFICATION:
SECTION T7 VALVES AND HYDRANTS
Page 1'7-1: CHECK VALVES:
ADD:
"check valves 16" and 20" shall be APCO Ser.:.es 100 rubber
flapper or the comparable product or Valmat:ic"
EACH BIDDER IS REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 BY
ATTACHING THIS COPY TO THE FRONT FLYLEAF OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
NOTING RECEIPT OF SAME ON PAGE B-1 OF THE BID.
'IR03-'1l ,\00. ~2,~oc
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2
ZEL PROJECT ~9803-01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION ITB
INVITATION TO BID
SEALED BID~; for the Chafee Lift Station adjacent to Chafee Park for the Augusta
Utilities [~partment.
Bid Item 00-039: AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
hereinaftez' referred to as the OWNER at the offices of:
Ms. Geri A. Sams
Purchasing Department
Room 605 Municipal Building
Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
until 11: OC, A.M. on the 29 day of March, 2000 at which time all bids will be
publicly opened and read in the presence of those interested.
The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be examined during regular business hours at the
office of the Augusta-Richmond Purchasing Department, Zimmerman, Evans and
Leopold, Inc., Consulting Engineers; at the Augusta Builders Exchange, F. W.
Dodge Plan Rooms, Augusta and Atlanta, or at Construction Market Data, Atlanta.
Copies of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be obtained at the office of Zimmerman,
Evans and Leopold, Inc., 435 Telfair Street, Augusta, Georgia 30901, upon
payment of $150.00 for each set. General Contractors submitting a bona fide
bid and upcn returning the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in good condition within ten (10)
days of thl= Bid opening will be refunded full payment for the first set and
one-half f,jr additional sets. General Contractors not submitting a Bid,
material suppliers and subcontractors will be refunded one-half upon return of
the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in good condition within ten (10) days of the Bid
opening.
A 10% bid bond is required; a 100% performance bond and 100% payment bond will
be required..
The OWNER reserves the right to waive any informalities and to reject any or
all bids.
Ms. Geri A. Sams
Purchasing Director
Date
Augusta Chronicle - February 28, March 9, 13, 22, 2000
Augusta Focus - March 2, 2000
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 ITB. doc
ITB
I
I
SECTION I8
INSTRUCTION TO 8IDDERS
I
I8-01 GENERAL
I
All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to
the Owner. The proposal must be filed with the Owner on or before the time
stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every
respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same
requirements.
I
I
Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned
unopened, Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the
discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of
sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract
with the successful bidder.
I
IB-02 EX1\MINATION OF WORK
I
Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to
the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the
character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and
during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all
other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under
the cont]~act. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or
employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of the contract,
shall af::ect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein.
I
I
I8-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS
No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other
pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally.
I
Every request for such interpretation should be in writing
addressed to the Director of project PROFESSIONAL, and to be given
consideration must be received at least five days prior to the date fixed for
the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental
instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications
which, if issued, will be sent by certified mail with return receipt requested
to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such
purposes), not later than three days prior to the date fixed for the opening
of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation
shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted.
All addeclda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents.
I
I
,I
I8-04 PREPARATION OF BIDS
I
Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed
by the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries
made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid.
I
Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless
specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special
specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may
disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders
shall insert the words "no bid" where appropriate.
I
Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called
for.
I
9803-01 I8.do:
IB-1
I
I
I
Telegraphic bids will not ,be considered. Modifications to bids
already ~:ubmitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time
fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such,
and shall, not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids.
I
Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be
signed by all owners. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of
the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix
the corporate seal to the proposal.
I
I
A Bid Bond of 10% payable to the owner is required in all cases and
shall ac'c:ompany the Bid. A certified check may be used in lieu of a Bid Bond.
The Bid Bond of the successful Bidder will be retained until the Performance
and Paym,=nt Bond have been executed and approved, after which it will be
returned.
I
IB-05 BA~;rS OF AWARD
I
The bids will be compared on the basis of Bid prices, which will
include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all
labor re(~isite of proper, and completing of all the work called for under the
accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the
specifications. The project will be awarded to the low, responsive and
responsible bidder.
I
I
IB-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
I
No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present
satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that
covered by the contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to
be incurred in carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal,
sealed in a separate envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT,
giving reliable information as to working capital available, plant equipment,
and his experience and general qualifications. The Owner may make such
investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder
to perfo:~ the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional
information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The Owner reserves
the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or
investigation of him fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly
qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the
work con1:emplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist
of a li~:t of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms or
corporations for which the bidder has done similar work.
I
I
I
I
IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND
I
At the time of entering into the contract, the Contractor shall
give bond to the Owner for the use of the Owner and all persons doing work or
furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of
such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just
claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the Owner
harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of
the work specified, and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said
bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the Owner and
authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia.
I
I
Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof
a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney,
I
9803-01 IS.doc
IB-2
I
I
I
IB-08 RE~rECTION OF BIDS
I
These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be
made as .soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The
right is reserved, however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject
any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if
such acti.on is deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner.
I
IB-09 MINORITY AND ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS SUPPORT
I
It is the intent of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission to
increase the involvement of qualified minority and economically disadvantaged
businesses in the contracted work of County Government.
I
In an effort to support this intention, this project is offered to
all qualified firms. The bids will be evaluated based on qualifications,
price an<l construction time. With all other items being considered equal, the
contract" if awarded will be awarded to a minority and economically
disadvan~:aged firm or a firm that has included such firms as subcontractors on
this project.
I
I
The bidders shall include with their bid a statement of
qualification for themselves and/or any qualified subcontractors explaining
why they should be considered a minority or economically disadvantaged firm.
If the firm does not fall into this category, no information is necessary.
I
IB-10 ENGINEER
I
Th8 Engineer for the Project is Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. (ZEL
Engineers), 435 Telfair Street, Augusta, GA 30901.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9803-01 IB.dcc
IB-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION BID
PROPOSAL 01' "J S, 8 Ct ( 'f' _ (') 0--D(YLrov.-.-vfw;
called "BIDDER", organized and existing under the 1 ws
JehYVS,SJU
(hereinafter)
of the state of
, doing business as
~ eX\,( P';,CL it''6'Y\
,..
TO: l\ugusta-Richrnond County
Purchasing Department
605 Municipal Building
j\ugusta, Georgia 30911 (hereinafter called "OWNER").
SUBJECT: AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
Gentlemen:
The BIDDER, in compliance with your Invitation for Bids for th~ construction of
the subject: project, having examined the plans and specifications with related
documents ,~nd the site of the proposed work, and being f~~liar with all of the
conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed project including the
availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all labor,
materials, and supplies, and to cons~ruct the project in accordance with the
Contract Documents, within the time set forth therein, and at the ~rices stated
below.
These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work req~ired
under the Contract Documents, of which this proposal is a part.
BIDDER pereby ag=ees to commence work under this Contract on or before a date
to be specified in written NOTICE TO PROCEED of the OWNER and to fully
complete t.he PROJECT wi thin 27 0 consecutive calendar days thereafter. BIDDER
further aqrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of 5500.00 for each
consecutive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Article 15 of
the General Conditions, Article II of the Agreement.
BIDDER acknowledces receipt of the follo~ins ADDENDUM (A) :
#- I d.a.:~~ d ~--.::2 ;>-0 0 - ) =#:-.:2 dlt.Je. al j -;2J-oD
BIDDER agrees to perform all the work included and described in the Base Bid
of the COKTRACT DOCUMENTS for the total sum of:
/'? i.../ E ,~/1 It-Lie AI . ,fiX Ht//./.oi.?Et7 EIGJiT'7 _5?eVEU
7#tY'5'Ak,?
NO
-7;?0 Dollars ($,{ tE7. 00"1'>
-------
;/ND
----------.-----------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNTS AE~ TO BE SHOWN IN BOTH WORDS AND FIGURES. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY,
THE AMOUN'l' SHOWN IN WORDS SHALL GOVERN.
----------.-----------------------------------------------------------------
*Insert "a corporation", "a partnership", or "an individual", as applicable.
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
--:
9903-01 BID.acc
B-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,1
I
I
m
I
I
I
SECTION BID
The BIDDER agrees that this Bid.shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a
period of 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving Bids,
Upon receipt of written Notice of Acceptance of this Bid, BIDDER will execute
the formal :ontract attached within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds
as required by Article 5 o~lthe ~eneral Conditions. The bid security attached
in the sum '?t .den fM.rc. '€.nr ~ ~ b'd A-rnl)LU\.-+ Dollars
($ \OC5]o cl '~ bd ) is to become the property of the OWNER in the event
the Contract and Bond are not executed within the time above set forth as
liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the OWNER caused
thereby.
Respectfully submitted:
By
~~
Signature
Title "Pres;d..f rl t
Fir.n Name ~: S . ~o.. ~ Yl 6:, rYlp1M-VL
Adc.n~ss l~) VUC1S,h'r'l\'-!on Ave. '
~1:L:.fN :~tJ3c3
~
(SEAL - if Bid is by
a corporat:ion)
9803-01 BID.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
B-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION BID
DATA TO-BE SUBMITTED WITH BID
A. SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS:
The following instructions supplement the requirements of the Information For
Bidders and provides instructions for completing the schedules which follow,
1. The Bidder shall submit a list of names and addresses of at least three (3)
clients fo:!:' which the Bidder has constructed similar work of comparable size
and comple~ity. Reference Paragraph 5 of Page IFB-2, Information For Bidders
and Schedule B.
2. The Bidder shall list in the space provided in Schedule C the maj or
subcontractors to be used for construction of the project. Subcontractors so
listed shall be used for the contract construction unless their replacement is
approved by the Owner.
3. The "Schedule of Equioment Included in Base Bid" which follows as Schedule
D shall be completed to denote the manufacturer of major equipment proposed to
be furnish,=d by the Bidder under the Base Bid. In that schedule, the
manufac~urer of the items of major equipmen~ upon which the design is based are
lis~ed as Selection "A" for the several items. Also listed under many of those
items are other manufacturers whose equipment or products are deemed equal in
quality and acceptable to be included in the Base Bid. For those items for
which more than one acceptable manufacturer is listed, the Bidder must indicate
which manufacturer of equipment will be provided under the Lump Sum Base Bid by
striking tt.e inapplicable manufacturers. Failure of the Bidder to strike the
inapplicable manufacturers will be interpreted to mean that Selection "A" will
be furnished.
For comparE,ble named equipment the furnished items shall fulfill the function
and performance of the item specified and shall be of equal quality; any
modificaticns required by the furnished equipment to the structure, process,
associated equipment, or piping shall be a consideration i~ the Bid price and
the completed installation of the item by the Contractor shall incur no
additional cost to the Owner.
In tha~ same schedule, the Bidder has the opportunity to offer substitute
equipment j:or consideration by the Owner and the Engineer. Such substitute
equipment nlust satisfy the following conditions and the Bidder must state the
deduction or increase of contract amount if that substitute is accepted. The
offering of such substitute equipment shall be optional to the Bidder and the
offering of such substitutions or failure to so offer shall not influence the
determination of the low bidder and the award of the contract. Only the Base
Bid will be: considered for the contract award. In the event the Owner, upon the'
recommendation of the Engineer, accepts any substitute equipment for
incorporation into the project, the contract amount of the award will be
adjusted accordingly as a Pre-Award Addendum or by a formal change order,
Consideration of substitute equipment by the Owner and the Engineer will be
subject to the following conditions:
a. The substitute equipment shall be of equal quality, function and
perfOrmanCE! to the designated Base Bid equipment item.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 BID.doc
B-3
. .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION BID
b. When
including
operating
equipment.
requested, the Bidder/Contractor shall submit sufficient data
full descriptive material, specifications, drawings, certified
parameters and efficiencies for the Engineer to evaluate the
c. Such equipment shall be suitable for installation in the space allocated on
the construction plans without maj or modifications. Any such modifications
shall be delineated by appropriate drawings submitted with data for
consideration and any cost associated therewith shall have been included in the
substitute offer.
B. LIST OF PREVIOUS PROJECTS:
1. proj ec~ Name: \.~o...~I(Pa.-\l'f\e..J- l'loft+ Lt:Jqro. k
.
Client/Owner: Mktn') U-hIN,f') ?:card
Address: 100 Enghwccd \<d, A-uuns ,'--rN 07303
Completion Date: It;/q<1 ; Approx. Contract Amount $'1lg 900.-
.
2. Project Name:7cr1Qr ~c.od, 7u.m..p Sto..f)I~
Client/owner:)JQ.w Mil l.l-h I;+;'f "
Address: ?oBo}( 5ig Ale.u.)(\Q(} I (3,'f. 3o;;Ju;~
, .
Completion Date: (J/C,q ; Approx. Contract Amount $ l,dl'1,uY$o""
. .
3.' Project Name: J;m. 13b.n~o..,d WQ-\e.e.. ?lan+ 19~'l Acl&.tflOf.l.5
Client/Owner: Cv\Ut'\\.bA Ct)u~ ~C)CLrd. b~ C.0()\.f)'1;5"sionfl rs
Address: T~G,f30)( dtJ';). 'f(p(PV , f,JOf+int'~ I GA- ::JS{Oj
Completion Date: I J./ q ~ ; Approx. Contract Amount $ ~,I Y'-I/jOO. ./
4. Project Name: fV-6nIC<2... ~e.~+- ?v..rn...p S;-/n:4iTVi
Client/Owner: S\'vee-t-llrLo-le..e.. Ll-k k+ie-s fupc..d
Address: "PO. 8ox. Iq I ,SlMUlu-)(bt-e.!t -:lAJ 3787'/
.
Completion Date: 3/0?( ; Approx. Contract Amount $0315....~,...
5. Project Name: C80 ~(lVeyQn CprUrltp _Yk:th?n c2t
Clientiowner: CA~ ~ Albo.n"}
Address:r.D. 6i)~. Y4, AJ6~ifL~1 G~ 37/Dd....
Completion Date: Lo./Q 7 ; Approx. Contract Amount $/Iq ~'7!ODO
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
9803-01 BID.c1oc
B-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION BID
C. LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS:
Address:
1 . ~le chani ca 1/ HVAC :
2. l'lumbina:
Address:
3.
!:lec~rical :
By
6&
13 ,/ (i~ C~
ALl</ck ELEC.
19//6.057/7- 6/J
,
F..ddress:
ITEM ['ESCR!PT!ON
1.
CONTRCL VALVES
Address:
4.
D. SCHEDC'LE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID:
2.
GATE VALVES
BASE BID
SUBSTITUTE
BASE BID
SUBSTITUTE
BASE BID
SUBSTITUTE
BASE BID
SUBSTITUTE
BASE BID
SUBSTITUTE
BASE BID
SUBSTITUTE
ADD (+) / DEDUCT (-)
MANUFACTURER COST FOR SUBSTITUTE
(A) DEZURIK
(B) $
~U.S.
AMERICAN
(C) $
ctAi' APCO
(B) VALVEMATIC
(Cl $
(Al MUFFIN MONSTER
(B) $
W WATERl-fJo.N
(B) RODNEY HUNT
(C) HYDRO GATE
(D) $
@ LITHONIA
(B) HOLOPHANE
(C) $
3.
CHECK VALVES
4,
GRINDER
5.
GATES
6.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
9803-01 BID.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
B-5
I;'
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I,
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
,I
RELIANCE INSURANCE CO:nJ.I:PANY
HOME OFFICE. PHILADELPHIA. PENNSYLVANIA
BID BOND
APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
A.I.A. DOCUMENT NO. A,310(FEB. 1970 ED.)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE
J.S. HAREN COMPANY
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and the RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY 01 Philadelphia.
Pennsylvania. a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania..as Surety, hereinaf.
ter called tile Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
TEN PERCENT (101;) OF THE AMOUNT BID---
Dollars ($ l.
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety. bind our-
selves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
WHEREA~;, the Principal has submitted a bid for
MID-CI1~ SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
NOW THEREFORE, If the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a
Contract with the Obligee In accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be
specified in the bidding or Contract Documents wi th good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance
of such Contract and forthe prompt payment of labor and material furnished In the prosecution thereof, or in
the eventi)f the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal
shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amo!&lnt specified in
said bid and such large.r amount for which the Obligee may In good faith contract with ahother party to
perform the Work covere~ by said bid, thon this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full
force and effect. .
Signed and sealed this
29TH
MARCH
A.D. ~2000
day of
Jloo~.~
(WItne 1
J.S. HAREN COMPANY
(Principal)
(Seal)
A?4--~ ~:c& ~
(title)
BDR-2305 ,5195
Y IN FACT
.
. .
,:::l
. .-::u-'
. .
. .
RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY
UNITED PACIFlC INSURANCE COMPANY
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY C9MPANY
ADMINISTRA TIVE OFFICE, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA
POWER OF A TIORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY is a corporation duly organized undar the laws of the State of Del-
aware, and that REL.lANCE INSURANCE COMPANY end UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, are corporationl duly organized under the laws
of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and that RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY il a corporation duly organized undar the lawI of
the State of WiacolIsin (herein collectively called "the Companiel") and that the Companiel by virtue of signatura and laall do haraby mske,
constitute and appoint E. J. Pennill, Jr.. John C. Mlddl.ton, Donald E. Willla",.. H. Ril.y Holliday, H. A. Wright, Jr., Nancy Locke, Midi.., D.
Regan, Trley Tucker. Lynda Y. Kinglley.. of Nalhville, Tenne.._ their true snd lawful AttorneY(I)-in-Fact, to make, execute, leal and deliver for
and on their behalf, and aa their act and deed any and all bonda and und.naking. of luretywhip and to bind the Companiel thareby as fully and to
the lame extent as lif such bond a end undanakings and other writingl obligatory in the nature thereof were ligned by an Executive Officer 0' the
Companiel and leal,1d and attested by one other of such oHice,., and hereby ratifiel and confirml ell that their said AttorneY(I)-in-Fact may do in
pursuance hereof.
Thil POYler of Attorney il granted under and by the euthority of Article VII of the By-Lawe of RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY.
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY. UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, and RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY which
provisionl ere now il' full force and eHect, reeding 88 follows:
ARTICLE VII . EXECUTION OF SONOS ANCl UNOERTAltlN09
1. The ao.d of Ow.ct_ _ Pr-.c, - Cheirmon of _ Board. _ Senior VI.. ",-.. _ VI.. "'-. or _... VI.. "'-. or ot_ offi_ cIeeiv....ed ..... lhoI B_d of
Oi'........ _ _ __Ind -.ority to I.' _ An_IeMr>oF.... _ to euthoriz. _ '0 .._ on beNlI of _ c:or....-. _ _ -elUnoe. ,ecaonia__. .-,_ of _.,.
_ _ writinge oIIIig.orl in _ nM\n -.of. _ 11I110 ,__ _ _ An_IeMr>oF_ .. ... _ _ _.... _ __ _ ..........,., giYon to _.
-
~
I
(
I?- ..'..
~ of'.:',
2. An_IeH...Fect _ ...... __ _ -t'(. euIlject to _ t...... _ Urnitati... of _ P__ of An_ __ to _. to..._ __ on _ of lfw C_o.... _
- -1lIinoe. rKOQIliz'..... c__ of ~ end 0_ writinge obI;o....... iro _ ....... ttweaf. The corpor_.... ;. not ne-.ry lor _ .eIidity of ... b_ end _.....
-aonia_ contr_ of indemftrty end _ writmp obIio........ In _ nature _...1.
3. An_IlI...~_ _ ...... __ _ ..........,., to ......... atfld...itD 'eQwed to be ..._ to bonde. recaonia_ c__ of i-.., or 0_ conditional or obIio""",
-aiUnge - ttwy - - _. _ - -.ority to corUIy _ linoncill ...._ of _ C__ _ to........ of IN By~. of _ C__ _ ... onicle or MCtion _.....
Thill Power of Aft_ ;. 'ivned _ _ ..... ,__ ..- end ..... ..........,., of _ 100'_i"9 __ ed--' ..... _ Eucuti... end Finance C_mitt_ of _ B_de of Oi'........ of FWi_
1--- C_, Unitell PlOCific 1___ C__ _ Reii_ Nationall_nity C-.......... U__ C_ dated _ of ~ 2S. 1S1N _..... _ Executive _ Fi-.II
C_ of _ Board of I)w.ct..... of Reii__ s....., C__ by Unanim_ C_ dated _ of M."" 31. 1S1N.
___ _ It. eioNItw. 01 ...... dir_ end offi... end _ .... of the C__ m.., be __ to _ ...... p__ of An_ ,. _ _fi..... ,.etinQ _"0 .....
1_.- .., ...... p__ of An_ ,. ___ --.g """" f-. eo;....... ,. I_Ie _ ...... be._ _ -"9 .-. _ C_o_ _ .,.,., """" P_. eo
--- - _lified by 1-......... end 1_ .. ...... be ._ _ bindin; _ _ C__, in _ IuNre with __ to _ bond or _...... 10 which it ;.
-." '
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused these presentl to be signed and their corporate leall to ba hereto affixed, thil July 1, 1999.
,:.,;,-.~i
RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY
REUANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY
.. RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
[)~ 7~
ST ATE OF Pennsylvllnia
COUNTY OF Philadelphia
On this, July 1. "9!'9, before me, 'Valend. Worthar,.";c personally appeared David T. Ak...., who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice
Presicient of the ;;eiiance Surety Company, anci tne' ;;,c" Presicient of Relience insurance Company, United Pacific Insurance Company. ana
Reliance National Indemnity Company and thet 88 such, being 8uthori2lld to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purpose therein
contai_~.ed by signing the name of the corporation by himself as its duly autho.rized. offic,er.
'IK witn~sl ~hereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
:.,'.' ' No~arial Seal
.,. Vale'lr.la V'I'ortnam. Not~ry Public
Phlladelonia. Philadelphia County
My CommlSSI:)f1 ExpIres Nov. 18. 2000 Notary Public in and for the State of Pennsylvania
'. ,-;., ':, "'_.'.'., .., , Residing at Philad~lphia ,
.... . "'--. .'-. -c-.." '. !.. .'-' . . .._. _.'
I. Anita Zipp.n, Sacretary'of RELlANCES'ORm"COMPANY, RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY, UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. and
REUANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney
executed by said Cornpanies, which is still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have h.."."'O< my h;"" ;., .ffi,., the ,.e1. of ,e1' Com.."" ,,~TH ~:MARCH 2~OQ
5...."'" ~
@
. '.
-~ - "
L~,I~~~~
I
I
:r. ~ e.4 ~<fj.l ~ a: I....~. (oT... 111'11::2 ~,I!Ie-t11 ~ I '1~~ I-(~~' ~ ~ V": 3 B I ::;{'" ,.'t qT1'1'" = ~ I,r, (.,: I ~e;Q: [,1 di Dy'!"ri/. ~ ~,,~ ~ ~ fC'1 fI =tI.. ~'J I ~'I'IiGdM""""" _n:r.....~_~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~-
I
>-
0::
~
(I)
;:j
o
Z
>-10
0::
Z<r
00
>-1lD
~
U<.:l
;:jZ
0::>-1
~(I)
(l)Z
ZLLJ
Ou
u.....
....J
<r
>-1
<.:l
0::
o
LLJ
<.:l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION NOA
NOTICE OF AWARD
TO:
J.S. HAREN COMPANY
123 WASHINGTON ROAD
P.O. BOX 450
ATHENS, TN 37371-0450
PROJECT: AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
The OWNER has considered the BID submitted on by you for the above described
WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated March 29, 2000 and
Informati,:m for Bidders.
You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted in the amount of:
One Milli'Jn Six Hundred Eiqhtv Seven Thousand 00/100 Dollars ($1,687,000.00).
You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and
furnish the required Contractor's Performance Bond and Payment Bond within ten
calendar jays from the date of this Notice to you. You are also required to
show proof of insurance coverage as required by the General Conditions. Five
sets are enclosed for execution.
If you fail to execute said Agreement, and to furnish said Bonds within ten days
from the ,jate of the Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your
rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a
forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights
as may be granted by law.
In the AgJ~eement and Bonds, please note that the date of agreement is to remain
blank on :~ine 1 of the Agreement, in the second paragraph and last line of both
bonds and in the last line of the Power of Attorney. After execution of all
copies, p:.ease return all copies to this office for coordinating the execution
by the OW.ner. Executed copies will then be returned for you and your Surety
along with the Notice to Proceed. Submittal of your Insurance Certificate at
an early date will permit work on the project to begin when the Notice to
Proceed is issued. A Pre-construction Conference will be scheduled after
contracts are executed.
Please ret~urn an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER.
Dated thi~:
day of
, 2000.
AUGUSTA~RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
ACCEPTANCE::
By
Ti tle
Receipt of the above NOTICE OF
AWARD is hereby acknowledged by
This the
day of
,2000
By
Title
--'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 NOh. doc
NOA
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION AGR
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made
between AUGUSTA, GEORGIA, BY
COMMISSIOn, party of the first
J.S. . HAREN COMPANY, party of
CONTRACTOR.
on the 16 day of MAY 2000, by and
AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and
the second part, hereinafter called the
WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and
considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows:
for
the
the
Owner,
ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK
The Contractor hereby agrees to
all of the equipment and labor necessary,
shown on the plans and described in the
entitled:
furnish all of the materials and
and to perform all of the work
specifications for the pr,oject
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract
Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached,
which are hereby made a part of this agreement.
ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced
within 10 calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner to the
Contractor to proceed. All work shall be completed within 270 calendar days
subject to Supplementary Conditions SC 23, with all such extensions of time
as are provided for in the General Conditions.
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the
Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and
the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL
CONDITION~ of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be
prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of
progress as will ensure full completion thereof within the time specified.
It is exp,~essly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the
Owner, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a
reasonable time for completion of the same, taking into consideration the
average c:limatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this
locality.
IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE
WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the Contractor does hereby agree,
as a part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the
Owner the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00l, not as a penalty, but as
liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for
each and e,very calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the
time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. In addition, if the
Contractor fails to meet the requirement stated in Supplementary Condition
SC-25, then the Contractor hereby agrees, as a part of the consideration for
the awarding this Contract to pay the Owner the sum of Five Thousand Dollars
($5,000), as a penalty for each and every calendar day that the Contractor
shall be in default with the requirement of SC-25.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 AGR,doc
AGR-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION AGR
AGREEMENT
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the
Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme
difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in
such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by
the Owner from current periodical estimates.
It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and
every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite
portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is
allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by extension
shall be the essence of this contract.
ARTICLE III - PAYMENT
(A) The Contract Sum
The Owner shall pay to the contractor for the performance of the
Contract the amount as stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No
variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth in the
specifications attached hereto.
(B) Proqress Payment
On no later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor
shall submit to the Owner's Engineer an estimate covering the percentage of
the total amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of
the job up to and including the last working day of the preceding month,
together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/or
the Engineer. This estimate shall include only the quanti ties in place and
at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule.
On the "City's vendor payment
invoice fol.' payment, the Owner shall after
pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of
place. The 10% retained percentage may be
completion and acceptance of all work under
run" following approval of the
deducting previous payments made,
the estimate on units accepted in
held by the Owner until the final
the Contract.
ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT
(A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for
final insp'3ction acceptance, the Engineer shall wi thin 10 days made such
inspection, and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the
Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final certificate, over
his own siqnature, stating that the work required by this Contract has been
completed cmd is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and
the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained
percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days after
the date of said final certificate.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 AGR.doc
AGR-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION AGR
AGREEMENT
(B) Before final payment is due, the Contractor shall submit
evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and
other indebtedness connected with work have been paid, except that in case of
disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed
amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been
guaranteed by surety bond.
(C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall
constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from
unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final
payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's
guarantee~;. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the
Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled.
(0) If after the work has been substantially completed, full
completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor,
and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the
Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of. the balance
due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted.
governing
claims.
Each
final
shall
except
under
shall
the terms and
not constitute a
conditions
wai ver of
be made
that it
payment
payment,
IN WITNESS
Agreement ~~,,\~ree (3)
origina~~cUhJo!~~\~ and
_ /' J1I() q,
# ~~ ...."0....... ('0 .~
",.;;;,c, ." e. c- t
:: C; .... I" ,. ...~;., ~\
J::;;" f......,. ..,.. ", rA
P!'...." 4'"!r.~.'-'~, .I, ......:..""'. t-..... y
". 0 .:~~#.:' '..\'10 '..~,~.. , 0 .
(SEiJ.L). 1WiY:;";"i"'t:,.. :. ~
~ \Q: ~~i!~(.::-:'.~:~':(.~~ ~ ~ ~
...,,, ,.~."",.. " "fP-- ..,~.,
AT T ~: ~ ';;''' -J."i\p.-, l " P
\;,". .0
.w.
WHEREOF, the parties hereto
counterparts, each of which
day first mentioned above.
have
shall
executed this
be deemed an
~of'
CONTRACTOR: J.S. HAREN COMPANY
~~
(SEAL)
By:
As its Preo;dJ-f, -;-
~{<<A
Slk~ tt~
Witness
Address: 123 WASHINGTON AVE.
P.O. BOX 450
ATHENS, TN 37371-0450
.......~......-..... ~',-. -~--.:...........
.2'~'" ::- -,.,,_...---.:,'00,_ ,............,.._
.2 ..........- -''-- .......
;.......--:--:----..
.
~ ::::
~-...
:. -=-=--=--
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
--~. '/r ".
9803-0] AGR. doc
',------AGR - 3
,",
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION PB
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
J.S. HARE'J COMPANY
(Name of Contractor)
123 WASHI'JGTON AVE., P.O BOX 450, ATHENS, TN 37371-0450
(hddress of. Contractor)
a ('~)(p{\r~-hlsn
(Corporation, Partnership or Individual)
RELIANCE INSURAN~E COMPANY
:; p,';...r:.,('::P,'Y 1 OT~ ;-1 OOR
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102
(215) eSI\.AonO
, hereinafter called Principal,
and
(Name of Surety)
(Address of Surety
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Augusta,
Georgia, (by and through its Commission), Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia
30911, hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of One Million Six Hundred
EiqhtySeven Thousand 001100 Dollars ($ 1,687,000.00) in lawful money of the
United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the ~ day of MAY , 2000, a
copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction
of:
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
NOW, THEF,EFORE, if the principal shall promptly make payment to all persons,
firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing
labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any
authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for
materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery,
equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of
such wor:<, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor,
performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on
this bonel, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to
the specifications.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the
Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim
may be unsatisfied.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-0] PB.doc
PB-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- . ~ - --
- /- -.....- ...:..--
IN WITNE:~S/. WHERtOF ,:-":this instrument is executed in 5 (number
copies)':cOlinte~rpa:r:ti, ~~cb one which shall be deemed an original, this the
16 c~a:!--.~.f.. "7-cMAX'''-: ;~ 2000.
- _.,._.. -"' ,'to'";-
..~'
~dM~
1801 WEST END A VENUE, STE 1500
NASHVILLE, TN 37203
[lat6e'Sb~4q-~gOmust not be prior to date of Contract.
Jf Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.
-......
-.
".
".
-- - ":..
-'- -/- ~~
... .. .-
~ -' -
.-
c1.{TEST' . ..'.
I.' .'
CvYx1/r1W .. .
(Principal)
(SEAL) ~~Lffi db~,u
Witness to Principal
J;13 Was/!/nGfoo A \Ie .
(Address)
A-+turu I iN 37303
fi n -- Pottti":lmeY AttS'~!:hed I
ATTEST: ,5'CWell' e'l nl._c.> , . ..
(Surety)
U--
Witness
NOTE:
SECTION PB
PAYMENT BOND
of
~~
Principal
By J.S. HAREN COMPANY
123 WASHINGTON AVE., P.O. BOX 450
(Address)
ATHENS, TN 37371-0450
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
3 PARKWAY . 10TH FLOOR
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102
(215) 6440
(SEAL)
(Address)
MARSH USA IN(
1801 WEST END AVENUE, STE 1500
NASHVILLE, TN 37203 -
(615) 340-2400
'.
l
-<
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury
Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to
transact cusiness in the State where the project is located.
9803-01 PB.doc
PB-2
'ZEL~NEERS I
I
SECTION PFB
I PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL t1EN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.S. HAREn COMPANY
(Nane of Contractor)
P.O. BOX 450, 123 WASHINGTON AVE., ATHENS, TN 37371-0450
(Address of Contractor)
a ~:rpcyo...h"6Y) , hereinafter called Principal, and
(Corporat:.on, Partnership, or Individual)
(Nane of Surety)
R~LIMlrr: 1I\IC::iIRAW"t= COMPANY
3 P,ll,RKINAY. 10TH FLOOR
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102
(215) 864-4000
(Address of Surety)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Augusta,
Georgia (by and through its Commission), Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia
30911, he:reinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of One Million Six Hundred
Eiqhty Seven Thousand 00/100 Dollars ($1,687,000.00)in lawful money of the
United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the ~ day of MAY , 2000, a
copy of ~~ich is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction
of:
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
NOW, THERI:FORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of
said cont ('act during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof
which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and
during the one year guaranty period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and
demands incurred under such contract and shall fully indemnify and, save
harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of
failure t:> do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and
expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates
and agree:> that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same. shall in any wise affect its obligation on
this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to
the specifications.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-0] PFB.doc
PFB-1
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.--~.. - '..-.
-',
".
SECTION PFB
PERFORMANCE BOND
--....<~....,.-:::.
... ~.. - -.. -:.
:: ." ./.... :'-.-.. ...-- -
PROVIDED,; 'FURTHEE, :Ehat no final settlement between the Owner and the
Contr~ct0:: Sh,.;.~J,_~abr~iC:!g~ the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim
may be 'cun:3'atisfi-ed':/': /
__r.".,:--
-- ---.----- - ...........
IN WITNES:;. WHEREOF ;.,.t:his instrument is executed in ~ (Number) counterparts,
each one Ivh:Cdl'sllaI'i be deemed an original, this the .-lL day of MAY , 2000.
ATTEST:
~~
~I
(Pr:.ncipal) S
(Principal)
J.S. HAREN COMPANY
By
(SEAL)
~LrYl c)(bcJuL
(Wi tness )Ato P,f'~,ncipal
Jd3 W~~l9to6) ve) ftiiUl1S ,IN 5700:3
(Address) ,
ATTEST: ." r.'::-\:;""'\;!'j' h~~,~~l-ied J
\P~W~~..c.l a-.t~-"UI __ -.--.-
(SuI'ety) Secre ry
123 WASHINGTON AVE., P.O. BOX 450
(Address)
ATHENS, TN 37371-0450
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
3 PARKWAY. 10TH FLOOR
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102
(215) 864-4000
Surety
I
.-
By
f
~. e"
MAftmHl~ JNC.
1801 WEST END AVENUE,STE 1500
NASHVILLE, TN 3710i
(615) 340~2400
MAR~5SA1Nt,
1801 WEST END AVENUE.STE 1500
NASHVILLE, TN 37203
(6151340~2400
(SEAL)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. I f Contractor is
Pa=tnership, all partners should execute bond.
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury
Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to
transact business in the state where the project is located.
----------, ZEL I EN9'N E E R S.]
9803-01 PfB.doc
PFB-2
01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION NTP
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Date
TO:
J.S. HAREN COMPANY
123 WASHINGTON AVE.
P.O. BOX 450
ATHENS, GA 37371-0450
PROJECT:
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
The Contract for the above work is being signed today by the City of
Augusta, Georgia. Two signed copies will be mailed to you promptly.
You are hereby notified that the commencement date of work in accordance
with the Agreement dated
MAY 16, 2000 is
and you are to
complete the WORK within 270 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of
completion of all WORK is therefore
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
By
Title
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED
is hereby acknowledged by
this the _____ day of
By
Title
- -ZEL,. ENGIN~~
9803-01 IITP.doc
NTP-1
Requested by
II Recommended by
Ordered by
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION CO
CHANGE ORDER
Order No.
Date
Agreement Date
MAY 16,2000
PROJECT:
MID-CITY SEWER RELIEF PROJECT
CHAFEE LIFT STATION
OWNER:
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
CONTRACTOR:
J.S. HAREN COMPANY
The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
JUSTIFICATION:
CHANGE TO CONTRACT PRICE:
Original CONTRACT PRICE
$
Current CONTRACT PRICE adjusted
by previous CHANGE ORDERS
$
The CONTRACT PRICE due to this
CHANGE ORDER will be (increased)
(decreased) by:
$
New CONTRACT PRICE including this CHANGE ORDER $
CHANGE TO CONTRACT TIME:
The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased) (decreased) by
calendar days.
The date for completion of all work will be
(Date) .
Accepted by
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 CO. doc
CO-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL CONDITIONS
INDEX
ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS.; . . . . . . . . . , , , . . , , . . . , . . . . . , . . . . , , , 1-4
ARTICLE_ 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTER......."""...................... 4-6
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE.......... 6-7
ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; ......... 7-10
REFERENCE POINTS
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE.,................................ 10-16
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES........................ 15-23
ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK. . , , . . . , . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 24
ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES....,........................ 24-25
ARTICLE 9 - PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION...""..." 25-27
ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK.",.,..",.........,............. 28
ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE............................. 28-34
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME.............................. 34
ARTICLE 13 WARRANTY & GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE
WORK, . . . . . . , . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 35-38
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION"....,......... 39-44
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION..,......,......... 44-46
ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION................................... 47
ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS........................................ 47-48
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE I--DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents
the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both
the singular and plural thereof:
Addenda-Any changes, revisions of clarifications of the Contract Documents
which have been duly issued by COUNTY to prospective Bidders prior to the time
of opening of Bids.
Agreement-The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work
to be performed: other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and
made a part thereof as provided therein.
Application for Payment-The form ac'cepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used
by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include
such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form
setting forth the price(s) for the Work to be performed,
Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security
furnished by CONTRACTOR and its Surety in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
Change Order--A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by
CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the
Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on
or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Contract Documents-The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract
Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid
and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when
attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, these General Conditions,
the Supplementary Conditions, the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as
the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, Certificates of
Insurance, Notice of Award, and Change Order duly delivered after execution
of Contract. together with all amendments, modifications and supplements
issued pursuant to paragraphs 3:4 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
Contract Price-The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph
11.9,1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
Contract Time-The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2) or
the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into
the Agreement.
COUNTY-Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions
of the State of Georgia, the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its
authorized designees, agents, or employees.
1
I
I
I
Day-Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents.
If a calendar day shall fall on a legal holiday that day will be omitted from
the computation, Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day,
Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the
following Friday, and Christmas Day.
I
I
I
Defective-An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that
is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract
Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference
standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been
damaged prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at
Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
I
Drawings-The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be
performed and which have been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are
referred to in the Contract Documents.
I
Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which
it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on
which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of the Augusta, Georgia.
I
Field Order-A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and
Specifications, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or
the Contract Time.
I
General Requirements-Sections of Division I of the Specifications.
I
Laws and
ordinances,
Regulations: Laws or
codes and/or orders.
Regulations-Laws.
rules,
regulations,
I
Notice of Award-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder
stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the
conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER
will sign and deliver the Agreement.
I
Notice to proceed-A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy
to PROFESSIONAL) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to
run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations
under the Contract Documents.
I
OWNER- Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission,
I
Partial Utilization-Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose
for which it is intended for a related purpose) before reaching Substantial
Completion for all the Work.
I
Professional-The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house
licensed person designated to perform the design and/or resident engineer
services for the Work.
I
Project-The total constr~ction of. which the Work to be provided under the
Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the
Contract Documents,
I
2
I
I
I
I
Project Area-The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the
improvements contemplated to be constructed in whole or in part under this
Contract.
I
Project Manager-The professional in charge, serving COUNTY with
architectural or engineering services, his successor, or any other person
or persons, employed by said COUNTY, for the purpose of directing or having
in charge the work embraced in this Contract.
I
I
Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL
who is assigned to the site or any part thereof.
I
Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data
which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some
portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules,
performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by
a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for
some portion of the Work.
I
Specifications-Those portions
technical descriptions of
standards and workmanship as
details applicable thereto.
of the Contract Documents consisting of written
materials, equipment, construction systems,
applied to the Work and certain administrative
I
Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with
CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of
the Work at the site.
I
Substantial Completion-The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed
to the point where,' in the opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by
PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is
sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the
Work (or specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is
intended, or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due
in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and
"substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial
Completion thereof.
I
I
I
Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements these General Conditions.
I
.Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or
vendor.
I
Underground Facilities-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and
any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or materials,
electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other
communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or
other control systems or water.
I
I
Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
I
Work-The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable
parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is
3
I
I
I
I
the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incor-
porating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing
documents, all as required by the Contract Documents,
I
Work Directive Change-A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after
the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by
PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work
is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under
paragraph 6.22. A Work Directive Change may not change the Contract Price or
the Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change
directed or documented by a Work Directive Change will be incorporated in a
subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to
its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in
Article 10.
I
I
I
I
Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by
OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and
normally dealing with the non-engineering or nontechnical rather than strictly
Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS
I
Deli vezy or Bonds:
I
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER,
CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be
required to furnish in accordance with these Contract Documents.
I
Copies or Documents:
I
2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR,
at no cost, one (1) complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of
the work, Additional sets of the project manual and drawings and/or
individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished
by COUNTY upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will
be OWNER's standard charges for printing and reproduction.
I
Commencement or Contract Time, Notice to Proceed:
I
2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to
Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the Effective Date
of the Contract.
I
Starting the Project:
I
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time
commences. No Work shall be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time
commences, Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR prior to date on which Contract
Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR.
Berore Starting Construction:
I
2.5, Before undertaking each part of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall
carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify
pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements.
CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict,
I
4
I
I
I
I
error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall
obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL before
proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER
for failure to report any conflict, effort, ambiguity or discrepancy in the
Contract Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known
thereof.
I
I
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement unless
otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
PROFESSIONAL AND PROJECT MANAGER for review:
I
2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and
completion dates of the various stages of the Work:
I
2.6.2, a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions:
and
I
2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will
include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the
basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work
which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission.
I
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver
to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each
insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which COUNTY may reasonably
request) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance
with Article 5.
I
I
Pre-construction Conference:
I
2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by
CONTRACTOR, Project Manager, Professional and others as appropriate will be
held to establish a working understanding among
the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing
applications for payment and maintaining required records.
I
Finalizing Schedules:
I
2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for
Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and Project Manager
and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in
accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10)
calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and
resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until
the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to Project Manager and
PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized progress schedule will be
acceptable to Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly
progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the
Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL
responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor
interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor, The
finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and Sample submissions will be
acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing
I
I
I
I
5
I
I
I
I
and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values
approved by PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance.
shall be
I
CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially
shall be responsible for maintaining the schedule,
schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of
scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall
request.
acceptable schedule,
including updating
work as compared to
accompany each pay
I
ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
I
Intent:
I
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary:
what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all, The Contract
Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of
Georgia.
I
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a
func~ionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in
accordance with the Contract Documents, Any Work, materials or equipment that
may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing
custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will
be supplied whether or not specifically called for, When words or phrases
which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning
are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be
interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
I
I
I
I
3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents
or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the
methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the Contract Documents
shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the
provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction
(whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract
Documents)and the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations application to
the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions
of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or
Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents
shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL as provided in paragraph 9.4.
I
I
3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any
technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations
of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by
implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or
Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be
otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
I
I
3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any
conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or
between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation
applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard,
specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred
to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and
I
I
6
I
I
I
I
before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written
interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall
not be liable to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict,
error ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had
actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof.
I
I
Amending and Supp~ementing Contract Documents:
I
3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions.
deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions
thereof in one or more of the following ways:
3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment,
I
3.6.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or
3.6.3. a Work Directive Change (pursuant to paragraph 10.4).
I
As indicated in paragraphs 11,2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may,
only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment.
I
3.7. In addition. the requirements of the Contract Documents may be
supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be
authorized, in one or more of the following ways:
3.7.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5).
I
3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to
paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or
I
3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or certification (pursuant
to paragraph 9.4).
I
Reuse of documents:
I
3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other
person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct
or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or
ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents
(or copies oil any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL
or PROFESSIONAL's consultant; and they shall not reuse such Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of
the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL.
I
I
ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
I
Avai~abi~i ty of Lands:
I
4.1. OWNER shall furnish as indicated in the Contract Documents, the
lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for
access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CON-
TRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses
will be borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract
Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing
I
7
I
I
I
I
these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for
all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
I
Physical Conditions:
I
4,2.1, Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary
Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
in preparing the Contract Documents, and those drawings of physical conditions
in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous
to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized in
preparing the Contract Documents.
I
I
4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical
data" contained in such reports and drawings. Such "technical data" is
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, Except for such reliance on such
"technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against
OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to:
I
I
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's
purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2,2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained
in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or
I
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any
"technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information.
I
4.2.3. If conditions are encountered, ,excluding existing utilities, at
the site which are (I) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions
which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2)
unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from
those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in
construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give COUNTY notice thereof promptly before
conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first
observance of the conditions.
I
I
I
4.2.4. The Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate
such conditions, and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or
decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any
part of the Work, the Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. If the
Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL determines that the conditions at the Site
are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents
or are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change
in the terms of the Contract is justified, the PROFESSIONAL shall notify
CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing, The Work shall be performed after
direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL.
I
I
I
I
8
I
I
I
I
Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities:
I
4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated
in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at
or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER
or PROFESSIONAL by OWNERs of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless
it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:
I
4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the
accuracy or completeness of any such information or data: and
I
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the
Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and
checking all such information and data. for locating all Underground
Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. for coordination of
the Work with the OWNERs of such Underground Facilities during construction.
for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and
repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which
will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price.
I
I
I
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered
or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in
the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been
expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware
thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency
as permitted by paragraph 6,22), identify the owner of such Underground
Facility and give written notice thereof to that owner and to OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to
determine he extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to
reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground
Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the
extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the
safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are
attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown
or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not
reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
I
I
I
I
I
Reference Points:
I
4.4, OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference
points for construction which in PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to
enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and
shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of
OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL whenever any reference point
is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in
grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or
relocation of such reference points by professionally. qualified personnel.
I
I
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material:
4.5 COUNTY shall be r,esponsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
I
9
I
I
I
I
which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified
in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may
present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in
connection with the Work at the site. COUNTY shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
I
I
4.f CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with
such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an
emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL (and
thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with
PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert
to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any,
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such
hazardouE condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has
obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR
special vlri tten notice (i) specifying that such condition and any affected
area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii)
specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or
extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a
result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is
agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles 11 and 12.
I
I
I
I
I
4./ If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does
not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or
does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then
CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such
hazardouE conditions or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If
COUNTY and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or
extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a
result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a
claim th':lrefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. COUNTY may have such
deleted portion of the Work performed by COUNTY's own forces or others in
accordance with Article 8.
I
I
I
4 . ~' . 1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered
'or revealed at the site.
I
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance and Other Bonds:
I
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an
amount a": least equal to the Contract Price as Security for the faithful
performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Document~;. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after
the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law
or Regulation or by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall also furnish
such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds
shall be in the forms prescribed by, Law or Reputation or by the Contract
Document:, and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list
of "Comp:mies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on
Federal Bonds, and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury
I
I
I
10
I
I
I
I
Departmer..,t. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified
copy of the authority to act.
I
Li.censed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance
I
5.~:.1 All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be
purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or
insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of
Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so
required. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified
copy of c,uthority to act. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet
such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the
Supplementary Conditions.
I
I
5. ~~ .2, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each
additional insured identified in 5.3, an original or a certified copy of the
complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional
insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance
with 5.3..
I
5.:~.3. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared
a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in
any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the
requirements of paragraph 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter
substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
I
I
CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance:
I
5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general
liabilit:f and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed
and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which
may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the
Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether
it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
I
I
5.:3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation. disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts;
I
5.:3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational
sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees;
I
5.3.3, Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease,
or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees;
I
5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage
which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or
indirectly related to the employrnentof such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b) by
any other person for any other reason;
I
5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of
injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including
loss of use resulting therefrom;
I
11
I
I
I
I
5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to
property; and
I
5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any
person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of
any motor vehicle.
I
The insu::ance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific
coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability and
coverages provided in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by law,
whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall
include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so
required to be purchased and maintained lot the certificates or other evidence
thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded
will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least
thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and
Program Manager by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in effect
until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be
correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph
13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations
insuranCE for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with
evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one veal,
thereaftE,r.
I
I
I
I
Cont:ract:lta~ Liabi~it:y Insurance:
I
5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph
5.3 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's
obligatie,ns under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33.
I
Owner's l,iabili t:y Insurance:
I
5.:,. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's
own liability insurance, and/or Risk Retention Program, and, at OWNER 's
option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect OWNER against
claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.
I
Property Insurance:
I
5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER
shall purchase and' maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to
the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may
be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and
Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants and
Program 11anager in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or
addi tional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and
extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and
damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water
damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or
resultinq from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of
any insured property (including but not limited to fees arid charges of
PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs). If not covered
under th,;) "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance
I
I
I
I
12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such
portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment.
5. " . OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery
insurancE: or additional property insurance as may be required by the
Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the
interest~: of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured
or additi.onal insured parties,
5. t. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other
evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in
accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or
renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given
to CONTRA.CTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in
accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2.
5.~1. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any
property insurance to protect the Interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or
others iL the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are provided
in the Eupplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible
amount, Hill be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any
such 10s9 and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the
limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's
own expense.
5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance
be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible,
include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRA.CTOR by
appropric,te Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the
Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRA.CTOR whether or not such
other in~:urance has been procured by OWNER.
Wai ver 0:1: Rights:
5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for
all lOSSES and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of
insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and other property
insurance: applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the
Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties
named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As
required by paragraph 6.11. each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and a
Subcontre,ctorwill contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in
favor of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all
other parties named as insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the
rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of' insurance
held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued.
5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response
to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide
primary <:::overage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered
thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect
that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no
rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds additional
insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by
PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant OWNER will obtain the same, and if
13
I
I
I
such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain
the same.
I
Receipt and Application of Proceeds:
I
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by
paragrap::1s 5. 6 and 5. 7 will be adj usted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER
as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the
requirem,=nts of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER
shall dE!posit in a separate account any money so received, and shall
distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may
reach, If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be
repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and
the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
I
I
Receipt ,~d Application of Insurance Proceeds
I
5,13. OWNER as trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss
wi th the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall obj ect in
writing Ivithin fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise
of this power.' If such objection be made, OWNER as trustee shall make set-
tlement \fiththe insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in
interest may reach. If required in willing by any party in interest, OWNER as
trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the
proper performance of such duties.
I
I
Acceptan(::e of Insurance:
I
5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other
provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not
complyinq with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in
writing 1:hereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates
to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to
the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs
5.6 and !i.7 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents,
CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten days of the date
of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph
2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional
information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may
reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of
objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insur-
ance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents.
I
I
I
I
Partial Utilization-Property Insurance:
I
5.15. If OWNER, finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or
portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use
or occupc,ncy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided
that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the
property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected
the chan;1es in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the
property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but
the prOpE!rty insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such
partial use or occupancy.
I
I
14
I
I
I
I
Indemni:f:laa tion
I
5. j.6 ,1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless COUNTY and its
employee5 and agents from and against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands,
damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or
resultinsr from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability,
claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily
injury, ~;ickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible
property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in
whole or in part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,
anyone d:~rectly or indirectly employed by and of them, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, whether or not it is caused in whole or in
part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder.
I
I
I
5.J.6.2. In any and all claims against COUNTY or any of its agents or
employee~l by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly
or indinlctly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be l,iable, the indemnification obligation under the previous paragraph
shall not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR
under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee
benefit acts.
I
I
5.J.6.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless COUNTY and anyone
directly or indirectly employed by it from and against all claims, suits,
demands, damages, losses expenses (including attorney's fees) arising out of
any infringement or patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all
such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
I
I
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
I
6.J.. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and
efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR
shall no't be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or
specificcltion of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure
of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished
Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
I
I
6.,:. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress
a competE,nt resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without whiten
notice tc OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except under extr?ordinary circumstances. The
superintE,ndent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR, All communications to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.
I
I
Labor, Ma terials and Equipmen t :
I
6.], CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel
to surve? and layout the Work and perform construction as required by the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except
I
15
I
I
I
I
as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall
be perfe,rmed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit
evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal
holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to
PROFESSIONAL.
I
I
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR
shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment,
labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools,
appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals whether
temporary or permanent necessary for the execution, testing, initial
operation, and completion of the Work as required by the Contract Documents.
I
I
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new,
except as otherwise provided m the Contract Documents. If required by
PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory, evidence including
reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and
equipmen':. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected,
erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of
the app,Licable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents; but no provision of any such instructions will be effective to
assign to PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or
employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or
performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility
contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14 or 9.15.
I
I
I
Adjusting Progress Schedule:
I
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the
extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) adjustments in the progress schedule to
reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally
to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any
provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.
I
Substitutes or "Or-Equal" Items:
I
6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in
the Cont,ract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of
a particular Supplier the naming of the item is intended to establish the
type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words
indicati~g that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other
Suppliers may be accepted by PROFESSIONAL if sufficient information is
submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the material
or equi~nent proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for
review by PROFESSIONAL will include the following as supplemented in the
General :Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and
equipment will not be accepted by PROFESSIONAL from anyone other than
CONTRACTDR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of
material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make, written application to
PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute
will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by
the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and
be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state that
the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice
CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any
I
I
I
I
I
16
I
I
I
I
of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract
wi th OWNER for work on the proj ect) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitu1:e and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in
connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be
identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and
replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an
itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other
contractc,rs affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered
by PROFESSIONAL In evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may
require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense additional data about
the proposed substitute.
I
I
I
I
6.'/.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure
of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents,
CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence,
technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if
CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine
that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by
the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be
similar t:o that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and as
may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
I
I
6."1.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to
evaluate each proposed substitute. PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of
acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without
PROFESSIONAL's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a
Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to fur-
nish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety
with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will record time required by
PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in evaluating substitutions
proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents
occasionE,d thereby. Whether or not PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute.
CONTRACTOR. shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of PROFESSIONAL and
PROFESSIONAL's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute.
I
I
I
I
Concerning Subcontractors. Supp~iers and Others:
I
6.11,1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other
person Ol~ organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2). whether initially or as a substitute,
against Hhom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR
shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR
has reasonable objection.
I
I
6.13.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain
Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations including those
who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment to be sub-
mitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date
of the A<:rreement for acceptance by OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR
has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions,
OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make
written ()bjection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection
in the bi.dding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the
I
I
17
I
I
I
I
basis of reasonable objection after due Investigation, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be
increased by the difference ,n the cost occasioned by such substitution and
an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No
acceptance by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other peJ:son or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER
or PROFE:,SIONAL to reject defective Work.
I
I
I
6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or
indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for
CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create any contractual relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create
any obliqation on the part, of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to payor to see to the
payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
I
I
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the
identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the
Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed
by any specific trade.
I
6. n. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be
pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor
which sj;ecifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
and contc!ins waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall
pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by
CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraphs
5.6 and S.?
I
I
I
Pa ten t Fl~es and Royal ties:
I
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume
all cost s incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the
incorporc.tion in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device
which is the subj ect of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
CONTRACTOR Shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims,
damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees and court and
arbitrat!,on costs arising out of any infringement of patent rights or
copyrights incident to the use in the performance or the Work or resulting
from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product
or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such
claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
I
I
I
Permi 1;s :
I
6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits,
licenses,. governmental charges and inspection fees, and all public utility
charges ~mich are applicable and necessary for the execution of the Work. All
permit CJsts shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any that are
provided and paid for by OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any
extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be
allowed.
I
18
I
I
I
I
Laws and Regu~ations:
I
6. j.4 .1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and
Regulatie,ns applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where
otherwisE expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER
nor PROFE:SSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance
with any Laws or Regulations.
I
I
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents
are contradictory to such laws, rules, and regulations, it will notify the
proj ect !1anager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall then be
adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that
it knows or should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules,
and regtiJ.ations and without such notice to the Project Manager, it shall bear
all related costs.
Taxes:
I
I
6.J.5. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar
taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the
performance of the Work.
I
Use of Premises:
I
6.J.6. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of
material.=, and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and
land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other
land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and
easement~;. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with
construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Any loss or damage to
CONTRACTOR's or any Subcontractor's equipment is solely at the risk of
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas
contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any
claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any such owner or occupant
because (if the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to
settle wj.th such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by
arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall to the fullest extent permitted by
Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from and against all
claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of
PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and
arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any
action, J.egal or equitable, brought by any such other party against OWNER to
the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the
Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.17 . During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the
premises free 'from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris
or contaminates resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work
CONTRACTC'R shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about
the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and
machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for
occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
I
I
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure
19
I
I
I
I
to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall
CONTRACTOR subject any pan of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressure~) that will endanger them.
I
Record Dl)cuments:
I
6.:9. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record
copy of 'the Contract Documents and all Drawings and Specifications. These
document~) shall be annotated on a continuing basis to show all changes made
during tt~e construction process. These shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and
the proj ':lct Manager and shall be submitted with the Application for Final
Payment.
I
Safety ~ld Protection:
I
6.~~0. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and
supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored equipment or materials,
irrespect:ive of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred the title of the stored
equipment: or materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or joss to:
I
I
6.~~0.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations
who may be affected thereby:
I
6. ~~O. 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated
therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and
I
6.~~0.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including
trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and
Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement
in the course of construction.
I
I
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public
body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect
them front damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary
safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERs of
adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERs when
prosecuti.on of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the
protecticn, removal, relocation and replacement of their property, All damage,
injury 'o:~ loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any the Work or
anyone f~r whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or
Specifice,tions or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or anyone
employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be
liable, e,nd not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to
the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and
responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue
until such time 'as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance, with paragraph 14.13 that the
Work is e:cceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided In connection with
Substantial Completion).
I
I
I
I
I
20
I
I
I
I
6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its
organization whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents at the site.
This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated
in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager.
I
Emergencies:
I
6..22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or
the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without
special instruction or authorization from PROFESSIONAL or OWNER, is obligated
to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give
PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant
changes j_n the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused
thereby. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change In the Contract Documents
is requi:ced because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work
Directive Change or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the
changes or variations.
I
I
I
6, :22 .1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all
events involving personal injuries to any person on the Site, whether or not
such per:>an was engaged in the construction of the proj ect, and shall file a
written report on such person(s) and any other event resulting in property
damage of any amount within five (5) days of the occurrence.
I
6. :~2. 2. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract
Document:3 is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response
to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action.
I
I
Shop Drar,.ings and Samples:
I
6.;~3. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR
shall promptly submit to PROFESSIONAL for approval, in accordance with the
accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and samples required by the
Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and
stamped 1-1ith the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may
require. The data shown on or with the submittals will be complete with
respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and any other information
necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the
time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all
deviations that the submittal or sample may have from the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
I
I
6. ;~4. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples.
Professional's review and approval shall be only for conformance with the
design ce,ncept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the
Contract Documents, The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate
approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make
any corrections required by PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of
corrected copies until approved-, CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any
submitta:'. or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and
County that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities, dimensions,
field cor\struction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and
that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or coordinated with the
requiremEmts of the Work and the Contract Documents.
I
I
I
I
21
I
I
I
I
6.:24.1. No Work requln.ng a submittal or sample submission shall
commence until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of
each app:roved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order
by CONTR~CTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and County
staff. ,~y delays associated with the submittal process will be considered
for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation for delay
will be allowed.
I
I
6. :Z5 .1. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample CONTRACTOR
shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified
performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers
and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop
Drawing or sample with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the
requirem,:mts of the Work and the Contract Documents.
I
I
6. :Z5. 2. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give
PROFESSIONAL specific written notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings
or sampll~s may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and, in
addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing
submitted to PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation.
I
I
6.;Z 6. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness
Shop Dra~lings and samples, but PROFESSIONAL's review and approval will be only
for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with
the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a
specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions
or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as
such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions,
I
I
6.:n. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence
until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each
approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by
CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and proj ect
Managery staff, Any delays associated with the submittal process will be
considerE!d for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation
for dela:r will be allowed.
I
I
I
6, ;Z8 ~ PROFESSIONAL's approval of submittals or samples shall not
relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called
PROFESSIONAL's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and
the projoct Manager has given written approval to the specific deviation; any
such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for erro!:s or omissions in the submittals.
I
6. :~ 9. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract
DocumentH or the schedule of shop drawings and sample submissions accepted by
PROFESSIONAL as required, any related work performed prior to Professional's
review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at ,the sole expense and
responsibility of Contractor,
I
I
Cont:inui;~g t:be Work:
I
6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carryon the Work and adhere to the progress
schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be
22
I
I
I
I
delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements,
except a;3 permitted by paragraph 15.6 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise
agree in writing.
I
Cleaning Up:
I
6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish, and other debris or contaminates resulting from the
work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion of the work,
CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site
as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus
material:3 and will leave the Site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. All
disposal shall be in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. In
addition to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents,
CONTRACTOR's failure to maintain the site may result in withholding of any
amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will restore to original condition those
portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
I
I
I
Indemnification:
I
6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and their
consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses
and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to
fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other
PROFESSIONALs and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting
from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss
or expense (a)is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death,
or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work
itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in
whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontra.ctor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by
a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and
Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party.
I
I
I
I
6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or any of
their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontr,ictor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32
shall""not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such
Subcontrictor or other person or organization under workers' or workmen's
compensation acts. disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
I
I
6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not
extend t~ the liability of PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents
or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings,
opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications.
I
I
I
23
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 7---0THER WORK
Related j~ork at Site:
I
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site
by OWNER's own forces, have other work performed by ailed OWNER's or let other
direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to
these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in
the ContLact Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to starting any such other work: and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such
performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires
additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
I
I
I
7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the
additional work with OWNER's employees)proper and safe access to the site and
a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and
equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and
coordinate the Work with theirs. CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and
patching of the Work that may be required to make its several pans come
together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their
work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of
PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and
responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of
such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are
comparab:_e provisions for the benefit or' CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts
between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors.
I
I
I
I
I
7.:~. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or
resul ts upon the work of any such other contractor or utility owner (or
OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to PROFESSIONAL in
writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's
failure :30 to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit
and propl,r for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-
apparent defects and deficiencies in the other work.
I
Coordina:!:ion:
I
7.-1. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work
on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority
and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime
contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the
,specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized" and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be
provided.. in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the
Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any
authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination.
I
I
ARTICLE 8---0WNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
I
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, COUNTY
shall is:me all communications to CONTRACTOR through the Project Manager or
PROFESSIONAL.
I
24
I
I
I
I
8.~~. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER
shall ap?oint a PROFESSIONAL against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable
objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the
former PF~FESSIONAL, Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be
subject to arbitration.
I
I
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract
Document~l promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they
are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
I
8.~!. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and
providin9 Engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in
paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making
availablE! to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions at the site and in existing structures which have been
utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the Drawings and Specifications.
I
I
8.~;. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining
liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5,5 through 5.8.
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in
paragraph 10.3.
I
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests
and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4.
I
8.E:. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see
paragraphs 13 .10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to
terminatE! services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
I
ARTICLE 9---PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
I
Owner's ,Hepresentative:
I
9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER's representative during the
construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of
authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER's representative during construction are
set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL.
I
Visi ts tel Si te:
I
9.~. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate
to the va,rious stages of construction to observe the premises and quality of
the exect.:,ted Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. PROFESSIONAL will not be required to
make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or
quantity of the Work. PROFESSIONAL's efforts will be directed toward providing
for OWNEF~ a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform
to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site
observations as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL
will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work.
I
I
I
25
I
I
I
I
Project j~epresentation:
I
9. J. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a
Resident Project Representative to assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the
performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of
authorit:r of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be
as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent
to repre:3ent OWNER at the site who is not PROFESSIONAL's agent or employee,
the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person
will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
I
I
Cl ari:fi ca. tions and In terpreta tions:
I
9. ,I. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or
interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or
otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably requested by
CONTRACTOR, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the
overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a
written ,:larification and interpretation entitles it to an increase in the
Contract Price, and/or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided
for in ~:ticles 11 or 12.
I
I
Authorizlad Variations in Work:
I
9.!j. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the
requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in
the Cont~act Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall
intent 0): the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order
and will bc binding on OWNER, and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the
Work involved
promptly.. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in
the Cont:~act Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are
unable t':> agree as to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a
claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12.
I
I
Rejectinq De:fective Work:
I
9. i) . PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or rej ect Work
which P~)FESSIONAL believes to be defective, and will also have authority to
require :special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph
13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
I
Shop Draldngs, Change Orders and Payments:
I
9.'7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibility for Shop Drawings
and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive.
I
9.13. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities as to Change
Orders, :3ee Articles 10, 11 and 12.
9.'3. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities in respect of
Applications for Payment, etc" see Article 14.
I
Determin,a tions :for Uni t Prices:
I
9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will
26
I
I
I
I
review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL's preliminary determinations on such
matters before rendering a whiten decision thereon (by recommendation of an
Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL's written decisions
thereon I.ill be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within
ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR
delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL whiten notice
of inten1:ion to appeal from such a decision.
I
I
Decision:3 on Disputes:
I
9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements
of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work
thereun&!r. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability
of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
Document~j pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims
under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes m the Contract Price or
Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a
request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph, which
PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a reasonable time, Written notice
of each ~:uch' claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant
to PROFE~:SIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event
later than thirty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto,
and writ1:en supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and the other
party within sixty days after such occurrence unless PROFESSIONAL allows an
additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the
claim.
I
I
I
I
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10
and 9.11.. PROFESSIONAL will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and
will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered
in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL
pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute
or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance
of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent
to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either
may othe]~wise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in
respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter.
I
I
I
Limi ta til,ns on PROFESSIONAL' s Responsibi~i ties:
I
9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL' s authority to act under this Article or
elsewhere in the Contract Documents, nor any decision made in good faith to
exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of
PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or
employee~; .
9.14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures or the safety precautions and
programs used. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure
to perfo;:1t\ the Work in accordance wi th the Contract Documents.
I
I
9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions
of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other
persons performing any of the Work.
I
I
27
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 10--CHANGES IN THE WORK
I
10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from
time to time order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. The
Project Hanager shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request, identifying
the Work to be added, deleted or revised. Upon receipt, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly submit a written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance
with Arti.cles 11 and 12, If the proposal request calls only for the deletion
of Work, the Project Manager may order the partial suspension of any Work
related to the proposed deletion, in which case CONTRACTOR must cease
performance as directed; CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost
profits ::m deleted work. All changed Work shall be executed under the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.
I
I
I
10.2. Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of
a Change Order will not entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract
Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency
as provi6ed in Article 7. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount
and shall prevail irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in
these Contract Documents.
I
I
10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work
performed in an emergency as provided in Article 6, and any other claim of
CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price,
PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL
and CONTE~CTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval.
I
10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 11.1.3, OWNER may,
at its sole discretion issue a Work Directive Change to CONTRACTOR. Pricing
of the Work Directive Change will be in accordance with Section 12.1.3. The
Work Directive Change will specify a price, and if applicable a time
extensioI:, determined to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign
such Work Directive Change, CONTRACTOR may submit a claim in accordance with
Articles 11 and 12, but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated to fully
perform the work as directed by the Constructio~ Change Directive.
I
I
I
10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work
as direct:ed by OWNER, regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise
agreed to in writing.
I
10.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work
or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to
be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted
accordin<;:ily.
I
ARTICLE ll-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
I
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject
to written authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the
Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken
by CONTRP~TOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract
Price.
I
I
28
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by
a Written, Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract
Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim
to the o.ther party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly (but in no event later than
thirty da.ys) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and
stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim
with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such
occurrence (unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to
ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim and shall be accompanied
by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known
amounts (direct, indirect and consequential) to which the claimant is entitled
as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the
Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if
not submitted in accordaDce with this paragraph 11.2.
11..3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined by the following
procedurE!s:
11..3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure) CONTRACTOR and OWNER
recognizE: and acknowledge that the quantities shown for those items designated
in the Bid Proposal as unit price items are approximations prepared by OWNER
for bid purposes and that the actual compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for
the utilization of such items is based upon the application of unit prices to
the actual quantities of items involved as measured in the field and required
to complete the Work as originally defined in the Contract Documents.
11..3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or
revision to the Work as defined in these Contract Documents is required and
affects the quantities required for items designed in the Bid Proposal as unit
price items, CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to
CONTRACTC'R for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change
Order bat;ed upon the application of the appropriate unit prices shown in the
Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item required to complete the
Work as defined in the Contract Documents.
11.3.3. Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the bid proposal
as unit prices, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on
by ChangE~ Order,
11.3.4. Lump Sum. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition,
deletion or revision to the Work is required which results in a change in Work
designated in the Bid Proposal as a lump sum item, the amount of increase or
decrease in the lump sum price shall be established by mutual agreement of the
parties.
11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable, or
if the parties are unable to agree on a price for the changed work, a
reasonable price for the same shall be established by OWNER in accordance with
11.4 and 11.5. OWNER shall then process a unilateral Change Order, specifying
the said reasonable price, in accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR
shall perform the Work as directed in the Change Order.
29
I
I
I
11.3.6. Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan
or authorized dimensions within the specification tolerances shall result in:
reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional c()sts to OWNER;
acceptance at no pay; or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced
unit prh:e, all at the discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate
monetary change for items identified as lump sum quantities shall be made by
OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to construct
to plan or authorized dimensions.
I
I
Cost of t:he Work:
I
I
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily
incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except
as otherHise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in
amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall
include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs
itemized in paragraph 11.5:
I
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR
in the pe,rformance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full
time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages
plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security
contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or workmen's
compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation
and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include
superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after
regular 'I'/'orking hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be
included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER.
I
I
I
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated
in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and
Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts
shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to
OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of
surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall
make provisions so that they may be obtained.
I
I
I
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work
performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall obtain
competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall
deliver such bids to OWNER who then determine, with the advice of
PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be .accepted. If a subcontract provides that the
Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the
Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as
CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other
provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited
to PROFESSIONAL's architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and
accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.
I
I
I
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
I
30
I
I
I
I
11.. 4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and
subsister,ce expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties
connected with the Work.
I
11.. 4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all
material1l, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary
facilitiE!s at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are
consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such
items USE!d but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
I
I
11..4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the
pans ther:eof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with
rental aqreements approved by OWNER with the advice of
I
PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
installation, dismantling and removal thereof---all in accordance with terms
of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or
parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
I
11. 4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work,
and for Hhich CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations.
I
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR,
any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or
for whoSE! acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for
permits and licenses.
I
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated
by insurance or otherwise, to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR
in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses
and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established
by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6). provided they have resulted from
causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them'
may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written
consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be
included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's
Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services
a fee proportionate to that stated in para~raph 11.6.2.'
I
I
I
I
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the
site.
I
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone
calls, tE~lephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items
in connection the Work.
I
11..4 .5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required
because of changes in the Work and premiums of property insurance coverage
within H.e limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER in accordance
with paragraph 5.6.
I
11,5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following:
I
31
I
I
I
I
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers,
executive.s, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general
managers, PROFESSIONALs, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accoun-
tants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and
other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's
principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not
specifica.lly included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications
referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph
I
I
11.4.4--all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered
by CONTRF..CTOR' s Fee.
I
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal area branch offices other
than CONTRACTOR's office at the site.
I
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest
on CONTR1\CTOR' Scapi tal used for the Change Order Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
I
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether
or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and
maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph
11 . 4 . 5 . 9 above).
I
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,
or anyone, directly or indirectly, employed by any of them or for whose acts
any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of
defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making
good any damage to property.
I
I
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the
costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
I
CONTRACTCR's Fee:
11.6. CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit
shall be determined as follows:
I
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can be agreed upon.
I
11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various
portions or' the Cost of the Work:
I
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under- paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2,
CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen 'percent:
I
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CONTRACTOR's Fee
shall five percent; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work
Plus a FE!e, the maximum'allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and
profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent:
I
11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under
paragraphs 11. 4.4, 11. 4.5 and 11. 3:
I
32
I
I
I
I
11..6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for
any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of
the actual net decrease plus_ a deduction in CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount
equal to ten percent of the net decrease: and
I
I
11., 6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in anyone
change, 1:he adjustment in CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of
the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.4,
inclusivE!.
I
11,7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost
breakdowr", together with supporting data in such detail and form as prescribed
by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the amount of credit to be
allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net
decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost
as determined by the proj ect Manager, plus the applicable reduction in
overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved in any
change, 1:he combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of
the next change, whether an increase or decrease. In any event, the minimum
detail shall be an itemization of all man-hours required by discipline/trade
with the unit cost per man-hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment
hours and rate for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and
price per: unit, other costs specifically itemized, plus the overhead and
profit markup.
I
I
I
Cash Allowances:
I
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract
Price alJ. allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the
Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such
sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL,
CONTRACTOR agrees that:
I
I
11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any
applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required' by the
allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
I
11.,8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site,
labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated
for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the
allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will
be valid.
I
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as
recommended by PROFESSIONAL to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on
account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
I
Uni t Pric:e Work:
I
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the
Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to
include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established
unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the
estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated
quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for
the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price.
I
I
33
I
I
I
I
Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work
performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with
Paragraph 9.10.
I
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered
by CONT~,CTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each sepE.rately identified item.
I
I
11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity
of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding
adjustmer',t with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes
that COW'~RACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CON-
TRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance
with Artj.cle 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any
such increase.
I
ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
I
12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any
request for an extension in the Contract Time shall be made in writing and
deliverecl. to PROFESSIONAL and Project Manager within seven (7) calendar days
of the (.ccurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Wri'tten
supportin,g data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and Project Manager within
fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the Project Manager
allows acl.di tional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adj ustments
to the Contract Time must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of
the:delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay was beyond CONTRACTOR's
control or fault.
I
I
I
12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress,
commencement, or completion of the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or
PROFESSIONAL, or by an employee of either, or by any separate CONTRACTOR
employed by OWNER, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes,
fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been
identified or foreseen by CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence, or any causes
beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault, then the Contract Time shall be extended
by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine. CONTRACTOR
shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number
of days of delay which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and
only to the extent such occurrences actually delay the completion of the Work
C),nd then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with all the
requireme,nts of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding
anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no interruption,
interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the performance, progress,
commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including
those for which OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part,
shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to
damages or additional compensation. from OWNER. CONTRACTOR's sole and
exclusive, remedy against OWNER for i'nterruption, interference, inefficiency,
suspension or delay of any aspect of the Work shall be the right to seek an
extension to the Contract Time in accordance with the procedures set forth
herein. .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
34
I
I
I
I
ARTIC1.E 13--WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
I
Warranty and Guarantee:
I
13.,1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials
and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified and that all work will
be of go()d quality, performed in a workmanlike manner, free from faults or
defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and
any inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this Article. All
unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all Work not conforming to the
requireme:nts of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals,
or all applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be
considered defective. Notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR by
PROFESSIONAL. All defective work, whether or not in place, may be rejected,
corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article.
I
I
Access to Work:
I
I
13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its
represent:atives, other designated representatives of OWNER, and authorized
representatives of any' regulatory agency shall at all times be given access
to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and
observation of the Work and also for any inspection or testing by others.
Tests and Inspections:
I
13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations
or order:, of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to
specificcllly be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timely notice of readiness
thereforE~ .
I
I
13.4. The testing firm(s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all
such inspections, tests, or approvals provided for by OWNER shall be
identifie,d in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All other inspections,
tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense including additional
expenses for inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR
or hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. For all required inspections,
tests, ar'.d approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled away from
the site, CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates
of Inspection, testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance
with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials
or such other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the
Contract Documents. Materials or Work in place that fail to pass
acceptability tests shall be retested at the direction of PROFESSIONAL and at
CONTRACTOR's expense.
I
I
I
I
13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by
Laws or F.egulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed
by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by PROFESSIONAL if so
specified) .
I
I
35
I
I
I
I
13,6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of
PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for
observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to
cover the same and PROFESSIONAL has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
I
I
I
13" 7. Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor
inspections, tests, or approvals by persons other than CONTRACTOR shall
relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with
the requ~_rements of the Contract Documents.
Uncovering Work:
I
13.. 8. If any Work required to be inspected, tested or approved is
covered prior thereto without the prior written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or
if any Work is covered contrary to the request of PROFESSIONAL, the Work
shall, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation, inspection,
testing or approval and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
I
I
13..9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered
Work be (observed by PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others. CONTRACTOR,
at PROFE~;SIONAL' s request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available
for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and
equipment:. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear
all direct, and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation,
inspectic~ and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, (including but not
limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other
PROFESSIONALs), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an
increase in the Contract Price, or an extension of the Contract Time, or both,
directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
testing E,nd reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
I
I
I
I
Owner May Stop the Work:
I
13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or make prompt
payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or equipment, or if
CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may
order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work until the cause for such order has been
eliminated. However, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise
to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any other party. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim an
increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time or other damages for a stop
work ordE!r under this paragraph.
I
I
I
I
36
I
I
I
I
Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
I
13. 11. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly,
without cost to OWNER and as specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the
defectivE' Work whether fabricated, installed, or completed, or remove it from
the site and replace it with non defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not
correct ~:uch defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within
a reasonable time, all as specified in a written notice from PROFESSIONAL,
OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and indirect costs of
such cor::-ection shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or. removing
and replacing all Work of others destroyed or damaged by the correction,
removal, or replacement of the defective Work.
I
I
I
One Year Correction Period:
I
13.12. If, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration
of one year after the date of substantial completion or such longer period of
time as may be' prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special
guarantee, required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found
to be defective, incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance
with OWNE:R's written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or if
it has bE!en r,ej ected by OWNER, remove it from the Site and replace it with
non-defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of
such inst:ructions, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected, removed, or
replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and
replacememt (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
I
I
I
Acceptance of Defective Work:
I
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement
of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final
payment, also PROFESSIONAL) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR
shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to
OWNER's e:valuation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such
costs to be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but
not be limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and
other PROFESSIONALs). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and,
if the pE.nics are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a
claim the,refor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such
recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
37
I
I
I
I
OWNER May Correct Defective Work:
I
13,,14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written
notice of PROFESSIONAL to proceed to correct and to correct defective Work or
to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in accordance
with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR falls to comply with any other
provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written
notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising
the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed
expedi tiously, to the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial
action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take
possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services
related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work
all matel:ials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER,
OWNER's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may
be neces~:ary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this
paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER in exercising
such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount
approved as to reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with
respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease
in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11.
Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include but not be limited
to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other
PROFESSIONALs, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work
of other:, destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of
CONTRACTORis defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of
the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable
to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Negl.ected Work by CONTRACTOR
I
13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule,
PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit a recovery plan and take specific
corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional
workmen, and/or equipment, and working extended hours and additional days, all
at no cost to.OWNER in order to put the Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR
fails to correct the deficiency or take appropriate corrective action, OWNER
may terminate the contract or CONTRACTOR's right to proceed with that portion
of Work and have the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such
procedure shall be charged against CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, including an
appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments due CONTRACTOR
are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference
to OWNER.
I
I
I
I
13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain
the schedule, all costs to OWNER of associated inspection, construction
management and resident PROFESSIONALs shall" be identified to CONTRACTOR and
the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order.
I
38
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 14-PA'!MENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Schedule of Values:
I
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve
as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of
application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager. Progress payments on
account .)f Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.
I
Applicat.ion for Progress Payment:
I
I
14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established
for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR
shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application for Payment filled out
and sign,ed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the date of the
application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required
by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials
and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored
at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for
Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment
free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are
covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect
OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment
is subject to a ten percent (10%) retainage that will be held until the final
payment or acceptance by OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to
progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement.
I
I
I
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
I
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work,
material:, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether
incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free and clear of all Liens.
I
Review o;E' Applications for Progress Payment:
I
14..4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt
of each l\pplication for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation
of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the application to
CONTRACTOR indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary
corrections and resubmit the application. OWNER shall, within thirty-one
calendar days of presentation to him of the application for payment with
PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount
recommended. ..
I
I
I
14" 5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an
Applicat:Lon for Payment will constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to
OWNER, based on PROFESSIONAL's on-site observations of the Work in progress
as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROFESSIONAL's
review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules
that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of
PROFESSIONAL's knowledge, information and belief, the quality' of the Work is
in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work
as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
I
I
39
I
I
I
I
of any Eubsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final
determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.10. and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation,
and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However,
by reco~nending any such payment PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to
have repJ~esented that exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been
made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the
responsibilities specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract
Document~; or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties
that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to
withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
I
I
I
I
14.6. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment will constitute
an additional representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions
precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to final payment as set forth in
paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled.
I
14,,7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any
payment if, in PROFESSIONAL's opinion, it would be incorrect to make such
represen1:ations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL may also refuse to recommend any such
payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously
recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL's opinion to
protect OWNER from loss because:
I
I
14" 7 .1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged
requirinq correction or replacement.
I
14..7.2.
Change Order.
the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete
Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14. or
I
14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of
the even1:s enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive.
I
OWNER mc.y refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by
PROFESSIONAL because claims have been made against OWNER on account of
CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work or Liens have been filed
in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a
set-off against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR
immediate written notice (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) stating the reasons for
such action.
I
I
Subs tan ti:a~ Comp~etion:
I
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended
use CONTFACTOR shall notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire
Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by
CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROFESSIONAL issue a certificate
of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of the Work to determine
the status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider the Work
substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving
the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially
complete, PROFESSIONAL will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative
I
I
40
I
I
I
I
certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial
Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of
items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have
seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make
written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any provisions of the certificate or
attached list. If, after considering such objections. PROFESSIONAL concludes
that the Work is not substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within fourteen
days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR
in writing. stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's
objections, PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete,
PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised
tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes
from the tentative certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the
tentative certificate of Substantial Completion PROFESSIONAL will deliver to
OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of
responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with
respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities,
insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in
writing and so inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL's issuing the
defini ti 're certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid
recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
I
I
I
I
I
I
14,9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work
after th.:! date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR
reasonab:.e access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.
'1
Partial 11tiliza tion:
I
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed
part of 1:he Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract
Document1i, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a
separatej.y functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER
for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's
performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to
Substanti.al . Completion of all the Work subj ect to the following.
I
I
14..10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit
OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for
its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the Work is
substanti.ally complete. and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of
Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may
notify, OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such
part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and
request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of t:he Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request', OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work
to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider that
part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify. OWNER
and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL
consider:; that part o(the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of
Substant:i.al Completion of that part of the Work and the division of
responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
I
I
I
I
I
41
I
I
I
I
14..10.2. OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit
OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not
substant:i.ally complete. A copy of such request will be sent to PROFESSIONAL
and within a reasonable time thereafter OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL
shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or
corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writ-
ing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the Work is not ready for
separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to
be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR
together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities
pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and
guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall
have othHrwise agreed in writing and so informed PROFESSIONAL). During such
operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER
shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said
list and to complete other related Work.
I
I
I
I
I
14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will
be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15
in respect of property insurance.
I
14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage
subj ect 1:0 Beneficial Occupancy.
I
Final ZnHpection:
I
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an
agreed portion thereof is complete, PROFESSIONAL will make a final inspection
wi th OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all
particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or
defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary
to remedy such deficiencies.
I
Final ApJ>lication for Payment:
I
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the
satisfaction of PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and delivered in accordance with the
Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by
5.2, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents and other
document~;, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the
procedurel for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be
accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called
for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance: required, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and
(iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to
OWNER) of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with .the Work. In
lieu of such releases or waivers of liens and as approved by County,
CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of
CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services,
material and equipment for which a lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work
for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been
paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to
I
I
I
I
I
42
I
I
I
I
furnish 1luch a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or
other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any lien.
I
14..12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER
until approved as-built documents by CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by
PROFESSIONAL.
I
14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract
document1i to the contrary, OWNER and PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or
obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider, Subcontractor,
laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to
any of them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR's
surety bc,nds for remedy of nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and
resolve a.ll claims made by Subcontractors, indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or supplier or
material men or laborer services in connection with this project.
I
I
I
14. 12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL for any damages sustained including lost profits resulting from
CONTRACTOR's failure or refusal to perform the work required by these contract
documenttl.
I
Fina~ PaJ1D!en t and Acceptance:
I
14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL's observation of the Work
during construction and final inspection, and PROFESSIONAL's review of the
final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by
the Cont,ract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been
completec. and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have
been fulfilled, PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) working days after receipt
of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing PROFESSIONAL's
recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment.
At the same time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.6.
Otherwise" PROFESSIONAL will return the application to CONTRACTOR, indicating
in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
After the presentation to OWNER of the application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with PROFESSIONAL's
recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by
PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
I
I
I
I
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work
is significantly delayed and if PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon
receipt of CONTRACTOR's. final Application.for Payment and recommendation of
PROFESSIONAL, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance c.ue for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaininq balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract, and if bonds
have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the
surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully
completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to PROFESSIONAL with
the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms
and conditions. governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute
a waiver of claims.
I
I
I
I
43
I
I
I
I
CONT.RAC~~R's Continuing Ob~igation:
I
14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in
accordan.:e wi th the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither
recommendation of any progress or final payment by PROFESSIONAL, nor the
issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER
to CONTR~CTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the
Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any
failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample
submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL
pursuant to paragraph 14.13. nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER
will constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract
Document:3 or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in
accordan.;:e with the Contract Documents (except as provided in paragraph
14 .16) .
I
I
I
Wai ver o:E C~aims:
14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
I
14.16.1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except
claims arising from unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final
inspection pursuant to 14.11 from failure to comply with the Contract
Document:~ or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from
CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and
I
I
14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than
those prl~viously made in writing and still unsettled.
I
ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
Owner May Suspend Work:
I
15,,1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any
portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing
to CONTroiCTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix the date on which Work will be
resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
I
I
Tezminat;Lon For Cause:
15,,2. Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events:
I
15..2. 1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of
the Bank:cuptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in
effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a
petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such
time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency;
I
I
15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of
the Bank:cuptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or
if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against
CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating
to bankruptcy or insolvency;
I
44
I
I
I
I
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditor.:;;
I
15.2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is
appointed under applicable law or under contract, whose appointment or
authorit:y to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of
enforcin9 a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general
administ:r:ation of such property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors;
I
I
15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts
generall:t, as they become due;
I
15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply
sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to
adhere t<) the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised
from time to time);
I
15,2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body
having jurisdiction;
15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or
I
15,2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any
provisions of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and
the surety, if there be one) seven days' written notice and to the extent
permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR,
exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the
site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in
the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has
paid CON'!:RACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER
may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive
any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the
Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of
completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of
PROFESSIONALS, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALS and court and
arbitrati_on costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs
exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER.
Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved as to reasonableness by
PROFESSIONAL and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any
rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain
the 10we1lt price for the Work performed.
I
I
I
I
I
I
15,,3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is
subsequently judicially determined that there was no cause for termination,
the termj.nation for convenience provision will be the means for disposition
of the balance of the contract obligations.
I
Tezminat:Lon for Convenience
I
15.. 4. Upon seven working days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and
PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other
right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items) :
I
45
I
I
I
I
15.4.1. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with
the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including
fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
I
15.4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of
termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or
equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted
Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses;
I
I
15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in
settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, suppliers and others;
and
15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
I
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or
revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such
termination.
I
15.5. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the
terminat:~on will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR
then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of
moneys d'.1e CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability.
I
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Tezminate:
I
15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended
for a pe:dod of more than ninety calendar days by OWNER or under an order of
court or other public authority, or PROFESSIONAL fails to act on any
Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER
fails fo:: thirty-one days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be
due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working days' written notice to OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not remedy such suspension
or failu:r:e 'within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment I)n the same terms as provided in 15.2. In lieu of terminating the
Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL
has faihH{ to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty-one days after it is submitted,
or OWNER has failed for thirty-one calendar days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum
,finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven day's written notice
to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due
CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are
not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and
12 for E,n increase in. Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for
expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph. The provisions of this paragraph shall not
relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.30 to carryon the
Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during
disputes and disagreements with OWNER.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
46
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 16--DISPUTE RESOLUTION
I
16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation
whether involving law or fact or both, or extra work, and all claims for
alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10) working days of the
commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision.
All papeJ:"s pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice
need not detail the amount of the claim but shall state the facts surrounding
the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim, together with its
characteJ:" and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work
as directed. Any claim not presented within the time limit specified in this
paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that if the claim is of
a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten (10)
working days of its commencement, the claim will be considered only for a
period commencing ten (10) working days prior to the receipt by OWNER of
notice tbereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing and will be mailed
to CONTFACTOR by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
directed to his last known address.
I
I
I
I
I
16.2. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER
and CONT1:\ACTOR arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the
breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia Law in the Superior Court of
Richmond County, Georgia. CONTRACTOR by execution of the Contract consents to
jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia, and
waives any right to contest same.
I
ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:
I
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the
giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if
delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an
officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address
known to the giver of the notice.
I
I
Comput:at::ion of Time:
I
17,2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract
Document:, by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the
last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the
applicabIe jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation.
17..2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight t;o
the next midnight shall constitute a day.
I
General:
I
17..3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or
property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any
of the oi:her party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other
party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party
within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage.
I
I
47
I
I
I
I
Th':l provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a
substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of
limitations or repose.
I
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and
the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in'
particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations
imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2
and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a
limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which
are othel:wise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty
or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the
provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically
in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation,
right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties and
guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and
termination or completion of the Agreement.
I
I
I
I
17..5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting
documentation applicable to this Work and Contract. Said records and
documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of five (5) years
from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER
shall have the right to audit, inspect, and copy all such records and
documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the period of the
Contract and for a period of five (5) years thereafter provided, however, such
activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. OWNER, during
this period of time, shall also have the right to obtain a copy of and
otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns
the aforesaid records and supporting documentation.
I
I
I
17.6. The Contract Documents are intended by the Parties to,. and do,
supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O. C. G .A.
Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of the Contract Documents
are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, this provision of
the Contract Documents shall control.
I
I
17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the
parties iigree that no interest shall be due Contractor on any sum held as
retainage: pursuant to the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR specifically
waives any claim to same.
I
I
I
I
I
48
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
"I
"
SC - 1
SC - 2
SC - 3
SC - 4
SC - 5
SC - 6
SC - 7
SC - 8
SC - 9
SC - 10
SC - 11
SC - 12
SC - 13
SC - 14
SC - 15
SC - 16
SC 17
SC - 18
SC - 19
SC - 20
SC - 21
SC - 22
SC - 23
SC - 24
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
INDEX
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS
ENGINEER FOR THE PROJECT
FIELD OFFICE
BOUNDARIES OF WORK AND STAGING AREAS
EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES
NO OVERFLOWS
UTILITIES
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
SURVEYS AND PERMITS
DIMENSIONS
SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL
SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS
SITE CONTAMINATION AND CHEMICALS
STORAGE OF MATERIAL
TRAFFIC SAFETY
CLEANING UP
PRIOR USE BY OWNER
RESTORATION OF PROPERTY
INTERRUPTION OF PLANT OPERATIONS
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
INSURANCE LIMITS
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA
9803-01 SC.doc
SC-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SC - 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS:
I
The c.:>ntract Documents which form a part of this contract include
Advertisement for Bids, Information for Bidders, Bid, Bid Bond, N~tice of
Award, Agreement, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Notice to Proceed,
Change Order, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical
Specifications, Drawings and Addenda.
I
Specifications: The specifications consist of a written description of a
general and technical nature of materials, equipment, construction
systems, standards and workmanship, and include General Conditions,
Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical
Specifications indexed at the front of this bound volume of Contract
Documents.
I
I
I
Drawin~: The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge,
all copies of the drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for
the execution of the work. Location of all features of the work included
in the contract are indicated on the contract drawings. The following
drawin';Js, dated February 2000, comprise the plans for this contract.
I
DRAWING NO.
I
COVER SHEET
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
I
I
I
'1
SC - 2
ENGINEER FOR THE PROJECT:
TITLE
LIST OF DRAWINGS AND LOCATION MAP
SITE GRADING & PAVING PLAN
YARD PIPING PLAN
YARD PIPING PROFILES
PIPING AND GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN AND BUILDING ELEVATIONS
PIPING SECTIONS AND DETAILS
PIPING SECTIONS AND DETAILS
BUILDING PLAN AND DETAILS
STRUCTURAL FRAMING PLAN
STRUCTURAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS
MCC ROOM FLOOR FRAMING PLANS STRUCTURAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL DETAILS
ELECTRICAL PLAN
ELECTRICAL SECTIONS, DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE VALVE PIPING AND ELECTRICAL
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
I
The ENGINEER for this project, referenced in the General Conditions as
the PROFESSIONAL, is Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc., 435 Telfair
Street. Augusta, GA 30901. The Owner's representative on the site will
be the Resident Project Rep~esentative (RPR).
I
I
I
I
9803-01 SC REV I.doc
'ZELI ENGINEERS
SC-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
The RPR will:
. Provide engineering liaison with the contractor working principally
through the Contractor's superintendent to assist in understanding
the intent of the contract documents.
. Provide assistance to the contractor with obtaining additional
details and information.
. Coordinate with on site personnel who are operating the owner's
facilities.
. Verify tests, equipment and systems startup.
. Provide the initial review of the contractor's payment requests
. Make recommendations for the ENGINEER's review.
The RPR wil.l not:
. Authorize deviations from the Contract Documents or substitution of
materials or equipment, unless authorized by the ENGINEER.
. Exceed the limitations of ENGINEER's authority.
. Undertake any of the responsibilities of CONTRACTOR, subcontractors
or CONTRACTOR's superintendent.
. Advise on, issue directions relative to, or assume control over any
aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction unless such advice or directions are specifically
required by the Contract Documents.
. Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
. Accept Shop Drawings or sample submittals from anyone other than the
CONTRACTOR.
. Authorize the OWNER to occupy the Project in whole or in part.
SC - 3
FIELD OFFICE:
The Contractor shall maintain a field office on the site of the work which
contains a telephone, the contract documents, and the contractor's records. In
addition, ,mother office shall be equipped with a telephone, file cabinet for
project records, a table for reference of construction plans, storage space for
project plans and specifications and other furnishings as required for the
exclusive use of the Owner's Resident Project Representative (RPR) who will be
assigned to this project.
SC - 4
BOUNDARIES OF WORK AND STAGING AREAS:
The Contractor shall not enter on or occupy with men, tools, equipment, or
materials, any ground outside the limits of Owner's property or construction
easements l...ithout written consent of the Owner of such property. Oth'er areas on
site and proximate to the work may be utilized through coordination with the
Resident Project Representative and the approval of the Engineer.
SC - 5 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES:
It is mandatory that the Contractor locate all previously placed underground
installations and construction prior to his engaging in any work in areas where
such impro'Tements may exist. The Contract drawings indicate general locations of
such exisi:ing improvements solely for the purpose of initial and general
representation thereof. The Owrier and Engineer have not verified locations of
these improvements as a basis for locations displayed on the drawings. All
utilities and improvements must be located and flagged by the Contractor prior to
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 SC. doc
SC-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
commencing work. Flags must be maintained and based upon actual field
determinati ons. The Owner's Resident proj ect Representative must be notified
before any work begins in the vicinity of existing underground improvements.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage and for maintenance and
protection of existing construction and utili ties. All damaged construction,
utilities or improvements shall be restored to the original or better condition
in which ttey were discovered.
SC - 6
NO OVERFLOWS:
During the performance of his work, the Contractor shall not cause any raw nor
partially treated sewage to be discharged to any ditches, channels, land or other
point. T:le work can be performed without the need for any unauthorized
discharge. One possible sequence of construction is provided in these
supplementa.ry conditions to demonstrate the project can be constructed without
by-passes or discharges. Should the Contractor cause such a discharge that
results in fines or other penalties assessed against the Owner by a regulatory
agency, the, Contractor agrees to reimburse the Owner the costs or have the Owner
retain the costs from the payments due the Contractor for the performance of the
work.
SC - 7
UTILITIES:
The Contractor shall provide for temporary utilities for construction operations.
Potable water is available from hydrants. The Contractor shall make provisions
for teleph.::>ne service with the phone company. Power requirements shall be
provided by the Contractor by arrangement with Georgia Power Company. The
Contractor shall make suitable arrangements to provide fuel for temporary heating
and/or other construction operations as necessary.
SC - 8
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES:
Upon commencing work, the Contractor shall provide temporary screened and
shielded si3.ni tary privies in a manner meeting the approval of the Engineer.
Facil.ities shall be maintained in a sanitary condition by the Contractor and in
compliance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. All
temporary facilities shall be removed by the Contractor and the area returned to
its origina.l condition prior to acceptance of the completed project.
SC - 9 SUFVEYS AND PERMITS:
The Contractor shall make his own surveys and establish his own working lines and
grades from the basic reference lines established by the Engineer.
The CONTRACTOR shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points and stakes
and, in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the
resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by
their unnecessary loss or disturbance.
Permits ,and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the
WORK shall be secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall give
all notice~i and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing
on the conduct of the WORK as drawn and specified. If the CONTRACTOR observes
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 SC. doc
SC-4
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
that the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify
the ENGINEE:R in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided
in Article 10 of the General Conditions, CHANGES IN THE WORK.
SC - 10 DIMENSIONS:
Dimensions shown in figures or which can be determined by computation from other
figures shown, shall take precedence over dimensions scaled from the drawings.
When the work of the Contractor is affected by finished dimensions, these shall
be determined by the Contractor at the site and he shall assume the
responsibility therefor.
SC - 11 EF.OSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL:
The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in
such a mann.er that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all phases
of construction. Any areas disturbed during the course of construction shall be
restored tc. a condition equal or better than the original condition. Grassing of
disturbed :ireas shall be the minimum acceptable restoration. Silt control
devices such as straw bale fences and/or silt fence weight filter fabric shall be
installed j:o limit migration of silt to the water courses. Erosion Control
devices such as mats, grass, mulch, and crushed stone shall be installed to
protect adjoining areas from soil contamination. Compliance with the guidelines
of the Manual for Erosion and.Sedimentation Control in Georqia, pursuant to the
Erosion and Sedimentation Act of 1975, shall apply as though fully set forth
herein.
The Contractor shall provide a construction schedule of land disturbing work and
shall include a plan of the temporary measures to be in place during
construction. An employee of the prime Contractor shall be designated as the
work site Erosion and Sediment Control Supervisor who is to be responsible for
timely ins tallation of erosion and sediment control measures and who shall
provide early detection and correction of erosion, sediment, and flooding
problems and who shall have full (24 hr.) access to the personnel, equipment,
materials, means and measures to ensure correction of routine and or special
deficiencies.
Permanent erosion control measures for this site include moderate slopes,
pavement, :ind permanent grassing. The Contractor shall strive to expedite
completion of the permanent measures and shall keep the temporary measures in
place until a satisfactory grass cover is established.
SC - 12 SA.FETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS:
The Contra.:tor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health
Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health
Act of 1970 (PL91-596) and under Sec. 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act (PL91-54).
SC - 13 SITE CONTAMINATION AND CHEMICALS:
The CONTRACTOR shall prevent the construction site from being contaminated with
any substance in quanti ties or under circumstances prohibited by environmental
protection laws of the United States or the State of Georgia. The CONTRACTOR
shall be rE~sponsible to the OWNER if, at any time, state or federal authorities
make a claim or demand against the OWNER on account of contamination of the site
caused or c.llowed by the CONTRACTOR or any of its forces or subcontractors.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 SC.doc
SC-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project
operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of
other clas~;ification, must be registered for the purpose specified with USDA.
Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance
with instructions.
SC - 14 STORAGE OF MATERIALS:
Materials shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality and
fitness for the work. When considered necessary, they shall be placed on wooden
platforms or other hard, clean, surfaces, and/or placed under cover. Stores of
materials shall be so located as to facilitate prompt inspection.
SC - 15 TRAFFIC SAFETY:
The Contractor will be held responsible for any damages caused by negligence on
his part, or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and
road lanterns; all traffic lanes will be kept open and clear at all times and no
excavated m.aterial or equipment will be placed on pavement during construction.
SC - 16 CLEANING UP:
The Contra.:tor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste
material and rubbish, and upon completion of the work, prior to final acceptance
of the completed project by the Owner, he shall remove from the premises all
rubbish, surplus materials, implements, tools, etc., and leave his work in a
clean condi.tion, satisfactory to the Engineer. On a daily basis, the work area
shall be cleaned sufficiently to produce a neat appearance.
SC - 17 PIUOR USE BY OWNER:
Prior to ccmpletion of the work, the Owner (by agreement with the Contractor) may
take over the operation and/or use of portions of the proj ect. Such use of
facilities by the Owner shall not be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve
the Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents.
SC - 18 RE,sTORATION OF PROPERTY:
The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by the operations or
acts of any of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include seeding,
sodding, transplanting of lawns, hedges, or'ornamental plantings, and the repair
or replacenlent of streets, driveways, walks, fences, or other facilities in such
a manner as to meet the approval of the Engineer. No structures, fences or trees
shall be re!moved without the consent of the' property owner or until condemnation
procedure, if necessary, has been completed.
Restoration. of property shall commence immediately upon substantial completion of
the proposed work in the various areas of the construction site.
SC - 19
INTERRUPTION OF PLANT OPERATION:
a. General: Operation of the existing sewer system with a minimum of
interruption from the construction operations is VITAL. The Contractor shall
carefully plan his work to least interfere with operation of existing facilities.
The Owner Elnd Engineer shall be contacted by the Contractor so that interruptions
may be scheduled and coordinated not less than 36 hours in advance of the work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 SC.doc
SC-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
The new facilities shall be constructed in phases and made operational before
essential e,xisting operations are disrupted.
b. Schedulinq Interruption of System Operations: In Section 2.9, the
General Conditions require the Contractor to submit a construction progress
schedule fc,r approval prior to the first partial payment estimate. Additionally,
the Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule for interruption of system
operations which has been fully coordinated with his proposed construction
schedule. This proposed schedule of interruptions may be submitted up to 30 days
subsequent to the construction schedule but prior to any request for interruption
of plant operations. This detailed schedule shall include all significant
operations which require a shut down of any wastewater plant functions.
SC - 20 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS:
Manufacture:d articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,
connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer
unless herein specified to the contrary.
SC - 21 IN~:URANCE LIMITS:
The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him
from claimEI set forth in Article 5 of the General Conditions which may arise out
of or result from the CONTRACTOR's execution of the WORK, whether such execution
be by himse:lf or by any SUBCONTRACTOR or by anyone for whose acts any of them may
be liable:
The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the
CONTRACT TIME, liability insurance as hereinafter specified; CONTRACTOR's General
Public Liability and Property Damaqe Insurance including vehicle coverage issued
to the CONTRACTOR and protecting him from all claims for personal injury,
including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to property, arising
out of or in connection with any operations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, whether
such operations be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR under him, or anyone
directly 0:= indirectly employed by the CONTRACTOR or by a SUBCONTRACTOR under
him. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than
$500,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at any
time result:ing therefrom, sustained by anyone person in any one. accident; and a
limit of liability of not less than $500,000 aggregate for any such damages
sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident. Insurance shall be written
with a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 for all property damage
sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit of liability of not
less than ~200,000 aggregate for any such damage sustained by two or more persons
in anyone accident.
The CONTRACTOR shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended
Coveraqe insurance upon the PROJECT to the full insurable value thereof. This
provision :3hall in no way release the CONTRACTOR or. CONTRACTOR'S surety from
obligationEi under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS to fully complete the PROJECT.
The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the
CONTRACT TIME, in accordance with the provisions of the law of the state in which
the work ill performed: Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational
disease provisions, for all of his employees at the site of the PROJECT and in
case any work is sublet, the CO~TRACTOR shall require such SUBCONTRACTOR
similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 SC.doc
SC-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
disease prov1.s1.ons for all the latter's employees unless such employees are
covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRACTOR. In case any class of
employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the
PROJECT is not protected under Workmen's Compensation statute, the CONTRACTOR
shall provide and shall cause each SUBCONTRACTOR to provide, adequate and
suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected.
The CONTRACTOR shall secure, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for WORK to
be performE3d and all materials to be used in the construction including the full
replacemen1: value of all the Owner furnished equipment. Unless specifically
authorized by the OWNER, the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the
CONTRACT PRICE totaled in the BID plus the replacement value of the Owner
furnished equipment. The policy shall cover not less than the losses due to
fire, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse,
riot, airc.raft, and smoke during the CONTRACT TIME, and until the WORK is
accepted by the OWNER.
SC - 22 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS:
The logs of borings made by an independent testing laboratory at the site are
presented after these Supplementary Conditions are for information only. Neither
the Engine'~r nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for the accuracy of this
information. The borings are located and identified on Drawing 4, YARD PIPING
PLAN, of the Contract Drawings.
SC - 23 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS:
Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no
substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those
indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the
contract.
SC - 24 SHOP DRAWINGS:
Shop Drawi~: The contractor shall submit six copies of all shop drawings,
installation manuals, and other data required to be submitted for approval as
listed in 1:he various section of the technical specifications. Submittals shall
be identified by the specifications section and specific items to which they
apply, and shall be reviewed and stamped by the contractor before submitting for
approval.
Refer to Paragraphs 6.23 thru 6.29 for further details.
MaintenanCE! Manuals: The contractor shall furnish six copies of instruction and
maintenance manuals, parts lists, and a list of recommended spare parts on a
timely bas,is. Test and inspection data reports, and a marked up copy of the
contract drawings reflecting as-built conditions shall be furnished at the
completion of the contract.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 SC.doc
SC-8
I
I
cs~ra
TESTING & ENGINEERING CO., INC.
AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30904 (706) 733-6960
(FAX) 737-0629
1005 EMMETT STREET, SUITE A
I PROJECT
LOCA TION
Eve Street Lift Station
BORING NO. B-1
/55
Augus ta, Georgia
DATE November 30, 1998
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
DEPfH
FEET
VISUAL SOIL
DESCRIPTION
PENETRATION
VALUE (N)
UNIFIED
CLASS.
PERCENT
MOISTURE
Loose, Brown, Fine Clayey Sand with Rubble
8 @ 2'
,
Loose, Grayish-Brown, Slightly Clayey, Fine
Sandy Silt
2 @ 4'
3 @ 5'
2 @ 6'
5 @ 7'
3 @ 8'
2 @ 9'
4 @ 10'
5'
10'
51 @ 14'
15'
Hard, Grayish-Tan, Silt (weathered shale)
65 @ 19'
20'
Hard, Grayish-Green Silt (weathered shale)
Boring T,enninated at 23 feet.
25'
Refusal at auger penetration.
30'
15 ~
Z
! 3.,1
35'
40'
N Value is number of blows of 140 pound
I hammer required to drive 2" split-tube
sampler one foot after seated.
5'
-===- WATER TA8LE
I
I
lROJECT
"
csra
1005 EMMETT STREET, SUITE A
TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC.
(706) 733-6960
(FAX) 737-0629
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30904
Eve Street Lift Station (Revised Location)
lOCATION Auqu~;ta. Georqia
30'
35'
VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION
Loose to Very Loose, Brown Sandy Silt with
Brick and Concrete
Very Loose to Loose, Brown and Tan Clayey Silt
Very Loose, Brown Clayey Silt
10'
Very Loose t,J Firm, Dark Gray Clayey Silt
Firm to Very Firm, Brown and Tan Sand
20' Very Firm, Brown and Green Slightly Sandy Clayey Silt
Hard, Green Clayey Silt, Weathered Shale.
Boring Terminated at 25 feet.
1./) .
') /
~
I~&
40'
t Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer
equired to drive 2" split-tllbe sampler one foot after seated.
BORING NO.
B-1A
I r3
DATE
PENETRATION
VALUE (N)
8@2'
2@4'
2@6'
2@8'
2@9'
9@14'
21 @ 19'
51 @ 24'
May 24, 1999
UNIFIED PERCENT
CLASS. MOISTUR
~,. WATER TABLE
-
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
SECTION Tl
SITE WORK
SCOPE:
The work .::overed by this specification consists of furnishing all plant,
labor, equipment, appliances, materials and supervision, and in performing
all operations in connection with clearing, grubbing, excavation, filling,
backfillinq, grading the site, field layout, staking, and grade setting in
strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable
drawings and terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
Operations shall be conducted in a manner which will provide for the safety of
employees and others. Existing utility lines, walks, steps, paving,
structures, or trees to remain shall be safeguarded and protected from damage,
and supported if necessary. Prior to any work the Contractor shall obtain
necessary permits for work in the area or shall ascertain that the permits have
otherwise been obtained.
CLEARING:
Clearing shall consist of the 'felling and cutting up or trimming of trees and
the satisfactory disposal of the trees and other vegetation designated for
removal toqether with the down timber, snags, brush and rubbish occurring
within the project limits. Trees and other vegetation to be removed and all
stumps, roc'ts, and brush in areas to be cleared but not grubbed shall be cut
off flush with or slightly below the original ground surface. Trees and stumps
in areas to be covered by embankments 3 feet or more in height shall be cut off
to 8 inche:s or less above the original ground surface. Trees and other
vegetation in areas to be cleared and grubbed may be removed by uprooting or
any other method that the Contractor may propose that is satisfactory to the
Engineer. Individual trees and groups of trees designated to be left standing
shall be t]~immed of all live branches to such heights and in such manner as
directed by the Engineer. All limbs and branches required to be trimmed shall
be neatly cut close to the bole of the tree or to main branches, and the cuts
more than 1-1/2 inches in diameter thus made shall be painted with an approved
treewound paint.
GRUBBING:
Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps, roots larger
than 3 inches in diameter to the depth specified, and matted roots from the
areas to be grubbed. In foundations. areas, stumps, roots, logs or other timber
3 inches and over in diameter, matted roots, and other debris not suitable for
foundation purposes, shall be excavated and removed to a depth not less than 18
inches belol~ any subgrade, shoulder or slope; and to a depth of 12 inches below
finish grac!e in areas to be grassed. All depressions excavated below the
original ground surface for or by the removal of stumps and roots, shall be
refilled with suitable material and compacted to make the surface conform to
the surrounjing ground surface. Grubbing will not be required in areas other
than those occupied by construction and graded and grassed areas.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T01.doc
Tl-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl
SITE WORK
SITE CONDI'l'IONS:
Organic materials and loose sand or other unsuitable soil located at or below
the level (If footings, or under structures, shall be removed and replaced with
fill material compacted to 100% of ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor). Fill
material shall comply with the requirements of the EXCAVATION, FILLING AND
BACKFILLING section of these specifications. The excavations shall be
dewatered by well-pointing and the sides of the excavation shall be fully
shored and braced.
DISPOSAL OE' CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL:
Removal of Debris: All timber, all logs, stumps, roots, brush, rotten wood and
other refm:e from the clearing and grubbing operations shall be removed from
the site and properly disposed of by the Contractor.
GRADING:
General: :,ite grading shall consist of excavating and placing all necessary
materials outside the limits of the various structures. Site grading shall be
completed when all surfaces are in conformity with the contours as shown on the
drawings, smooth, firm, containing the specified materials. Site grading also
shall include excavation and backfill for walks and steps. Site grading shall
also include all excavation, filling and compacting required for construction
of all roads and paved areas except as otherwise specified.
Borrow Mate:rial shall be selected to meet the requirements and conditions of
the particl:!lar installation for which it is to be used. The material shall
consist of sand soils or sand-clay soils capable of being readily shaped and
compacted to the required densities and shall be free of roots, trash and any
other deleterious material. The material shall be obtained from off-site
borrow pits approved by the Engineer. Borrow pits shall be cleared and grubbed
as necessary, and shall be opened, excavated, graded and maintained so that
adequate anj proper drainage and a neat appearance shall exist at all times.
Base Material: Sand clay used as a base material shall conform to Georgia
D.O.T. Specification Section 814.01 Class A, containing a clay content between
6 and 15%
Topsoil shall consist of a natural material that occurs in suiface deposits of
limited depth, and, in general, on elevated areas, it shall be composed of
natural mixtures of clay and soil binder with sand. Topsoil shall contain not
more than 25 percent of clay and shall be free of stones larger than 2 inches
in diameter, roots, excessive vegetation, rubbish or other deleterious matter.
Topsoil shall be approved by the Engineer before being used on the work.
Topsoil as described, shall be excavated from all areas to be disturbed,
whether for structures, piping, site grading, or paving, and if it cannot
immediately be placed in its final location, it shall be stored for later use.
Stockpiled topsoil shall be placed to afford good drainage. Topsoil work shall
not be performed when the soil is so wet that the tilth of the soil will be
destroyed.
Embankment: This item consists of placing in fills and embankments for
roadways, and other site grading work, the materials removed from the various
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T01. doc
TI-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl
SITE WORK
excavations and borrow pits, all as specified herein and in accordance with the
appropriate lines, grades, sections, contours and dimensions shown on the
drawings.
Classification of Excavation: All excavation in connection with site work will
be consider,=d unclassified common excavation.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
General: During construction, embankments, fills and excavations shall be kept
shaped and drained. Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained
in such manner as to drain effectively at all times. Grading shall be done so
that the surface of the ground will be properly sloped to prevent water from
running into the excavations for structures or pipe lines; any water which
accumulates in excavations shall be removed promptly. Excavated materials
shall not be stockpiled within a distance from the edge of any excavation less
than 1-1/2 times the depth of the excavation. Suitable material removed from
excavation shall be used, where feasible, in the formation of embankments,
fills, subgr:ades, shoulders, backfills, and site grading; excess material from
excavation not required for such uses, or materials not suitable for such uses,
shall be wasted in on-site locations directed by the Engineer. Any wetting,
hauling, scarifying, mixing, shaping, rolling, tamping or other operation
incidental to the following requirements, which, in the judgment of the
Engineer, a:re necessary to obtain the specified results, shall be performed by
the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner.
Site Gradinq: Except as otherwise specified herein, all disturbed areas on the
site shall be finished off to a uniformly smooth surface, free from abrupt,
irregular surface changes. The degree of smoothness shall be that ordinarily
obtainable from power grader operations. The finished surface shall not be
more than 0.10 foot above or below the established grade. There shall be no
roots, wasted building materials, trash or other unsightly matter projecting
through or ~risible at the surface.
After all embankments and fills have been completed to grade, and after all
structures. and pipe lines requiring the use of heavy equipment have been
completed, l~xcavation necessary for the construction of walkways and steps may
be performed. Excavation shall be accurately cut to line and grade; sufficient
width for the accurate placement and adequate support of the forms shall be
allowed. l~fter the forms are removed, the backfill shall be replaced and
recompacted around structures, walks and steps. Care shall be taken to avoid
damage to the walks and steps by the tampers.
Topsoil shall be evenly spread over the entire area to receive vegetation
cover. The compacted subgrade shall be scarified to a depth of 2 inches for
the bonding of topsoil with the subsoil. Topsoil shall then be evenly spread,
lightly compacted (not less than one pass of a cultipacker weighing 100 to
160#/ft. of. roller) and graded to a uniform thickness of not less than 3
inches, and the surface shall conform' to the requirements of site grading,
ditches, embankments, or other .features, as applicable.
Ditches shall be cut accurately to line, grade, and cross-section. Any
excessive d:.tch excavation shall be backfilled to grade with material approved
by the Engineer, consisting of suitable excavated soil, borrow, or stones or
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T01.doc
TI-3
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Ti
SITE WORK
cobbles. ':~he requirements of paragraph "Site Grading" above, shall apply to
ditches except as follows: The degree of smoothness shall be that usually
obtainable with string line or hand raking methods; the finished surface of
ditch slopes shall not be more than 0 .10 foot above or below the appropriate
elevations.
Embankment: Sloping ground surface, steeper than one vertical to four
horizontal, on which embankment or fill is to be placed, shall be plowed,
stepped, or broken up in such manner that the embankment material will bond
with the existing surface. Approved material, consisting of earth, sandy clay,
sand and gravel, clay gravel, soft shale, or other granular material (not
containing muck, trees, stumps, brush, matted roots or other organic matter,
rubbish, frozen materials, waste construction material, or large clods of earth
or stones) shall be placed in horizontal layers of loose material not more than
8 inches in depth. Except for the more stringent compaction requirements of
the roadway, each layer shall be spread uniformly and tamped and compacted to
90 percent of the density measured by Modified Proctor ASTM D1557. Tamping
shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers or mechanical hand tampers. Final
compaction may be by an approved power roller weighing not less than 10 tons,
except where insufficient cover may cause damage to pipe.
Roadways: Roadways shall consist of a compacted subgrade, 6" of compacted
Class A sand clay base, and a 6" concrete surface. The top 8" of the subgrade
shall be completed to 98% density as measured by Modified Proctor, ASTM D1557;
the 6" baSE! shall be compacted to 100% of the Modified Proctor density; the
concrete sh~ll be as specified in the Concrete section of the specifications.
INSPECTION AND TESTS:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the soil tests of proposed borrow. The
Owner shaLL be responsible for the in-place density tests of filled and
backfilled areas. Tests shall be performed by an independent laboratory
approved by the Engineer and shall be performed in accordance with the
following: (1) Laboratory Field Density Tests on soils shall conform to ASTM
D1557 or Ai\SHTO T180, METHOD A, and (2) Field Density Tests on soils shall
conform to ,?-\,SSHTO T191, T238, OR T205. Two Laboratory certified copies each of
the tests on borrow and the in-place density tests shall be forwarded promptly
by the Laboratory to the Engineer. Tests for gradation, classification,
optimum moisture, and density of the proposed borrow shall be performed in the
Laboratory and shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Tests for :Ln-place density shall consist of 2 laboratory tests and 5 field
density tests. The Owner will pay directly to the testing laboratory only for
tests in excess of this number, except that where they are retests on materials
which. failed to meet the specifications, the retesting of rejected materials
and reinstalled work shall be done at the Contractor's expense.
The Engineer, at his
performed during the
individual unit of the
project.
discretion, may order tests and inspections to be
progress of the work, or at the completion of any
work, or at the time of final inspection of the entire
Random spot
differential
checks
level
of elevation and slopes shall be conducted by ordinary
and profile methods. Random spot checks of topsoil
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOl.doc
TI-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl
SITE WORK
thickness ~:hall be conducted by cutting through the surface with a spade or
mattock, and measuring the thickness of topsoil exposed.
GRASSING:
Areas ~isturbed by construction operations shall be grassed in accordance with
the GRASSING section of the specifications. Areas to be grassed shall be
planted, mctintained, and shall utilize topsoil, lime, fertilizer, proper and
approved gr'ass and mulch sufficient to produce a cover suitable to eliminate
significant erosion.
MAINTENANCE:
Inspection of site work as it is completed shall not constitute final
acceptance of the item. The Contractor shall maintain all items in such
condition as to be ready for final inspection from the time of completion until
the final acceptance of the entire project.
PAYMENT:
Payment for' in-place density tests shall
payment will be made for the work
specifications. All costs in connection
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
be made by the Owner. No separate
covered by this section of the
therewi th shall be included in the
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T01.doc
TI-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, materials, layout staking and grade
staking and. supervision, and in performing all operations in connection with
the excavation, filling and backfilling for structures and piping in strict
accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings
and. terms E:nd conditions of the Contract.
CLASSIFICA'l'ION OF EXCAVATION:
ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED.
EXCAVATION:
General: The excavation shall conform to dimensions and elevations appropriate
for the pi?e line or structure. Excavation shall not be carried below the
elevation necessary for construction.
Excavation for Walls and Footinqs shall extend a sufficient distance to allow
for the placing and removal of forms, installation of services and for
inspection, except where the concrete wallar footing may be authorized to be
deposited directly against excavated surfaces.
Trench Excavation: Trenches shall be excavated true to line and grade.
Trenches to receive pipe having a nominal diameter of 24 inches. or less shall
not be less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than the outside
diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, so that a clear space of not less than
6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe.
Trenches to receive pipe having a normal diameter greater than 24 inches shall
not be less than 18 inches wider nor more than 24 inches wider than the outside
diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, so that a clear space not less than 9
inches nor ,nore than 12 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe.
The maximum width specified applies to the width at or below the level of the
top of the pipe. The width of th~ trench above the pipe may' be as wide as
necessary to provide room for proper installation of the work. The Contractor
shall comply with the safety requirements of OSHA.
The bottoms of trenches for pressure mains 6 inches and larger shall be rounded
so that the lower 90 degree 'quadrant of the pipe is in direct contact
throughout its entire length with suitable compacted select refill material.
Bell holes and excavation for joints shall be dug by hand after the trench
bottom has been shaped. These holes shall be so spaced and sized as to permit
first class workmanship on the joint and to\insure that the maximum length of
pipe possible will rest on the prepared bottom of the trench.
Trenches fo:r gravity sewers shall be excavated below the pipe invert to provide
space for the pipe bedding. Where good soil or rock is encountered in the
trench bottom, the excavation shall be carried below. the bottom of the pipe a
distance of 4 inches or one-eighth the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever
is greater;
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T02.doc
T2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
Where, in the op1n10n of the Engineer, the natural trench bottom is soil which
is incapabJ.e of satisfactorily supporting the pipe, such unsuitable soil shall
be removed to the depth required as determined at the site. The trench bottom
shall then be refilled with selected refill material, placed in 8 inch layers
and compacted at optimum moisture content to 90% Standard Proctor. Each layer
shall be thoroughly tamped. The refill shall be brought to the proper
elevation :Ear the pipe, and in the case of gravity sewers, to the elevation
that will provide space for the special bedding.
Dewaterinq and Drainaqe of Excavated Areas: Grading in the vicinity of
structures shall be controlled to prevent surface water from running into
excavated areas. Dewatering by pumping or wellpointing from excavated areas
shall be performed by the Contractor to provide a stable excavation and a firm
pit or trench bottom. Dewatering shall incur no extra cost to the Owner.
All dewatel:ing methods shall be subj ect to the approval of the Engineer as to
capacity and effectiveness. Water removed from the excavated areas shall be
conveyed in a proper manner to a sui table point of discharge where it will
neither cause injury to public health, public or private property, the surface
or use of E:treets by the public or work completed or in progress.
Protection Aqainst Flotation: To guard against the danger of flotation of
empty or partially empty pipe due to a high water table, all dewatering
operations shall be continued without interruption until such time as
. sufficient backfill has been placed over the top of the pipe to overcome the
buoyan<;:y effect of a completely empty pipe which is entirely submerged.
Shorinq . and Protection of Excavations: Shoring shall be provided by the
Contractor as necessary to protect life or property. All existing structures,
streets, pipes, and foundations which are not to be removed or relocated shall
be adequat.~ly protected or replaced by the Contractor without cost to the
Owner. The Contractor shall adequately protect the work under construction and
the safety of his workmen in excavations by the use of suitable sheeting,
shoring ancl bracing, or by sloping the banks in accordance with the angle of
repose of the soil.
The Contractor alone is responsible for any damage or injury resulting from his
failure either to provide adequate protection from the excavation or to comply
with OSHA requirements.
Excess Mate:rial: Excess material to be used for backfill shall be stockpiled
as directed by the Engineer. Excavated material shall be deposited a
sufficient distance from the side of excavation walls to prevent excessive.
surcharge en the wall. Excess. excavated material not suitable or required for
backfill or filling shall be wasted within the limits of the site and graded as
directed by the Engineer.
Blastiriq: Where blasting is . necessary, it.shall be done in accordance with
local ordinances by skilled operators and precautions shall be taken to avoid
damage. Suitable mats shall be provided to confine, within the limits of the
extavations, all materials lifted by blasting.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T02.doc
T2-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
PIPE BEDDIHG FOR SEWERS:
Sewer pipe shall be bedded. The. bedding material shall be well-graded crus.~h\
stone or crushed gravel meeting the requirements of ASTt:1 C,..33,_Gradatio~
(3/4 inche~l to No. 4) ._~_The-bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the
bottom of the pipe of 4 inches or one-eighth of the outside diameter of the
pipe, whichever is greater, and shall extend up the sides of the pipe one-sixth
of the out~:ide diameter of the pipe for VC pipe and 6 inches above the pipe for
PVC pipe. Holes must be dug in the bedding for each bell or coupling so that
the load is supported entirely by the pipe barrel, not the pipe bell or
coupling. After each pipe has been placed in final position, bedding material
shall be placed and compacted under the pipe haunches and on each side of the
pipe to prevent lateral displacement. "Shovel':"slicing" of crushed stone
bedding shall be done using a crowbar heavy enough to penetrate the bedding
material. The pipe bedding shall be thoroughly compacted throughout its depth.
FILL:
Earth fill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness. Each
layer shaLL be compacted at optimum moisture content in a manner approved by
the Engineer. After compaction, the dry weight per cubic foot for each layer
shall be as specified for backfilling.
BACKFILLING:
The Enginee,r shall be notified before backfilling in order that the work may be
inspected before it is covered. After completion of the foundation footings,
walls, or pipe work, and prior to backfilling, all forms shall be removed and
the excavation shall be cleared of all trash and debris. Symmetrical backfill
loading sh.:lll be maintained. Special care shall be taken to prevent any
wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against a structure or pipe.
Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers not in excess of 8 inch
thickness, and shall have an optimum moisture content when compacted. After
compaction, the dry weight per cubic foot for each layer shall be at least 90%
of the maximum Laboratory Dry Weight per cubic foot, as determined by ASTM
D1557, except that backfill under slabs, walls, footings, sidewalks and
pavement sb.all be at least 98% of ASTM D1557.
FILL AND Bl\CKFILL MATERIAL:
Material for fill and backfilling shall consist of the excavated material, if
suitable, or borrow approved by the Engineer, and shall be free of trash,
lumber, or other debris, roots and other organic, perishable or deleterious
matter. Where unsuitable ma.terial is encountered in the excavation, disposal
of the material shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
BORROW MATE:RIAL:
Borrow material for trench backfill shall consist of sand soils or sand-clay
soils capable of being readily shaped and compacted to the required densities
and shall be free of roots, trash, and any other deleterious material.
'.ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T02.doc
T2-3
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I'
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
SELECTED REFILL MATERIAL:
Selected refill material shall be used to refill the trench bottom where
unsuitable soil is encountered. Such material shall be crushed stone or gravel
of suitable gradation free from stones, sod, sticks, roots and other organic,
perishable or deleterious matter. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval
from the Engineer of the material proposed for the above use.
RESTORATIon OF PRIVATE PROPERTY:
The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by operations or
acts of any. of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include
seeding, sodding, and transplanting of lawns, hedges or ornamental plantings,
and the repair or replacement of other private facilities in such manner as to
meet the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. No
structures or trees shall be removed without the consent of the property owner
or until condemnation procedure, if necessary, has been completed.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment shall be made for excavation for structures and pipeline
trenches; backfill; pipe bedding; protection of utilities; maintenance of
usable dri'iTing surfaces free from potholes; depressions and ruts; and other
work covered by this section of the specifications. Such work shall be
considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor in completing the work
and all CO:3ts in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum price
for the con~leted work.
,I
'ZEL. ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T02. doc
T2-4
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SCOPE:
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
The work c07ered by this specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
equipment, appliances, and materials, and in performing all operations in
connection with the installation of concrete work, complete, in strict
accordance I~ith this specification and the applicable drawings, and subject to
the terms and conditions of the Contract.
APPLICABLE :,PECIFICATIONS:
The current: edition of the following specifications form a part of this
specification:
American Society for Testinq Materials Desiqnation:
A 615
C 31
C 33
C 94
C 150
CI71
C 175
C 185
C 260
C 309
C 404
C 595
D 1752
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Reinforcement
Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field
Concrete Aggregates
Ready-Mix Concrete
Portland Cement
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
Air Entraining Portland Cement
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement
Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
Blended Hydraulic Cements
Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fi~lers
for Conc~ete Paving and Structural Construction
ACI 304
American Concrete Institute Publications:
ACI 315
ACI 318
Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing,
Transporting, and Placing Concrete.
Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Concrete Structures
Building Code Requirement for Reinforced Concrete
Concrete Reinforcinq Steel Institute:
CRSI
MATERIALS:
Placing Reinforcing Bars
Cement: Po!:tland Cement shall be Type V sulfate resistant concrete for severe
exposure cc,nforming to ACI 318 Section 4.3. Substitutions using blended
cements and/or admixtures suitable for severe sulfate exposure may be used upon
written app:t:'oval of the engineer. Only one brand of cement shall be used for
exposed concrete in any individual structure.
Fine Aqqreqate shall consist of clean, hard natural sand, manufactured sand or
a combination thereof, conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 33, Concrete
Aggregate, and shall be graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve.
9803-01 - T03.doc
T3-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Coarse Aqqreqate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, or a combination
thereof, conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 33, Concrete Aggregates, and
shall be graded to meet the requirements of size number 467, 67 and 7, as
appropriate.
Water shall be clean and free from oils, acids, salts, or other inj urious
substances.
Admixtures .shall be used to provide entrained air. Other admixtures shall be
used only with written approval of the Engineer. Air entraining admixtures
shall conform to ASTM C 260. Other admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 494.
Calcium chl,)ride will not be permitted.
Curinq Paper shall conform to specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing
Concrete, ASTM C 171.
Reinforcinq steel for concrete shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. All
splices shall be lapped 30 diameters unless otherwise noted. Principal
reinforcement shall be shifted to miss openings through concrete work. Where
the resulting spacing exceeds three times the slab or wall thickness or 18",
nominal minimum steel shall be provided at the centerline of the opening and #5
corner bars shall be added in each layer of reinforcement. Reinforcement shall
be placed in accordance with CRSI Manual "Placing Reinforcing Bars".
Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185. Splices shall be lapped one
bar spacing plus 2 inches but not less than 8 inches. Fabrics from wire gauges
12 ga. and smaller shall be galvanized.
Forms shall be of wood, metal, or other material approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall furnish forms, structurally adequate for the imposed loads,
that result in correctly aligned concrete. For exposed concrete surfaces,
plywood fOIms, thoroughly braced and tied together with approved corrosion
resistant devices, shall be used. Form ties shall be free of devices that will
leave a hole or depression larger than 7/8" in diameter back of exposed
surfaces of concrete, and such that when forms are removed, no metal shall be
within one inch of finished surface. Curved surfaces concealed below grade may
be formed .Ln planes up to 2' -0" wide. Holes left by form ties shall be
grouted, and the surface left smooth and flush. Exposed corners of walks, and
slabs shall be rounded. Exposed corners of formed concrete shall have a 3/4
inch chamfe.r: unless otherwise noted.
Preformed Expansion Joint Filler Strips shall conform to ASTM. D 1752.
Grout shall be a portland cement grout consisting of one part of cement, two
and one-half parts of sand and the minimum quantity of water to make a workable
mix. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type V and sand shall conform to ASTM
C404, Size 2.
Joint Sealant shall be Sikaflex Po~ysulfide (411 or 412) as manufactured by
Sika Chemical Corp., or the comparable products of W. R. Meadows, Inc., W. R.
Grace, or Williams Equipment Co.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 ~ T03.doc
T3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Vapor Barri(~rs of 6 mil polyethylene shall be provided under all building floor
slabs on ea:~th.
Storaqe of !~aterials: Cement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner
as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Steel reinforcing
shall be stored on supports which will keep the steel from contact with the
ground and in such a manner as to be protected from rusting, oil, grease, and
distortion. Store metal forms off the ground; pitch to shed water and cover
with waterp:~oof material.
CONCRETE QUALITY:
All concret,~ shall be classified by the 28-day compressive strength, f'c. The
design slump shall not exceed 4 inches; the air content shall be 5% +/- 1%.
The water cement ratio shall not exceed 6 gal/SK for 4,000 psi concrete. The
concrete shall be a workable mixture free from segregation and bleeding. Ready-
mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C 94. Job mixed concrete shall be mixed.
wi th a standard type of batch mixer equipped with adequate facilities for
accurate weight measurement and control of each material entering the mixer. A
retarding Eldmixture approved by the Engineer shall be used when the air
temperature is 800F or above. Care shall be taken that the mixing water shall
be cold for all concrete mixed in hot weather.
All concrete not otherwise designated shall be 4,500 psi concrete with a
minimum of 6 sacks of cement/cu. yd. and a water/cement ratio of not more than
.45.
All structu:ral concrete shall be sulfate resistant concrete, as approved by the
Engineer.
Sidewalks, .::urbs, gutters and ditch paving may be 3,000 psi concrete.
Reaction bJ.ocking, fill concrete, and pipe encasement may be 2,000 psi
concrete.
CONCRETE PAVEMENT:
Concrete r~adway pavement shall conform to all requirements including
materials, ,~uality, workmanship, finish, cleaning and testing as specified in
this section of the specifications. The 28-day cornpressi ve strength of
pavement along the roadway shall be 4,000 psi. Pavement shall be unrein forced
EMBEDDED ITgMS:
All embedded items included in an area shall be installed before concrete
placement begins. Full cooperation shall be given other trades to install
embedded i t'~ms. Sui table templates or instructions, or both, shall be provided
for setting items not placed in the forms. Embedded items shall have been
installed and inspected and tests for concrete shall have been completed and
approved by the Engineer before concrete is placed. No "boxing out" or
"cutting" will be permitted unless indicated on plans or ,ordered.in writing by
the Enginee.r:.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T03.doc
T3-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Cast nosinqs specified as Miscellaneous Metal
concrete steps.
shall be installed in all
Sleeves, anchor bolts, and similar items shall be accurately placed and firmly
secured be:Eore concrete placement begins. These embedded items shall be
aluminum or stainless steel.
Waterstops shall be installed where indicated on the plans and in all other
joints subject to hydrostatic head. Waterstops shall be firmly attached to the
outside layer of reinforcing steel and shall be installed complete before
concreting is started. PV dams shall be 8" x 3/16" polyvinyl type with a
center bulb to provide for limited movement in the joint. Steel dams shall be
8" x 3/16" steel plate and at splices, or joints shall be welded or lapped and
bolted for continuity.
Pipe Sleeves shall be anchored, stainless steel pipe, except where otherwise
indicated on the plans, of appropriate size and shall be provided for all pipes
passing through floors or walls, except for floors and walls which are
waterproof. Where special provision such as wall pipes or link seals has not
been made for pipes passing through waterproof walls, details of the specific
condition shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved before concrete is
placed.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
Six sets of shop drawings and.information as required by this section of the
specifications which have been checked by the Contractor for field dimensions
and conformance to the plans and specifications shall be submitted for approval
in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions of these Specifications. Two
copies of checked information will be returned to the Contractor.
Shop drawinqs of reinforcinq steel shall show steel for slabs in plan and steel
for walls in elevation. Bar lists and bending diagrams shall be submitted as
part of the reinforcing steel shop drawings. Fabrication of reinforcing steel
shall not commence prior to approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer.
Shop drawinqs for metal forms shall show the layout, framing and supports, with
unit dimensions and sections, type and location of welds, and details of all
required accessories. Include printed literature on Manufacturer's recommended
installation instructions.
Desiqn Mixes for each class of concrete required, shall be tested and submitted
for approva,l. Concrete proportions, including water-cement ratio, shall be
established in accordance with ACI 318-77, Chapter 4, Paragraph 4.3
Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience or Paragraph 4.4 - Proportioning
by Laboratory Trial Batches. Once the mixture for the concrete has been
designed, tested, and accepted by the Engineer, the exact mixture proportions
shall be used throughout the subsequent casting operations. Submit copies of
each design mix and each aggregate gradation for approval.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T03.doc
T3-4
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
I
WORKMANSHIP:
I
Placinq: Proposed pour to be approved by R.P.R. prior to ordering concrete.
In acc'Jrdance with the recommendation of ACI 304, concrete shall be placed
in the forms and mechanically vibrated to produce concrete without
segregation or honeycomb. Concrete shall be placed continuously between
constnlction joints. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of previously
placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and segregation. If there is a delay
in placement, the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded
and, cc,nsolidated by mechanical vibration. During the casting of wall
sections not less than two mechanical vibrators shall be operated
continuously for each casting location. The concrete shall not be freely
dropped. more than 6 feet, nor moved horizontally, after being deposited,
more than 5 feet. The Contractor shall provide sufficient "windows", chutes
or other means or methods of depositing the concrete to comply with these
requir'~ments . The concrete shall be brought to correct level with a
straight edge and struck off. Bullfloats shall be used to smooth the
surface of slabs. Power floating of the slabs shall begin when the water
sheen has disappeared, and/or the mix has stiffened sufficiently that the
weight of a man standing on it leaves only a slight imprint on the surface.
I
I
I
I
I
Reinfo:~cinq bars shall be free from scale, oil, and structural defects. The
system of holding the bars in place shall insure that all steel in the top
layer will support the weight of the workman without displacement and be
placed in accordance with ACI Codes 318 and 315. Reinforcement in slabs on
grade shall be supported on stable concrete supports. All reinforcing steel
within the limits of a day's pour shall be in place and firmly wired before
concrete placement starts.
I
I
Construction loints
unless specifically
in other locations
adequa~ely keyed and
or a vl~rtical line.
shall be formed at the locations shown on the plans,
approved by the Engineer. Joints which must be formed
shall be waterstopped where appropriate, shall be
doweled, and shall be formed along either a horizontal
I
Curinq and Protection: All freshly cast concrete shall be protected from
the dmnaging effects of the elements - freezing, rapid drop in temperature,
and loss of moisture, and from future construction operations. The
Contractor shall maintain the concrete temperature above 500F for the first
7 days after placing. All surfaces neither protected by forms nor covered
with water for the entire curing period shall be kept wet and covered with
curing paper meeting the requirements of the specification for sheet
materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C 171.
I
'1
I
Membrane Curinq Compound may be used in lieu of water curing on concrete
which will not be covered later with topping, mortar, or additional
concrei:e. Membrane curing compound shall be spray applied at a coverage of
not mc,re than 300 square feet per gallon. Unformed surfaces shall be
covered with curing compound within 30 minutes after final finishing. If
forms are removed before the end of the specified curing period, curing
compound shall be immediately applied to the formed surfaces before they dry
out. Curing compound shall be suitably protected from abrasion during the
curing period.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
I
9803-01 - ::03 REV l.doc
T3-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Removal of Forms: The forms shall not be removed until the concrete has
attained sufficient strength to prevent cracking or other injury, but in no
case less than 75% of its design strength. When forms are removed, the
Contractor shall place adequate reshores to prevent injury to the concrete by
construction loads. The sole responsibility for safe practice in this regard
shall be the Contractor's.
SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT JOINTS:
Sidewalk contraction joints at 5'-0" spacing may be formed 1/8" by 1" deep with
a jointing tool- or may~ be saw cut. ~P:iVementJoinfs-1---J.-12"-deep at 12' -0"
spacing shall be saw cut promptly after casting. ~,
CONCRETE FINISHES:
Rouqh or Form Board Finish: All concrete wall surfaces which are not exposed
to view may be given this finish. This finish has, as a prerequisite, a
thoroughly vibrated concrete which will give a surface smooth, free from air
pockets, water pockets, sand streaks, or honeycomb. After the removal of the
forms, all fins shall be cut off; all holes, depressions, and rough spots shall
be carefully pointed up with mortar having the same proportions of cement and
sand as used in the concrete being treated. The surface film of all pointed
surfaces sh~ll be carefully removed before setting occurs, otherwise, surfaces
shall be left with the texture imparted by the forms.
Rubbed Finish: Walls, beam, sill, and under slab surfaces which are exposed to
view shall have a rubbed finish. As soon as the rough surface finish has set
sufficiently, the entire surface shall be wet with a brush and rubbed with a
No. 16 Carborundum stone, to bring the surface to a paste. The rubbing shall
be continue,d sufficiently to remove all form marks and proj ections, and to
produce a smooth dense surface without pits or irregularities. The material
which is ground to a paste, in the above process, shall be carefully spread or
brushed uniformly over the entire surface and allowed to take a "reset". The
final finis:i shall be obtained by a thorough rubbing with a No. 30 Carborundum
stone. This rubbing shall continue until the entire surface is of smooth
texture and uniform in color. The surfaces shall be stripped evenly with a
brush so a:, to remove excess paste, and the surface left smooth with only
enough past,a remaining to obtain a uniform color.
Float Fini~:h: The surface of all concrete slabs shall, unless otherwise
hereinafter specified, be given a float finish. The structural slab shall be
brought to the established grade by screeding. The surface shall be tested for
irregularities with a straightedge. Irregularities. shall be eliminated and the
entire surf,3.ce finished with a wooden hand float or finishing machine. Finish
shall be a true plane within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet measured in any
direction.
Broom Finis:~: Surfaces of exterior walkways, concrete road pavement, concrete
lined ditch'=s, or platforms shall be given a broom finish. A smooth, true and
uniform surface is a prerequisite for this finish. When the progress of the
set provide.s the proper consistency, the surface shall be raked with a broom to
give parall,=l transverse lines in the surface, and to give a uniform texture.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T03.doc
T3-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Standard Trowel Finish: All interior floors shall be trowel finished. Both
power and hand troweling shall be required. Power troweling shall begin as
soon as little or no cement paste clings to the blade. Troweling shall be
continued until the surface is dense, smooth, and free of all minor blemishes,
such as trowel marks. Hand troweling shall be required to remove slight
imperfections left by the troweling machine and to bring the surface to a dense
smooth finish. Sprinkling of dry cement or a mixture of dry cement and sand on
the surface of the fresh concrete shall not be permitted.
SAMPLES AND TESTS:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the concrete mix designs, test
cylinders for proving the mix designs, tests for the aggregate gradation and
quality, fo:r molding test cylinders during the progress of the job, delivering
the cylinde:r:s for testing to the laboratory, testing for slump and air content,
and for conducting load tests, 'if required. The Owner will pay directly for
the testing of the concrete cylinders molded during the progress of the work.
Before proc'~eding with the mix design, the Contractor shall obtain approval by
the Enginee:r of the testing laboratory. Tests not specifically indicated to be
done at the Owner's expense, including the retesting of rejected materials and
installed work, shall be done at the Contractor's expense.
Cylinders: Make one strength test per 50 yards of each class of concrete
placed but ]~t__less than one for each days pour. Mold and cure four cylinders
for each .strength test in accordance with ASTM C 31. Test one cylinder after
seven days; test two cylinders after 28 days for acceptance in accordance with
ASTM C 39; test the fourth cylinder only where any of the tests of the three
cylinders iB irregular or unacceptable.
Slump: Tests for slump shall be performed at the job site on all concrete
immediately prior to placing in accordance with the Test for Slump of Portland
Cement Conc,:ete, ASTM C 143. .If the slump varies from that of the design mix
by more than that permitted by ASTM C 94, the concrete shall be rejected. In
no case sha.ll the maximum specified water cement ratio of the approved mix
design be e,=ceeded.
.Air Content: One test for air content shall be made for each strength test.
This test Bhall be made on a concrete sample that has been removed when
consolidation of the concrete in the forms has been completed and shall be in
accordance 'With the Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Hethod, ASTM C 173.
Load Test: If there exists any evidence of faulty workmanship, violations of
specifications, or likelihood of concrete having been frozen, load tests may be
required in accordance with ACI 318. These tests shall be under the direction
of the Engineer.
Correction of Deficiencies: The Contractor shall be responsible for correction
of concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements,
including strength, honeycomb, spalls, cracks, chips, holes, fins, tolerances
and finishe.:3. Where shrinkage 'cracks in the new hydraulic structures occur
away from wClterstops, the cracks shall be pressure grouted with epoxy grout to
restore the concrete strength and to eliminate leaks.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T03.doc
T3-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
PAYMENT:
No separate! payment will be made for work covered by this section of the
specifications and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T03.doc
T3-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
.
SECTION T4
MASONRY
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists in furnishing
all labor, materials and equipment, and in performing all operations in
connection with the installation of all masonry items as hereinafter
designated, complete, and in strict accordance with this specification and the
applicable <irawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
All masonry shall be of standard sizes and shall conform to the current edition
of the following specifications and any specifications noted on the drawings.
American Society for Testing Materials Designation:
C 90
C 91
C 129
C 141
C 144
C 150
C 216
C 578
Load Bearing Concrete Block
Masonry Cement
Non~Load Bea~ing Concrete Block
Hyc.raulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Purposes
AggTegate for Masonry Mortar
Portland Cement
Facing Brick
Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation
MATERIALS:
Water shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, or injurious substances.
Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type I. It shall be a standard
product, the name of which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Masonry cement shall conform to ASTM C 91, and shall be a standard product
approved by the Engineer.
Hydrated Lime shall conform to ASTM C 141.
Aggregate for masonry mortar shall conform to ASTM C 144.
Face brick shall be used for the exterior face of new walls. All face brick
shall be sf~lect, sound, whole, new clay or shale, conforming to ASTM C 216,
Grade SW, Type FBS. Color will be in .red hues to blend with hereby structures.
Concrete Block: All concrete block in exterior walls shall be load bearing
block confcrming to ASTM C 90. Block in bearing partitions also shall be load
bearing block conforming to ASTMC 90. Bearing block shall be Type II units
made with normal weight aggregates. Exposed faces of blocks shall be free of
chips, cracks, or other imperfections.
truss type extra heavy
cross rods), installed in
cavity walls and masonry
have a moisture drip at the
Masonry wall reinforcement shall be galvanized
Dur-O-Wall or equal (3/16 dia. side rods and No. 9
horizontal courses at 16 inches o.c. in all
partitions. The cross rods in cavity walls shall
center of the cavity.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T04.doc
T4-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T4
MASONRY
Masonry wall anchors shall be provided at the intersection of abutting walls.
Where intersecting partitions are not bonded by masonry headers,
gauge galvanized anchors shall be provided at not more than
spacing.
1-1/2" x 12
16" vertical
Mortar: Walls and partitions shall be laid with type M or S mortar except that
the clearwell partitions shall be laid with Portland cement mortar. Aggregate
and other materials for masonry mortar shall conform to applicable
specificati~ns listed above. Mortar mixtures shall contain the following
proportions by volume, measured loose.
MORTAR PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME
Portland Masonry Hydrated Lime Aggregate Measured in
Mortar Cement Cement or Lime Putty Damp Loose Condition
Type
Cu.Ft. Cu. Ft. Cu . Ft. Cu . Ft.
1 None 1/4
M 1 1 None
1 None Over 1/4 Not less than 2-1/4 and
S to 1/2 not more than 3 times
1/2 1 None the sum of the volumes
of cement and lime used.
Board Type Insulation shall be cellular polystyrene conforming to ASTM C578
installed on the inner wythe side of the cavity. It shall be cut to fit neatly
around adjoining surfaces, applied in moderate contact with adjoining units,
and adhered to the masonry with adhesive.
Wall flashjE9: shall be 3. ounce copper armored Sisal kraft installed over heads
and under sills of all openings in exterior masonry walls, including windows,
doors, and louvers, and shall be installed at each line of floor construction.
Flashing at floors or roofs shall be made continuous. Joints in continuous
flashing shall be lapped at least 4 inches and tightly sealed with mastic.
Wall flashing shall carry upward across the cavity at an angle and through the
next higher joint of the inner block wall where it shall bend back on itself
1/2 inch. Flashing over or under openings which is discontinuous shall have
the ends tu.rned up to form a pan.
Weep Holes shall be located at 24" o.c. horizontally in the e~terior wythe of
cavity walls directly above. all foundations, flashing, or other water stops in
the wall. The holes may be formed by placing 3/8" round fiberglass or similar
cord in the~ mortar then withdrawing the cord after the wall is completed. Weep
holes shall. be kept free of mortar and other obstructions.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803~Ol - T04.doc
T4-2
I
I
I,
I,
,I
I
I
,I,
1
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
SECTION T4
MASONRY
Brick and Block shall be laid in running bond. Only experienced masons shall
be employed. Masonry shall be laid plumb and true with full bed joints,
buttered with sufficient mortar to fill end joints, and all units shoved in
place. Where cutting of exposed masonry is necessary, the cuts shall be made
with a motOJ~ driven masonry saw. No masonry shall be laid when the temperature
is below 45" unless it is rising and at no time when it is below 40oF. The top
of exposed walls shall be protected by waterproof material when work is not in
progress. '!:he walls shall be solid and without voids in the joints.
Joints: Bc,th interior and exterior joints shall be tooled; vertical joints
shall be tooled before horizontal joints. Tooling and trawling shall compact
the setting mortar and form a continuous contact with the block. All holes and
cavities shall be filled with mortar before tooling. Exposed interior masonry
joints shaE be neatly finished for painting.
Pointing. and Cleaning: When the work is completed, all holes or defective
mortar joints in exposed masonry shall be pointed, or where necessary, cut out
and repointed. All exposed masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned. If stiff
brushes and water do not suffice, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by
the procedures for "Cleaning Clay Products Masonry" of the Structural Clay
Products In:;titute. If so cleaned, all sash, frames, or metal lintels shall be
completely protected.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of
the specifi:::ations. All costs in connections therewith shall be included in
the lump Slli1 Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T04.doc
T4-3
I
,I
I
I
I
I,
,I
I
I
I.
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T5
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for or reasonably
incidental to the furnishing and erection of all structural steel, brackets,
handrails, stairs, angle frames, grating, bearing plates, anchors, anchor
bolts, nosings, and other miscellaneous metal items to fully complete the
structures in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the
applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL;
Except where specifically called for, no ferrous metals shall be used in any
application, including hardware, unless such are totally embedded in structural
concrete.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
The current edition of the following specifications and any specifications
shown on the drawings form a part of this specification:
American Institute of Steel Construction: "Specification for Structural
Steel Buildings".
AISC: "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges".
American Society for Testing Materials:
['esignation A-36,
Designation A-307,
Designation A-325,
Designation A-386,
['esignation B-241,
"Steel for Buildings and Bridges~
"Unfinished Bolts"
"High Strength Bolts"
"Hot Dip Galvanizing"
"Specification for Aluminum Alloy Seamless Pipe"
American Welding Society: "Structural Welding Code, AWS Dl.1"
SUBMITTALS:
Shop Drawinqs, Structural Steel: Fabrication of structural steel, brackets,
handrails, stairs, grating, ladders and frames shall not commence prior to
approval of shop drawings by the Engineer. Six sets of shop drawings which
have been checked by the Contractor for field dimensions and conformance to the
plans and ~;pecifications shall be submitted for approval. Shop drawings shall
include coaplete details and schedules for fabrication for shop assembly of
'members, and details, schedules, procedures and diagrams showing the sequence
of erection. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions of these Specifications.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Materia'l Storaqe; Protect steel members, aluminum fabrications and packaged
materials from corrosion and deterioration. Welding electrodes shall be
delivered in unbroken packages and stored when opened in a closed, dry heated
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T05.doc
T5-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T5
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL
box. Do not store materials on the structures in a manner that might cause
distortion or damage to the members or the supporting structures. Repair or
replace damaged materials or structures as directed.
MATERIALS:
Stainless :,teel Shapes, Plates, and Tubes shall be AISI Type 304 (18-8).
Stainless steel bolts shall be AISI Type 316. All steel shall be AISI Type 304
(18-8) unless specifically noted otherwise.
Pipe Railin~: Pipe shall be aluminum conforming to ASTM B 241, fy = 22,000 psi
for handrails and fy = 35,000 psi for wall rails. Handrails shall be 1-1/2
inch Schedule 40 pipe and the posts shall be 1-1/2 inch Schedule 80 pipe.
Finish shall be 204-Rl Natural Anodized having a minimum coating thickness of
0.4 mils.
Gratinq: All grating shall be outside banded, banded around openings and shall
be securely fastened to supporting metalwork with appropriate saddle clips and
bolts. Frames shall be aluminum similar to Waco Frame ZF 1.25, or comparable
product. Portions of frames in contact with concrete shall be coated with
Bituminous Paint. Grating, except as otherwise indicated, shall be extruded
aluminum plank of 6063~T6 Aluminum, 1-1/4" depth and 3.0#SF, shall have square
raised openings, and shall be the standard product of Washington Aluminum
Company, or equal. The size of individual sections shall not exceed 4'-0" x
5'-0".
Intake Screen: Shall consist of 1 1/2" x 3/8" x 5'-0" long aluminum main bars
at 3 3/4" O.c. with 3/8" hexagonal aluminum cross bars at 4" o.c., banded, and
shall be the product of Kerrigan Iron Works or equal.
Fasteners f,:)r aluminum and stainless steel products shall be Type 304 Stainless
Steel.
Electrodes for Weldinq: Aluminum and stainless steel welding shall conform to
the requirements of the American Welding Society for the grade of aluminum to
be welded.
Structural Steel Primer Paint:
linseed oil.
FS TT-P-86e, Type I, red lead mixed pigment-
Cast Nosinqs and Thresholds shall be cast aluminum abrasive type cross hatched
style as manufactured by American Abrasive Metals, or shall be the comparable
products of White Foundry, or Construction Castings Co., or equal. Except ,as
otherwise detailed, thresholds shall be Style "M", 6 inches wide;nosings for
concrete steps shall be Style Ai 3/8 inch thickness by 4 inches wide and 6
inches less in length than the full width of the stair.
Cement Groui: (PC-G): Portland cement (ASTM C 150, Type V) and clean, uniformly
graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No.2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part
cement to ~:. 0 parts sand, by volume, with only the minimum amount of water
required for placement and hydration.
Expansion Anchors: Fed. Spec. FF-S-325; cinch anchor type, Group I, Type I,
Class 2 (2 unit), or Group I, Type II, Class 2, Style 1 (2 unit); wedge type,
Group II, T:lPe IV, Class 1 or 2; or self-drilling type, Group III, Type I.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOS. doc
T5-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T5
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL
Expansion anchors shall be installed in conformity with the manufacturer's
recommendations for maximum holding power, but in no case shall the depth of
hole be less than four bolt diameters. Minimum distance between the center of
any expansion anchor and an edge or exterior corner of concrete shall be not
less than 4-1/2 times the diameter of the hole in which it is installed.
FABRICATION:
General: Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with appropriate
AISC Specifications and as indicated on the final shop drawings. Fabricate
with naturel camber of the member up. Properly mark and matchmark materials
for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence which will expedite
erection and minimize field handling of materials. Where finishing is
required, complete the assembly, including welding of units, before start of
finishing I:>perations. Welders shall be certified for all positions and
thicknesses and metals appropriate to their work on this project.
Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections. Bolt field connections, except
where welded connections or other connections are shown or specified. Welding
shall be pe:rformed by welders certified for the material, material thickness,
and for all positions necessary to complete the welding for this project. All
butt welds shall be full penetration butt welds.
Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to
structural steel and miscellaneous metal, and for the passage of other work
through the! members. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing as needed to
receive other work.
Miscellaneous Metal shall be fabricated to a quality comparable to the
Commercial Quality of the National Association of Architectural Metal
Manufacturers. Metal surfaces exposed to view shall be free of surface
blemishes, including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and
roughness.
Paintinq: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, and aluminum will not be painted.
Except for submerged metalwork, all steelwork shall be shop primed with one
coat of Type I (TTP 86e) red lead and linseed oil applied over a surface which
has had the scale removed by power cleaning (SSPC-SP6) or better surface
preparation. Submerged and partially submerged steelwork shall be blast
cleaned ar:,d primed in accordance with the PAINTING Section of the
Specifications. Where paint has been withheld from areas to be welded and
other bare spots, scrapes, etc., the areas shall be touched up with the
original primer. Minimum prime coat dry thickness shall be 2 mils.
ERECTION:
Structural steel and miscellaneous steelwork shall be erected in conformance
with current edition of AISC Specifications. The Contractor's written welding
procedures and welder's certification shall be, submitted for approval prior to
any welding work.
ALUMINUM PIPE RAILINGS:
General: F'abricate railing with smooth bends and welded joints ground smooth
and flush. Rail posts and fittings shall be anodized (204 Rl-AA-C22A31-half
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOS. doc
T5-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I'
I
I
SECTION T5
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL
hour Anodi zing) , and rails adj usted to insure matching alignment. Where
aluminum attachments are to be in contact with concrete or steel, use one layer
of #15 as~halt felt applied with bituminous paint to separate the contact
surfaces. Bolts, screws, and other fastening devices shall be stainless steel
unless othE!rwise noted. Prefabricated railing systems which otherwise fully
meet these specifications are acceptable.
Handrails: Handrails shall be the product of Storer Fabricating Co. or the
comparable product of Moultrie Mfg., Julian Blum, Tubular Products, or American
Metal Systems. Use 1-1/2 inch I.D. aluminum pipe with top of rail 42 inches
above the floor, or 34 inches above stair treads measured vertically at the
stair riser line. Space posts not more than 7 feet on centers. Plumb posts in
each direction. Handrail posts, except where otherwise detailed, shall be set
in embedded galvanized steel sleeve assemblies. Where handrails terminate at
concrete or masonry walls, cast aluminum collar plates shall be bolted to the
concrete OJ; masonry with stainless steel machine screw expansion anchors in
lead inserts.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in conn~ction therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bs.se Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOS.doc
T5-4
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
,SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications includes furnishing all
plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and in performing all
operations in connection with the installation of all piping (except the Force
Main and stainless steel piping 14" and above), fittings, and appurtenances as
required for the proper connection and operation of the lift station in strict
compliance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and
subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer complete drawings
of all pump manifolds, and all complex assemblies and appurtenances, accurately
and'adequately dimensioned and with sufficient descriptive matter to indicate
clearly the installation and connection to appurtenant equipment.
Pipe, appurtenances and accessories, unless otherwise indicated or authorized
in writing by the Engineer, shall be new and unused materials and shall be the
standard products of reputable manufacturers normally engaged. in the
manufacture of that particular item. Fittings for all pipe shall be as
manufactured for the type and class of pipe forming the pipeline in which they
are installed.
Pipes located inside structures, above ground or attached to structures shall
be rigidly supported. The full length of each section of underground pipe
shall rest solidly upon the pipe bed, with recesses only to accommodate pipe
bells and joints. Any pipe which has its alignment, grade or joints disturbed
after laying shall be taken up and re-laid. The interior of all pipe shall be
thoroughly =leaned of all foreign matter before being placed, and shall be kept
clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods. No
pipe shall :be laid in water or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable
for such work.
Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot end of bell and spigot pipe
pointing in the direction of the flow. Each pipe shall be laid true to line
and grade in such manner as to form a close concentric joint with the adjacent
pipe and to prevent offsets in the flow line.
At all times when actual pipe laying is not in progress, all open ends of pipe
and fi ttinqs shall be securely and completely closed with mechanical or
expandable 91ugs so as to positively exclude the entrance of all trench water,
earth or other foreign substance into the line. Where cleaning after laying is
difficult because of small pipe size, ~ suitable swab or drag shall be kept in
'the pipe Elnd pulled forward as laying progresses to remove all foreign
materials that may have entered the pipeline. All completed pipelines shall be
cleaned of dirt and superfluous materials and shall be flushed to remove any
foreign matter remaining therein. Any section of pipe found to be defective
before or after laying shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Owner.
Rejected pipe shall be clearly marked and shall be removed from the site.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOGA.doc
T6A-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES:
Excavation, trenchinq and backfillinq shall be done in accordance with Section
T-2 of these specifications. Any pipe that is to be laid in fill shall not be
'laid until the fill material has been completely placed and compacted in
accordance with these specifications. If the maximum permissible width of the
trench at the elevation of the top of the pipe is exceeded for any other reason
than at the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall install at his own
expense, such concrete cradling, pipe encasement or other bedding as is
required by the Engineer to support the additional load on the pipe.
Handlinq OJ: pipe and accessories shall be in such a manner as to insure
delivery on the job and installation in the trench, or inside the structures in
a sound undamaged condition. Particular care shall be taken not to injure
coatings. Cutting of pipe shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner
without damage to the pipe or its coating. Cutting shall be done by means of
an approved type of mechanical cutter. Pipe shall be cut square; burrs, chips,
and cuttings shall be removed.
PIPING:
General:
Before work is begun the Contractor will furnish to the Engineer layout
drawings showing all details for all horizontal and vertical curves, restrained
joints, and all other specials and special joints.
All pipe and fittings may be inspected at the place of manufacture by
representatives of the Owner and/or by a testing laboratory of the Owner's
selection. Such inspection shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from
the responsibility for the compliance of all materials installed as specified,
nor shall such inspection in any way relieve the manufacturer from his
responsibility for materials he furnished to be as specified.
PIPE SERVICE AND BEDDING SCHEDULE:
Unless otherwise indiciated, pipe materials, test pressure, pipe bedding, and
fitting materials shall be as shown in the following schedule for the service
indicated. Cast iron pipe or ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be used for
Service
Pipe Material
Test Pres.
PSI
Fittinq Material
Beddinq
Plant & Yard Piping
NOT otherwise listed
below.
2
Flg.-above ground
Push-on, or M.J.
below ground or
as shown on the
plans.
D.I.P.
150
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOGA.doc
T6A-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Service
Pipe Material Beddinq
Fittinq Material Test Pres.
PSI
Compressed Air
High Pressure
Stainless Steel 2
Stainless Steel 150
Storm Drains,
Culverts
2
N/A
RCP
RCP
Groundwater Drains
Perf. PVC(SDR 26) 2
N/A
PVC
Gravity Sewer Line
2
Air Test
PVC
PVC
Drain
D. LP.
2
N/A
D. LP.
Fittings shall be appropriate for the installation. Suitable couplings, unions
and flexible joint connections shall be furnished and installed in the piping
system to correct minor misalignment and to facilitate removal and replacement
of piping components. Piping connections to all machinery, equipment and
meters shall be made with flanged or union fittings. Where this is
impractical, a dresser coupling, a union, or similar fitting shall be installed
as close as possible to facilitate equipment maintenance or removal.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE:
Underqround:
Pipe: Underground pipe shall be ductile iron, Class 50, in accordance
with ANSI Specification A21.50 and A21.51, using 60/42/10 grade of iron. Pipe
shall be coated on the outside with a bituminous coating and lined with cement
lining in accordance with ANSI A21.4.
Fittin~ shall be ductile iron, mechanical joint, 250 psi rating, in
accordance with ANSI A21.10.
Joints in underground ductile iron pipe shall be mechanical joint or push-
on joint, Hith restrained mechanical joints where indicated. All joints and
jointing materials shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11.
Restrained Joints: Concrete blocking for restraint may be used where it
clearly will not interfere with other piping or structures and where firm
support is available by concrete bearing against the trench wall; otherwise,
piping shall utilize. iestrained joints~ ' Restrained joints shall be American
CIP Lok-Riri.g, or equal. Set screw type mechanical joint retainer glands will
not be acceptable as restrained joints.
Installation: Pipe and acces.sories shall be handled in such a manner as to
insure delivery on the job, and installation in the trench, or inside the.
structures in a sound undamaged condition. Particular care shall be taken not
to injure the coating.
Cutting of pipe shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage
to the pipe or its coating. Cutting shall be done by means of an approved type
of mechanical cutter.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06A.doc
T6A-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Placinq and Layinq: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects and
tapped with a light hammer to detect cracks while suspended in the sling before
installing. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be rej ected and
removed imnlediately from the site of the work. Deflection from a straight line
and grade as required by vertical or horizontal curves or offsets shall not
exceed the following values:
Maximum Deflection (Inches per 20 Ft. Lenqth)
Pipe ~:ize
( InchE;!s)
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
Bell and Spigot Joint
or Push-on Joint
16
16
16
16
13
13
9
9
9
9
9
8
Mechanical
Joint
22
16
16
16
11
11
9
9
8
8
7
7
If alignmei:lt requires deflections in excess of the above limitations, the
Contractor shall provide special bends, joints, or a sufficient number of
shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within the limits set
forth. Pipe shall be placed in the trench and bedded as required in Section T-
2 of these specifications. After placing a length of pipe in the trench, the
packing material for the joint shall be held around the bottom of the spigot so
that the packing will enter the bell as the pipe is pushed into positio_n or
rubber gasket may be inserted in the bell before pushing pipe into place. The
spigot sha~l be centered in the bell and the pipe pushed into position and
brought into the required alignment. Except where necessary in making
connections with other lines, or as authorized, pipe shall be laid with the
bells faciEg in the direction of laying. All ductile iron pressure pipe shall
be installed in accordance, with the applicable sections of AWWA C600,
"Installation of Cast Iron Water Mains". Ductile iron pipe gravity lines shall
be placed in the trench in accordance with the requirements set forth herein
for V.C.P. and concrete gravity sewers.
Push-on ioints shall be installed in strict accordance with the recommendations
of the joint manufacturer. The spigot end of all pipe, whether full or cut
lengths, shall be beveled and all burrs and roughness removed by filling, etc.,
prior to applying the approved lubricant and inserting the spigot into the
bell.
Mechanical ioints shall b~ installed in strict accordance with the notes on
method of installa'tion as shown in ANSI Specification A21.11, Appendix A. The
socket gland, gasket and spigot shall be cleaned and the gland and gasket
slipped on the spigot end. The spigot shall be pushed into the socket and
centered. The gasket shall then be properly seated in the socket and the gland
bolted finger tight to the socket. The joint shall then be made tight with a
suitable rE~tchet wrench. If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum
'ZEL. ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06A.doc
T6A-4
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
torque ranqe recommended by the joint manufacturer, the joint shall be
disassembled and reassembled after thorough cleaning.
Incidental Items of Work: All plugs, caps, wyes and tees shall be provided
with adequate reaction blocking. All bends deflecting 22-1/20 or more shall be
given concrete reaction blocking. Reaction blocking shall bear directly
against the undisturbed trench wall and shall provide sufficient bearing area
to transmit the maximum thrust without exceeding the maximum allowable soil
bearing cap,~bili ty. Where reaction blocking may not be used, restrained joints
shall be used. For pipe assembled behind valves, special care shall be taken
to fully seat pipe joints to transmit thrust.
Where pipe ends are left for future connections, they shall be valved, plugged,
or capped a::'ld blocked.
Above Ground:
Pipe: All above ground pipe shall be ductile iron, Class 53 in accordance
with ANSI Specification A21.50 and A21.51, using 60/42/10 grade of iron, and
with threac.ed on flanges in accordance with AWWA Specification C115. Pipe
shall be co,~ted on the outside with a bituminous coating, and lined with cement
lining in a,::cordance with ANSI A21. 4.
Fittin'~: Fittings shall be flanged ductile iron in accordance with the
requirements of AWWA Specification ClIO, coated and lined same as pipe.
Flanges shall be faced and drilled to match AWWA Cll5 threaded-on flanges.
Joints: Flanged joints shall have the gaskets inserted between flanges,
and bolts :3hall be tightened in such a manner as to distribute evenly the
stresses carried by the bolts so as to bring the pipe in alignment and make a
tight joint without overstressing the pipe or the individual bolts. Gaskets
shall be full faced 1/8" thick rubber. Bolts shall be in accordance with ANSI
Specification BI8.2.1; nuts BI8.2.2.
PIPE SUPPORTS:
The Contrac'tor shall furnish and install such pipe supports and hangers as are
indicated,~r as may be required to prevent excess stresses in the joints, and
to hold piping rigid and free from vibration under all conditions of operation.
Pipe to be supported above concrete slabs shall be supported on approved
supports. Piping supported from above shall be supported on adjustable pipe
hangers.
WALL SLEEVES AND WALL PIPES:
The penetration of pipes passing through concrete walls shall be made
watertight. Pipes 6" and larger shall have cast iron or d~ctile iron wall
pipes or wall sleeves with mechanical seals. Pipes less than 6" shall be
stainless steel. Wall pipes shall have a dam inside the wall and shall have
the proper joint to connect with the pipe on each side of the wall. Wall
sleeves shali have a dam ,inside the wall and shall be sealed with a Thunderline
Link Seal, or equal, _ unless otherwise shown on the plans. When fully
installed, the seals shall provide an absolutely watertight closure between the
wall sleeve and carrier pipe. Before casting concrete, wall pipes and sleeves
shall be accurately positioned and secured.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOGA.doc
T6A-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Wall Pipes shall be flange-flange-flange or flange-flange-plain end type, or
M.J. - FIg. - PE fabricated from Class 53 centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe,
Grade 60-42-10. End flanges shall be ductile iron, threaded-on, in accordance
wi th AWWA ~:pecification C115. Flanges to be installed flush against the wall
shall be tapped for studs. Drilling pattern shall match equipment to be
connected.
CONCRETE COLLARS, CRADLES, SADDLES, AND ENCASEMENT:
Collars, cIadles, saddles, or encasement shall be constructed of concrete with
a minimum 28-day strength of 3,000 psi.
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE:
Pipe: Standard Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (up to 15" diameter): PVC pipe
shall confcrm to ASTM specification D-3034, SDR 35, and shall be furnished in
approximate 12' lengths. Compounds for PVC pipe shall be according to ASTM D-
1784 with the filler content limited to 5% of the mixture. PVC seamless ribbed
pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 794 and Uni-Bell Uni-B-9.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large Diameter Pipe (18-25" diameter). Large diameter
PVC Sewer pipe (18" diameter and larger only) shall conform to ASTM F679, T-l
wall thickness only.
Fittinqs shall be manufactured from SDR 35 PVC pipe meeting all the
requirements of ASTM D-3034, F-679 and F-794. The PVC material shall have a
minimum cell classification of 12454-B, 12454-C or 12364-C as defined in ASTM
D-1784.
GPK Ultra-F,ib fittings shall be sized to accommodate Ultra-Rib PVC Sewer Pipe
(8"-30") conforming to ASTM F-794. Fittings are also manufactured ,to branch
and/or adapt to ASTM 0-3034 and F-679 PVC Sewer Pipe (sizes 4"-27"). Vylon
fittings shall be used with vylon profile pipe.
Fittings shall be marked with applicable size, company name or logo, Unibell
designation), ASTM F-794 along with manufacturer's date and shift code.
Handlinq: Pipe and accessories shall be handled in such a manner as to insure
delivery on the site and installation in the trench in a sound undamaged
condition. If pipe is to be stored outside for more than 30 days it shall be
covered to protect it from prolonged exposure to the sun. Cover shall be
canvas or other opaque material, with provision for air circulation under the
cover. When plpe is received in standard lifts it shall remain in the lift
until ready for use. Lifts shall not be stacked more than three high and shall
always be 1;tacked wood on wood. Loose pipe shall be stored on racks with a
maximum. support spacing of three feet. Pipe shall be shaded but not covered
directly when stored outside in high ambient temperatures. This will provide
for free circulation of air and reduce the heat build-up due to direct sunlight
exposure.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 '- T06A.doc
T6A-6
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Cuttinq: Pipes shall be cut in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the
pipe. Since the ribs are perpendicular to the axis of the pipe, the pipe can
be cut betw~en any two ribs. Pipe shall be cut squara using a fine tooth saw.
All burn chips and cuttings shall be removed.
Placinq and Layinq: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects before
installing. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be rej ected and
removed imn"ediately from the site of the work. Pipe shall be placed in the
trench and jedded as required in Section T-2.
Jointinq: The end of the pipe and the inside of the bell shall be thoroughly
cleaned. The gasket shall be placed between the second and third rib on the
pipe. The;}asket and the inside of the bell shall be well lubricated, and the
pipe pushed into the bell in a straight line.
Detection Tape: PVC pipe installed underground shall be marked by the use of a
continuous inert bonded layer plastic tape with a metallic foil core, buried in
the pipe trench 24 inches below the surface. Tape shall be yellow, 2 inches
wide with c:mtinuous imprinting; "CAUTION - PIPELINE BURIED BELOW". Tape shall
be Seton Metallic Lined, or equal.
MANHOLES:
General: Manholes shall be constructed with cast iron frames and covers. The
base of the manhole shall be constructed of 4000 psi concrete. The invert
channels sball be smooth and accurately shaped to the semi-circular bottom
conforming. to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections. Changes in direction
of the seKer and entering branches shall have as long a radius of true
curvature as the size of the manhole will permit. Valve manholes shall have 8"
thick flat bottoms and tops constructed of 4000 psi concr~te.
Brick Manholes: Brick for manholes shall conform to ASTM C32 Grade MS. All
brick shall be thoroughly cleaned and saturated with water immediately before
being laid up. The brick shall be laid radially in header courses with the
joint broken by staggering each successive course. Brick shall be laid up with
cement mortar made of one part Portland cement and two parts of approved sand
to which ma.y be added lime not to exceed 25 percent by volume of the cement.
The outside of the manhole shall be plastered with 1/2 inch of cement mortar.
The inside of the manhole may be rubbed with a cloth in lieu of striking the
joints. Concrete, brickwork and mortar shall be protected against low
temperatures.
Precast Concrete Manholes: Precast manholes, consisting of precast risers and
tops conforming to the requirements of ASTM C478-61T and having a minimum wall
thickness of 5 inches, may be used in lieu of brick manholes. The precast top
section shall be of the eccentric cone type and shall have a top outside
diameter larger than that of the manhole ring. The lower end of the bottom
section shall be set in a bed of mortar in a recess formed in the cast-in-place
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9603-01 - TOnA.doc
T6A-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
base slab and the outside of the joint shall then be sealed with a beveled
fillet of mortar. Integral bases of equivalent strength' may be used if the
manhole base section is leveled by setting in a bed of mortar. The joints in
the riser pipe shall be sealed with a mastic gasket, similar and equal to K. T.
Snyder "Ram.-Nek".
Brick Manhc,le Tops: The top of the manholes shall be topped out with brick.
The number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the top of the
manhole. Not more than 5 courses shall be used above the cone section of a
manhole. The brick shall be laid radially in header courses with joints broken
by staggeri.ng each-successive course. After the manhole frame and cover has
been set in a bed of mortar on the top course of brick, the outside of the
manhole shall be plastered for the full extent of the brickwork with mortar to
the thickness of not less than 1/2 inch. The inside face of the manhole
brickwork may be rubbed with a cloth in lieu of striking the joints. The
brickwork a,nd mortar shall be protected against low temperatures and cured so
as to prevent damage by elevation adjustments in precast manholes.
Manhole Ste~ shall be installed in all sections of each manhole. The steps in
the precast sections may be installed when the sections are cast or may be
inserted after the manhole has been constructed. All damages to the precast
section caused by the insertion of the steps shall be repaired and sealed with
expanding mortar to prevent leakage. Steps shall be located only on the
vertical inside face of eccentric cones and shall be aligned with the steps in
the lower sections. Except as otherwise shown, manhole steps shall be 1'-
4" o.c., cast iron, Neenah R-1980-I for brick manholes, and R-1981-I for
precast manholes.
Manhole Frames and Covers:
General: ~Ianhole frames and covers in improved areas or streets shall be set
flush with the finished grade; the Contractor shall set and adjust manhole
frames and covers as necessary to meet this requirement. In unimproved areas
or where no finished grade is established, the top of the frame and cover shall
be set one (1) to two (2) feet above the existing ground, unless otherwise
directed. The word "SEWER" shall be cast on the cover.
Standard Frames and Covers: Cast iron for manhole frames and covers shall
conform to ASTM A 48, Class 30, gray iron. Castings shall be quality cast iron
such that 'the metal is strong, tough' and of uniform grain. They shall be
smooth, free from scale, lumps, blow-holes, blisters and defects of every kind
which render them unfit for the intended use. No plugging or filling shall be
permitted. Standard frames and covers shall have machined bearing surfaces and
shall be N,eenah No. R-1706 and weighing- approximately 400 pounds total, or
shall be the comparable product of Sumter, Dewey Bros., U. S. Foundry, or
DUCTILE IRON PIPE:
General: iHter completion of the piping, it shall be tested for leaks and
proved tight. Pipelines shall be tested at the pressures listed in the Pipe
Service Schedule. The Contra'ctor shall provide at his expense all labor,
supervision, pumps, measuring devices, power, miscellaneous equipment and water
necessary for performance, of all testing on all piping in accordance with the
requirements of these specifications.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOGA,doc
T6A-8
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
I
I
Pressure Test: After pipe has been laid, flushed and partially
backfilled, leaving joints ex~osed, all newly laid pr~ssure pipe or any
valved section thereof shall be subjected to the appropriate hydrostatic
pressu:re based on the elevation of the lowest point in the line or
section under test and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge. The
duration of, each pressure test shall be at least sixty minutes. Before
applying the specified test pressure, all air must be expelled from the
line. The Contractor will make the necessary taps and insert plugs after
the'test is completed. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and joints
shall '~e carefully examined during the open trench test. All defective
joints shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Any cracked or defectiv~ p1pes, fittings, or valves discovered in the
-consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced with
sound material, and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the
Engineer.
I
I
I
I
I
Where d
portion
system.
device:,
portion of the system is to be concealed before completion, this
shall be te~ted separately in a manner described for the entire
The Contractor is cautioned to disconnect from the system any
not designed for the test pressure during the test.
I
Leakaqe Test (Stab Joint & Mechanical Joint Pipe): The duration of the
leakagE~ test shall be two hours and during the test the main or section
of the main under the test shall be subjected to the test pressure based
on the lowest point in the line or section under test and corrected to
,the elevation of the test gauge. . Leakage is defined as the quantity of
water to be supplied in the newly laid pipe, or any valved section
thereo:E, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after
the ai,: has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water at the
test pJ:essure. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is
less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following
formula:
I
I
I
L = NDJP
-3700
I
I
L
N
D
P
Allowable leakage in gallons per hour.
The number of joints in the section of pipe tested.
The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches.
The average test pressure during the leakage test in
pounds per square inch gauge.
I
Leakaqf~ Test (Flanqed Joint Pipe): After completion of above ground
piping all openings shall be closed with blind flanges or other
acceptable means. The piping shall be filled with water and all air
expelled. The pipes shall be tested hydrostatically at the specified
pressuJ:e for one hour without any drop in pressure, during which time all
joints shall be inspected for leaks.
I
I
I
9803-01 - TOG Rev l,doc
T6A-9
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
=
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
.GRAVITY LINES:
Pipe: Each piece of pipe shall be visually inspected immediately before being
placed in the trench and all pieces which appear to be cracked or damaged in
any way that could not be repaired after installation, shall be rej ected.
Particular notice shall be made of the joints to be sure that a watertight
joint can be assured.
Joints, Aliqnment and Grade: After the pipe has been installed in the trench,
and prior 1:0 the placing of any backfill, the joints, alignment, and grade
shall be .:::arefully examined and checked for conformance with specified
requirements. The pipe shall be observed during backfilling operations and
shall be rechecked following the backfilling operations to be sure that the
required conditions of the joints, alignment and grade have been maintained.
Appurtenances: All manholes and other appurtenances shall be of specified
size, shape and materials; the work shall comply with these specifications and
if found not so in any respect, it shall be brought to proper condition by
cleaning, painting, or if necessary, by rebuilding at the expense of the
Contractor.
Inteqrity of the Installed Sewer: All gravity pipe lines shall be checked for
infiltration and subjected to either an infiltration test, an exfiltration
test, or a low-pressure air test to demonstrate the integrity of the installed
sewer. The Contractor shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, all
labor, materials, supervision, equipment and measuring devices necessary to
conduct thl~ test. Results of the tests, witnessed by the construction
inspector, shall be delivered to the Owner in written form. Meeting the
minimum requirement herein specified does not relieve the Contractor of the
necessity of making sewers as tight as possible.
Low-Pressur'9 Air Test: Only for sections of sewer which are not submerged by
groundwater will the air test be applicable. If the pipe to be tested is
submerged i:~ groundwater, an infiltration test shall be used. The air test is
performed' a.s follows: Flush and clean the sewer line with water prior to
testing, th'~s cleaning out debris and wetting the pipe surface to produce more
consistent results. Plug all outlets to resist the test pressure. Give
special attention to stoppers and service laterals. Add air until the internal
air pressure of the sewer is raised to approximately 4.0 psi gauge. When the
pressure has stabilized and is at or lowered to the starting test pressure of
3.5 psi gauge, commence the test. Record the time period for the pressure to
drop to 2.5 psi gauge and compare to the time chart below. Recorded times less
than the sp,=cified times indicate the line has failed and repair is required to
bring the line up to specification. The test may be discontinued when the
prescribed test time has been completed, even though the pressure has not
dropped to :2.5 psi gauge.
Infiltration Check: The maximum allowable rate of infiltration into the sewer
lines shall be 100 gallons per 24 hours per inch of diameter per mile of sewer
where minimum groundwater depth is two (2) feet above the high point of the
sewer under test. Where infiltration is apparent, a V-notch weir shall be
installed and maintained at the low end of the sewer and a test performed.
Upstream reaches, not under test shall be plugged. Water level behind the
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
9803-01 - T06A.doc
T6A-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
V-notch weir s~all stabilize and a reading of flow rate shall be recorded and
compared to the above specified rate. A rate greater than that specified shall
require the Contractor to repair the sewer so that this test will be met.
Sewer segme:,1ts being tested shall be no longer than 1200 feet.
Exfiltratio::l Test: The maximum allowable rate of exfiltration from sewer lines
using the l~xfiltration test shall be 100 gallons per 24 hours per inch of
diameter pe.r: mile of sewer. The run of sewer to be tested shall be plugged and
the line filled with water to a point approximately one foot below the top of
the lowest manhole frame. No more than ten (10) feet of head shall be placed
on the lowest point in the sewer. After sufficient time has elapsed for air to
bleed off and absorption to be complete, the water level in the manhole shall
be measured at 30 minute intervals for two hours. The measured drop in water
level shall be translated into the exfiltration rate. Sewer segments being
tested shall be no longer than 1200 feet.
PVC PRESSURE PIPE:
Upon completion of the piping, piping system shall be flushed and tested at a
hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch gauge, and
proved tight at this pressure. . This pressure shall be maintained for a minimum
of 60 minutes. Where a portion of the system is to be concealed before
completion, this portion shall be tested separately in a manner described for
the entire system. The Contractor is cautioned to disconnect or remove all
equipment and devices not capable of withstanding this flush or pressure prior
to performing this pressure test.
DEFECTIVE WORK:
If inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall be
replaced and inspection and tests repeated. All repairs to piping shall be
made with new material. No caulking of joints or holes will be acceptable.
Adjustments required in order to obtain satisfactory operation of the systems
shall be ma,::ie by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner.
PAINTING:
All exposed piping and appurtenances shall be painted in accordance with the
requirements of Section T-9 of these specifications.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
Six sets c,f vendor shop drawings,
documentation shall be submitted
Conditions of these Specifications.
installation and test data, and other
in accordance with the Supplementary
AS BUILT DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall maintain a current and complete set of marked up drawings
showing the as built location of all underground and above ground piping,
valves, and drains. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall furnish
this set to the Engineer.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOGA.doc
T6A-ll
I
SECTION T6A
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
I
PAYMENT:
I
No separate payment will be made for the work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06A.doc
T6A-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and performing all
operations in connection with the installation and testing of the Force Main
and appurtEmances, complete, in strict accordance with this section of the
specifications and the applicable plans, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
All piping and accessories furnished by the Contractor for incorporation in the
work shall be new, unused, and of the type specified herein, and listed in the
Bid.
In installation, no blocking of pipe barrel above the trench bottom will be
permitted. Any pipe which has its alignment, grade, or joints disturbed after
laying sha.Ll be taken up and relaid. The interior of the pipe shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before laying in the trench and shall
be kept clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other approved
methods. The pipe shall not be laid in water or when trench or weather
conditions are unsuitable for work, and water shall be kept out of trenches
until the pipe joints have been completed. When work is not in progress, open
ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely plugged so that trench water, earth
or other fC1reign substance cannot enter the line.
EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING:
Excavation, trenching and backfilling shall be in accordance wit~ the
requirements of Section T-2. Excavation required for construction of the water
lines. shall be either common excavation or rock excavation.
SERVICE PIPING SCHEDULE:
Unless otherwise indicated, pipe and fittings shall be constructed of the
materials e:hown in the following schedule for the service indicated. Cast iron
pipe or ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be used for all piping except as
may be otherwise indicated in the following schedule:
Service
Pipe Material
Fittinq Material
Test Pressures
Force Main
FIg. above ground;
push-on, or M.J.
below ground
50 psig. -12.5 psig.
D. I. P. (Pressure
Class 150')
Ceramic Epoxy Lining Epoxy Ceramic Lining
Push-on, or M.J.
50 psig. -12.5 psig.
PVC, AWWA C905, DR Same as D. 1. P. 50 psig. -12.5 psig.
25
HDPE, FE 340, SDR 17 HDPE, PE 320, SDR II 50 psig. - 12.5 psig.
Trench Bedding PVC SCH 40 PVC SCH 40 None
Drain
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TOGB.doc
T6B-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
PIPE:
DUCTILE IRON PIPE:
General: Before work is begun the Contractor will furnish to the Engineer
layout dral'lings showing all details for all horizontal and vertical curves,
restrained joints, and all other specials and special joints.
All pipe and fittings may be inspected at the place of manufacture by
representat.ives of the Owner and/or by a testing laboratory of the Owner's
selection. Such inspection shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from
the respom:ibili ty for the compliance of all materials installed as specified,
nor shall such inspection in any way relieve the manufacturer from his
responsibility for materials he furnished to be as specified. Mechanical joint
fittings rn.:lY be standard conforming to AWWA CII0 or compact ductile iron
conforming to AWWA C153.
Underqrouncl:
Underqround pipe shall be ductile iron, Pressure Class 150, .in accordance with
ANSI Specification A21.50 and. A21. 51, using 60/42/10 grade of iron. Fittings
shall be du.ctile iron, mechanical joint, 250 P.S.I. rating, in accordance with
ANSI A21.10. Pipe and fittings shall be coated on the outside with a
bituminous coating, and lined with a ceramic epoxy high build multi component
Amine Cured Novalac epoxy lining, meeting the tests featured in ASTME-96-66
Procedure A and ASTM G95; B117, G14, D714, D1308, D4060-90, SSPC-PA-2.
Joints and Jointinq Materials:
Joints in underground ductile iron pipe shall be mechanical joint or push-on
joint, with restrained mechanical joints where indicated. All joints and
jointing materials shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11.
Mechanical Joints shall conform to ANSI A21.10 and A21.1l, and shall have
gaskets smooth and free from any porosity or imperfections; gaskets shall be
made of vulcanized natural or vulcanized synthetic rubber. Bolts for
mechanical joints shall be standard, high-strength, heat-treated cast iron tee-
head bolts with hexagon nuts meeting the requirements of ANSI A21.11.
Push-on Joints shall have gaskets made of vulcanized natural or synthetic
rubber compound conforming to ANSI A21.11 and smooth and free from all
imperfections and porosity. Lubricant for push-on joints shall be non-toxic,
shall not support bacteria growth and shall have no deteriorating effect on the
gasket material.
Restrained Joints: Concrete blocking for restraint may be used where it
clearly will not interfere with other piping or structures and where firm
support is available by concrete bearing against the trench wall; otherwise,
piping shall utilize restrained joints. Restrained Joints shall be American
CIP "Fast Grip", U.S. Pipe "Field Lok" or comparable product which utilizes a
positive r'3straining gasket. Mechanical joint with Megalug is acceptable.
Installaticn techniques shall comply with the joint manufacturer's
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06B.doc
T6B-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
recommendations. See also "Assembly Instructions" on page T4-3 and "Reaction
Support" on page T4-4.
Installation:
Handlinq: Pipe and accessories, shall be handled in such a manner as to insure
deli very on the site and installation in the trench in a sound, undamaged
condition. Particular care should be taken not to injure the coating or
lining.
,Cuttinq of pipe shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage
to the pipe or its coating. Cutting shall be done by means of an approved type
of mechanical cutter. After cutting, all burrs and other roughness shall be
removed and the exterior of the spigot end suitably beveled to facilitate
assembly. If cutting is not possible, short lengths of pipe shall be furnished
as necessary.
Placinq and Layinq: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects and
tapped wi':h a light hammer to detect cracks while suspended in the sling before
installinq. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be 'rej ected and
removed iJrunediately from the site of the work. Deflection from a straight line
and grade as required by vertical or horizontal curves or offsets shall not
exceed th,~ values presented in the following schedule.
SCHJ::DULE FOR MAXIMUM DEFLECTION
Pipe Size Max. Deflection (Inches per 18 ft. length)
(Inches) Push-on Joint Mechanical Joint
6 21 30
8 21 22
10 21 22
12 21 22
16 21 15
18 21 12
20 21 12
30 21 12
If alignrr"ent requires deflections in excess of the above limitations, the
Contracto:: shall provide special bends or a sufficient number of shorter
lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections wi thin the limits set forth.
Pipe shall be placed in the trench and bedded as required in Section T-2.
Except where necessary in making connections with other lines, or as
authorized, pipe shall be laid with the bells facing in the direction of
laying.
Jointinq:
Push-on J'oints shall be assembled by pre-positioning a continuous, molded
rubber ring gasket in an annular recess in the pipe socket and forcing the
spigot end of the entering pipe into the socket, thereby compressing the gasket
radially to the pipe to form a positive seal. The design and shape of the
gasket and the annular recess shall be such that the gasket is locked in place
against displacement as the joint is assembled. Details of the joint design
shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice. The 'size and
shape of the gasket shall be such as to provide adequate compressive force
between the spigot and the socket after assembly to effect a positive seal
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803 - T06B Rev 1. doc
T6B-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
under all ,:ombinations of the joints and gasket tolerances. Contractor shall
furnish both the Owner and the Engineer with one copy of the pipe
manufacturer's joint assembly instructions. The Contractor shall adhere
strictly to the pipe manufacturer's joint assembly instructions.
Mechanical Joints: The last 8 inches of the spigot and inside of the bell of
mechanical joint pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned and then painted with a soap
solution made by dissolving one-half cup of granulated soap in one gallon of
water. The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end of the
pipe. The rubber gasket shall be painted with the soap solution and placed on
the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. The entire section of the
pipe shall be pushed forward to seat the spigot end in the bell. The gasket
shall then be pressed into place within the bell, being careful to have the
gasket evenly positioned around the entire joint. The cast-iron gland shall be
moved into position for bolting, all bolts inserted, and the nuts screwed up
tightly with the fingers. Nuts spaced 180 degrees apart shall be tightened
alternately to produce an equal pressure on all parts of the gland. A suitable
torque-limiting wrench shall be used with maximum torque as recommended by the
manufacture~r .
RestraininCf Gasket Assembly Instructions:
For cold we:ather assemblies, keep the temperature of the Gaskets above 400 F.
For cut pipe, select pipe with diameters or circumferences at the cut location
which conform to the table given below.
For cut pipe, assure that a tapered bevel similar to the one furnished with the
pipe is ground onto the end of the pipe.
Measure the socket depth and make a mark on the pipe spigot that distance from
the end of the pipe. This mark will indicate when the joint is fully "home".
Keep the joint in straight alignment during assembly, especially when handling
fittings. Do not fully "home" the joint if joint deflection is required. Set
the joint deflection after the assembly is made.
Approximately twice as much assembly force may be required to assemble a
Restraining Gasket into a joint than is required for a conventional push-on
joint Gasket.
Check for correct positioning of the restraining Gasket by inserting a feeler
gauge in the space between the bell and the pipe OD in several locations around
the socket to assure that the gasket is in proper position in the socket in
accordance with the manufacturer~s instructions.
Cleaninq: ,~pipe swab shall be kept in the pipe at all times to prevent debris
from entering the newly laid pipe. Whenever pipe laying operations are ceased,
a watertight, inflatable plug shall be installed in the open end of the pipe to
prevent ground water from entering the newly laid pipe.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9B03-01 - T06B.doc
T6B-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
Incidental Items:
Reaction Su~: All plugs, caps, tees, wyes, and at bends deflecting 11-1/40
or more on pipe lines 6 inches in diameter, or larger, shall be given reaction
support as hereinafter specified. Reaction support shall be of 3,000 lb.
concrete bearing directly against undisturbed earth of the trench wall.
Sufficient thrust block bearing area shall be installed to distribute the
thrust into undisturbed earth at a rate not exceeding the allowable soil
bearing value. Where conditions are such that the bearing value of the trench
wall will not provide satisfactory support or where the angles or direction of
pipe line deflections will not permit adequate thrust block restraint, the
Contractor will be required to furnish and install restrained joints, American
CIP "Fast Grip", U. S. Pipe "Field Lok", or equal, on each restrained
mechanical joint of ductile iron pipe. Joint restraint gaskets may be used for
restraint of underground push-on joints. Where restrained joints are used in
lieu of thrust block restraint, at least three lengths of pipe in each
direction from the turn shall be fitted with restrained joints also. After
installation, any tie rod assemblies shall be fully field coated with coal tar
bitumastic to prevent corrosion.
Flanqed Fittinqs shall be ductile iron in accordance with the requirements of
AWWA Specification CII0, coated and lined same as pipe. Flanges shall be faced
and drilled to match AWWA C115 threaded-on flanges.
PVC C905 PIPE:
General: Before work is begun the Contractor will furnish to the Engineer
layout drawings showing all details for all horizontal and vertical curves,
restrained joints, and all other specials and special joints.
All pipe and fittings may be inspected at the place of manufacture by
representatives of the Owner and/or by a testing laboratory of the Owner's
selection. Such inspection shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from
the responsibility for the compliance of all materials installed as specified,
nor shall such inspection in any way relieve the manufacturer from his
responsibility for materials he furnished to be as specified. Mechanical joint
fittings may be standard conforming to AWWA C110 or compact ductile iron
conforming to AWWA C153. Fittings shall be lined with a ceramic epoxy lining as
per "underground pipe" in the Ductile Iron Pipe section of this specification.
Underground: Underqround pipe shall be PVC DR 24 nominal size 30" in
accordance with the latest AWWA C905 specification. This specification shall
apply as if written out in theses documents in its entirety.
Joints in underground PVC pipe shall be push-on joint, with restrained
mechanical joints where indicated. All joints and jointing materials shall
conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11. Restrained mechanical joints shall
be connected to the PVC pipe by a system supplied by the manufacturer's of the
pipe.
Restrained ,Joints shall be as recommended by the pipe' manufacturer for the test
pressure listed in these specifications. Pipe shall be restrained for a minimum
of 80' on each side of any fitting, or concrete blocked.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T068.doc
T6B-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
INSTALLATION:
Installatic,n of PVC force main shall conform with the latest edition of the
following I'eferences:
1. PVC Pipe - Design and Installation. American Water Works Association
Manua.l of Water Supply Practices M23, AWWA, 1980, p. 63.
2. UndeI'ground Installation of PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water,
American Water Works Association Standard C605-94, July 1995.
3. Recorrmended Practice for the installation of PVC Pressure Pipe (Nominal
Diameters 4-36 Inch), UNI-B-3-92, Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association,
Janua.ry 1992.
4. Handbook of PVC Pipe Design and Construction, Third Edition, Uni-Bell
PVC Pipe Association, September 1991, pp. 359-387.
HDPE PIPE:
General: Before work is begun the Contractor will furnish to the Engineer
layout draHings showing all details for all horizontal and vertical curves,
restrained joints, and all other specials and special joints. Fittings shall
be recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the test pressures required.
All pipe and fittings may be inspected at the place of manufacture by
representatives of the Owner and/or by a testing laboratory of the Owner's
selection. Such inspection shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from
the responsibility for the compliance of all materials installed as specified,
nor shall such inspection in any way relieve the manufacturer from his
responsibility for materials 'he furnished to be as specified;
Underqrounc,: Underground pipe shall be High Density Polyethylene PE 3408 as
manufactured by Driscopipe or Poly Pipe Industries, HDPE PE 3408 SDR 17, pipe
size 34" O.D. The pipe shall conform to ASTM D3350 classification 345 434C, PE
3408 or other HDPE pipe conforming to AWWA C906 polyethylene piping system, 34"
O.D., D.R. 17, WPR=100 psi.
Joints shall be by fusion in accordance with C906-90 or latest editions of the
specification. Operators of the butt-fusion equipment must be certified by the
manufacturer of the joining equipment or the manufacturer of the pipe for large
diameter HDPE pipe.
CONCRETE:
All concret,e for encasement and reaction blocking shall have a minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
CONCRETE COLLARS, CRADLES, SADDLES, AND ENCASEMENT:
Collars, cIadles, saddles, or encasement shall be constructed of concrete with
a minimum 28-day strength of 3,000 psi.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06B,doc
T6B-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
CONNECTION~', TO EXISTING MAINS:
The Contractor shall furnish and install all fittings and appurtenances
necessary to make connections to the existing pipelines. The Contractor shall
coordinate his activities with the Augusta Utilities Department so that the
work can :~e accomplished in a manner and at such time that a minimum
interruption of service will occur.
The tapping sleeves and valves shall conform to the requirements of Section T-
5. The Contractor shall verify the material and size of the pipe line to be
tapped or connected to.
TESTING:
of the piping, it shall be tested for leaks in
and proved tight at 50 psig and at -12.9 psig. The
at his expense, all labor, supervision, pumps,
miscellaneous equipment and water necessary for
on all piping in accordance with the requirements of
General: After completion
accordance with AWWA 600-82
Contractor shall provide,
measuring devices, power,
performance of all testing
these specifications.
Hydrostatic Tests:
Pressure ar:,d Vacuum Test : After pipe has been "'lai-d'.-and-' partia.U:y. backf'illed,
all newly laid pressure pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subjected
to the appropriate hydrostatic pressure based on the elevation of the lowest
point in the line or section under test and corrected to the elevation of the
test gage. The duration of each pressure test shall be at least one hour.
Before applying the specified test pressure, all air must be expelled from the
line. The Contractor will make any necessary taps and insert plugs after the
test is completed. Upon completion of the pressure test the pipeline shall be
subj ected 1:0 a vacuum test., Wi th the pipeline full of water, a negative
pressure ga,ge shall be installed in the pipeline connecting the test pump to
the force main. The pressure test pump shall be reversed to apply a vacuum to
the pipeline of 2 psi absolute pressure (-12.9 psi gage). Upon reading that
pressure the connection to the pipeline will be shut off. The gauge shall read
the pressure in the force main. The test shall be conducted for one hour. All
exposed pipe fittings valves, and joints shall be carefully examined before
backfilling. All defective joints shall be repaired or replaced to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Any cracked or defective pipe, joints, fittings
or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and
replaced with sound material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory
to the Engineer.
Leakaqe Test: The duration of each leakage test shall be two hours, and during
the test the main or section of the main under test shall be subjected to the
above noted pressure based on the lowest point in the line or section under
test and corrected to the elevation of the test gage. Leakage is defined as
the quantity of water to be supplied into or withdrawn from the newly laid
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06B.doc
T6B-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
pipe, or any valved section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified
leakage test pressure after the air has been expelled and the pipe has been
filled with water at the test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted
until leakElge is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the
formula
DJP
L=133
L
D
P
Allowable leakage in gallons per hour/l000 feet
The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches
The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds
per square inch gage(absolute value of number)
CLEAN-UP:
Upon complE!tion of the installation of the water lines and appurtenances, all
equipment Elnd debris remaining as a result of the Contractor's operations shall
be removed from the site of the work.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
Six sets of vendor shop drawings,
documentation shall be submitted
Conditions of these Specifications.
installation and test data, and other
in accordance with the Supplementary
PAYMENT:
Payment for' force main and fittings will be made on the basis of the applicable
unit price1; as set forth in the Bid. Measurement to determine the length of
force main for payment shall be along the centerline of the various sizes
furnished c;,nd installed, from center to center of fittings, with no deductions
for the space occupied by valves or fittings.
The paymen',: shall cover all costs of every kind required for clearing and
grubbing, ,=xcavation, pavement removal, any damage to house service lines,
water meters or relocating service lines or water meters, maintenance of
driving surfaces, backfill, protection of utilities, cleaning up, restoration
grassing, erosion control, sediment containment, furnishing the materials,
installatic.n, disinfection, testing and completing the installation.
Carrier pipe involved in underground crossings will be paid for under the
applicable lump sum price for each crossing and will hot be included in the
measurement, for payment under this section of the specifications. Except as
specifically set forth in the Payment paragraph of Section T-2 of these
specifications, all excavation, trenching, backfilling, and other related work
necessary for the completion of the work will be considered a subsidiary
responsibility of the Contractor and no separate payment will be made therefor.
Payment fo.r: ductile iron fittings will be made on the basis of published
weights of compact cast iron or ductile iron mechanical joint fittings less
accessorie$.
HPDE joint~: will be included in the price of the pipe in the Bid.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06B.doc
T6B-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6B
FORCE MAIN
Payment fOI installation of Owner supplied pipe shall be made at the applicable
unit price set forth in the Bid.
Payment fOI' trench bedding drain shall be made at the applicable unit price set
forth in the Bid.
Payment foX' connections to existing lines shall cover all costs associated with
increasers, reducers, installation and connection to the existing lines. No
separate payment will be made for removal of existing plugs or blocking
incidental in connecting new line to existing water line.
Payment for Restrained Joint Pipe shall be made on the basis of the applicable
unit price~: set forth in the Bid. Measurement to determine the length of water
line for payment shall be along the centerline of the various sizes furnished
and instalJ.ed, from the center to center of the fittings, with no deductions
for the spa.ce occupied by valves or fittings.
No other se,parate payment will be made for work included in this section of the
specifications and all costs associated therewith shall be included in the
appropriate, lump sum or unit price item in the Bid as a subsidiary obligation
of the Contractor.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T06B.doc
T6B-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and performing all
operations in connection with the installation of the valves and appurtenances
complete, i.n strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the
applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
All valves and hydrants and accessories furnished by the Contractor for
incorporation into the work shall be new, unused, and of the type specified
herein. Those valves for buried service shall be furnished with mechanical
joint conne~ctions and those valves for above-ground service shall have flanged
or screwed joints. All valves shall be opened by turning counter-clockwise and
shall have an arrow cast into the metal of the operating nut or on the handle
or wheel to indicate direction of opening. Each valve shall have the
identifyin9 mark of the manufacturer, year of manufacture and the pressure
rating cast. on the body.
GATE VALVE~::
Gate Valve~ shall be of the resilient seat type designed for a minimum working
pressure 0,: 150 psi. Valves shall have flanged ends, bell or spigot ends,
mechanical ends or screwed joints as required for the piping in which they are
installed. Gate valves shall have a clear waterway equal to the full normal
diameter of the pipe and shall be opened by turning counterclockwise. The
operating nut or wheel shall have an arrow cast in the metal indicating the
direction <:>f opening. Each valve shall have the initials of the maker,
pressure rc:ting and year of manufacture, cast on the body. Prior to shipment
from the f,:lctory, each valve shall be tested by hydraulic pressure equal to
twice the specified working pressure. All valves shall use O-ring seals. Gate
valves 2 inches and larger shall be iron body, brass mounted and shall conform
to the specifications for Gate Valves for Ordinary Water Works Service, CSOQ-
61, by the AWWA. Valves smaller than 24 inches to be installed underground
shall be non-rising stem type with 2-inch square operating - nut. Gate valves
located in:lide structures shall- be non-rising stem type with hand wheel or
operator a::: required. Valves smaller than 2 inches shall be stainless steel
ball valves. All valves larger than 16" shall be fitted with gear operators.
CHECK VALVES:
Check Valves 3 inch size and larger shall be wafer style double door type, 125
lb. iron body, aluminum bronze doors, stainless steel hinge pin, spring, and
stop pin, bronze seat and raised face, APCO 9000 series, Gulf Valve Company
Water Check or equal. Check valves 2 inch size and smaller shall be 150 lb.
bronze with bronze seat, Buna-N disc, threaded ends, Milwaukee No. 510S, or
equal.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TO? doc
T7-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
BALL VALVE~):
Ball Valve:3 in Steel Pipe shall be stainless steel, 150 psi, screwed pattern,
Nibco T-59!i-S6-R-66, or equal.
Ball Valves in PVC Pipe shall be PVC, true union, full port, 150 psi, Teflon
seat, Viton seal. Valves 3 inches and larger shall be ANSI BI6.S flanged; 2
inch and smaller shall be socket end, Nibco, or equal.
AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVES:
Air valve 1lhall be a Ventomat Model 080RGXvl021 Air Valve as manufactured by
Mulric Hydro Projects, Ltd. Or approved equal. Height from bottom of inlet
flange (exc:luding studs) to the very top of the valve must be restricted to
not more than 34 inches.
VALVE APPUHTENANCES:
Valve Boxe:~: All underground valves shall be installed with cast iron valve
boxes having a suitable base and shaft extension sections to cover and protect
the valve and permit easy access and operation. Extension stems and position
indicators for underground butterfly valves shall be as specified under "Manual
Operators" for Butterfly Valves. Box assemblies shall be Claw Figure F-2450,
Grinnell, l'1ueller, or an approved equal. The word WATER shall be cast on
covers for valve boxes on potable ~ater lines only.
Floor Stands for valves shall include a position indicator and shall be
furnished by the valve manufacturer as a component of the valve assembly.
Stems and Extension Stems and the stem couplings shall all be of suitable
length and diameter as required for the service and shall be bronze unless
otherwise indicated and have all-weather covers.
Stem Guide:3 shall be high strength cast iron with bronze bushing, size as
suitable for the service intended, and shall be similar and approved equal to
Clow F-5660.
Handles and Handwheels shall be of the size, diameter and length normally
supplied for the valves to which they are attached.
Installation: Val ves and valve boxes shall be installed on the lines as
indicated or as directed by the Engineer. Valves and valve boxes shall be
plumb and valve boxes shall be centered directly over the valves. Earth fill
shall be cE!refully tamped around valve boxes to 3 feet on all sides or to the
undisturbed face of the trench if less than that distance. Valves shall have
the intericrs cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. Stuffing boxes
shall be tightened and the valve shall be inspected in both opened and closed
positions to see that all parts are in working condition. All piping and valves
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TO? doc
T7-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
shall be properly and adequately supported to prevent movement or undue strain
on the piping and equipment. Valve boxes for underground valves shall have 12
inch square by 4 inch thick concrete pad cast around them with the top of the
pad 2 inches above finished grade.
PAINTING AND TESTING:
All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before
painting. The valve surfaces except for seating, shall be evenly coated with a
suitable primer to inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in accordance with
Federal Specification TT-V-51C. Hydrostatic and leakage tests shall be
conducted in strict accordance with AWWA C504 or C500, except that butterfly
valves shall be tested with the operators mounted on the valves.
AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE:
Upon completion of manufacture, the Vendor shall provide to the Owner an
"Affidavit of Compliance" in accordance with AWWA CS04 or C500 as applicable.
PROOF-Of-DESIGN TEST:
Vendor shall include with his submittal certified copies of Proof-of-Design
Tests in accordance with AWWA C 504 or C500 as applicable.
ALTERATIONS AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING:
Designated portions of the existing piping and fittings are to be removed or
abandoned. At other locations, connections are to be made to existing piping.
All the above operations will require short interruption of plant operation or
pumping in order to make the connections or to alter the piping. Wherever
feasible, valves have been included for installation near such connections in
order to minimize the number and duration of the required interruptions.
The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate his activities with the plant
superintendent so that the work can be accomplished in a manner and at such
time that a minimum interruption of service will occur.
All connections to existing plant and yard piping shall be made in a manrier
that will prevent infiltration or leaking at those points of connection. Any
pipe or fitting to be removed shall be removed in a manner that will prevent
damage to pipe, joints or appurtenances left in place. Any pipe or
appurtenances that are to remain in place but which become damaged by any
operation of the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced with new material by
the Contractor as directed by the Owner and at no expense to the Owner. All
piping and appurtenances removed by the Contractor shall be turned over to the
Owner for storage.
POST HYDRANTS:
Post Hydrants shall be nori-freeze type with 1" IPT inlet and 3/4" HPT outlet
similar and equal to Josam No. 1440. Bury depth for post hydrants shall be two
feet.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T07.doc
T7-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
Installation: Post hydrants shall be set plumb and a minimum of 2 cu. ft. of
crushed stone shall be placed around the hydrant drain. Backfill shall be
placed in 6-inch layers and carefully tamped. Box shall be set in a finished
concrete slab 2 feet square by 4 inches deep.
INSTALLATION:
Valves and valve boxes shall be plumb and valve boxes shall be centered
directly over the valves. Earth fill shall be carefully tamped around valve
boxes to 3 feet on all sides or to the undisturbed face of the trench if less
than that distance. Val ves shall have the interiors cleaned of all foreign
matter before installation. Stuffing boxes shall be tightened and the valve
shall be inspected in both opened and closed positions to see that all parts
are in working condition. All piping and valves shall be properly and
adequately supported to prevent movement or undue strain on the piping and
equipment.
TESTING, IN PLACE:
Testing, in place shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of
Section T6 ,of these specifications. All valves shall be in place when lines
are tested. Any cracked or defective valves discovered in consequence of the
testing shall be removed and replaced with sound material and th~ test shall be
repeated until a satisfactory test is achieved.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
Six sets of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals,
data and other documentation shall be submitted in accordance with
Supplementar:y Conditions of these Specifications.
test
the
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for the work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL,' ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T07.doc
T7-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T8
BUILDING ACCESSORIES
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, materials and in performing all
operations in connection with the installation of all building accessory
items as hereinafter designated, complete, in strict accordance with this
specification, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE:
Threshold, frames, and hardware shall be furnished by
factory assembled and prehung with hardware attached.
free from warps or buckles; miters shall be accurate.
finished with color imbedded in gel coat. Color to be
the door manufacturer,
Finished work shall be
Doors shall be factory
approved by the Owner.
Doors shall be 1 3/4" thick Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) and shall be the
standard product of Chem Pruf Door-Co. Ltd. or approved equal.
Frames shall be double ,rabbeted having 5/8 inch stops with 5/8 inch integral
returns, and shall have 2 head and 2 inch jambs. Frames shall be reinforced for
hinges and other hardware and shall be provided with sill anchors and six
3/8"x5" sleeve anchors (stop anchors) 3 each side for anchoring the jambs to
the masonry walls.
Weatherstripping shall be provided for the exterior door at the head and jambs,
with National Guard #896 panic threshold at the base and Chem Pruf door sweeps.
Hardware: Except as otherwise indicated, door hardware shall be the 8300
series product of Sargent or shall be the comparable product of Yale, Fenestra,
or approved equal. Hinges shall be Stanley, FBB 199 4 1/2" x 4 1/2", 3 hinges
per door. Locksets shall be lubricated by graphite and shall be adjusted for
proper operation; 'hinges shall have maintenance free lubrication. Exterior door
shall have keyed entry from outside, 'panic hardware from inside. Interior door
shall have passage hardware on both sides.
Hydraulic closers shall be provided for all doors and shall 'be Sargent series
350, standard application or approved equal.
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, including a hardware schedule. The
schedule shall include for each item: the quantities, manufacturer's catalog
numbers, dl:tail information, locations, and hardware set identification,
correspondi:ng ANSI or BHMA standard type or function number to manufacturer's
catalog number. All locks shall be keyed alike to match plant access
requirement.s. Finishes on all hardware shall be US32D unless otherwise noted.
Hinges shall be stainless steel. Fastenings of proper type, size, quantity, and
finish shall be supplied with each article of hardware. Fastenings exposed to
the weather, chemical, or water process areas shall be of stainless steel.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T08.doc
T8-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T8
BUILDING ACCESSORIES
CAULKING:
All joints between metal and metal, between metal and masonry on the exterior
of the buildings, and under all metal thresholds at exterior doors shall be
filled and caulked with Tremco "Mono", non-staining caulking compound (Fed.
Spec. TT-S-00230) applied by gun in a manner that will exclude dust, air and
rain. All masonry to be in contact with caulking compound shall be given a
coat of shellac before caulking is applied. Caulk joints before final coat of
paint is applied to adjacent work if painting is required.
Access Hat.::hes shall be manufactured by the Bilco Company or shall be the
comparable product of Babcock and Davis, Syracuse Castings, or Washington
Aluminum Company (WACO). Doors shall be 1/4" aluminum diamond plate reinforced
to withstar,d a single concentrated load of 3200 Ibs. applied in a 24" diameter
area. The frame shall be 1/4" aluminum shaped to provide a drainage channel
and an overall depth of 8" for a 8" concrete slab thickness. Doors shall be
equipped with heavy forged brass hinges with stainless steel pins and
fasteners. A Type 316 stainless steel snap lock with removable handle shall be
provided. A stainless steel torsion bar mechanism shall provide ease of
operation '::hrough the entire arc of opening, and as a check in retarding
downward mc,tion of the doors. A heavy stainless steel automatic hold open arm
shall include a vinyl grip for release. The arm also shall be stainless steel.
Aluminum shall be mill finish with a bituminous coating applied to the exterior
of frames e,mbedded in concrete. A 1-1/2" pipe coupling for drainage shall be
provided OIl the exterior vertical leg of the frame of hatch types PCM, and
PDCM. Hatch types KD may be used for o~enings which do not require a drain
connection but still must support the 3.2 concentrated load.
CARPENTRY:
General: The requirements for carpentry in connection with form work is
covered under CONCRETE of these specifications.
Lumber grading shall be in accordance with the current grading rules for
Southern Pine lumber, full and square, surfaced four sides to standard yard
sizes and job ripped to sizes indicated.
Dimension lumber shall have moisture content not exceeding Association Rules
for the grade.
All lumber, nailers, blocking, curbs, cants, etc. shall be treated Southern
Yellow Pine! treated in conformance with LP22 with Chromated Copper Arsenate
(CCA) and shall retain 0.4# per cu. ,ft. of dry chemical. Lumber shall be kiln
dried after treatment.
Plywood shall be grade-stamped in accordance with American Plywood Association
standards c,nd unless otherwise shown shall be Group 1 or 2, A-C manufactured
with waterproof glue and installed with the "A" face e~posed.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9B03-01 - TOB.doc
T8-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T8
BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Installation: Install framing, blocking, furring, nailers, grounds, etc.,
accurately and securely attach to building structure with bolts, screws and
nails. Bolts shall be drawn up tight and countersunk as needed for fit of the
work.
Back PrimiQg: Paint concealed surfaces of all finished trim and millwork
before erection with one coat of approved alkyd base paint.
Miscellaneous Materials: Bolts, nuts, washers, wood screws, metal screws, lag
bolts, lead expansion shields and toggle bolts shall be furnished in sizes,
types and quantities appropriate for the installations and in accordance with
the best practices of the trade. Where exposed they shall be non-corroding
type.
ROOFING, ROOF FLASHING, AND INSULATION:
Roofinq shall be four-ply, built-up, pitch, premium tar-glas felt, and gravel
roofing similar to Koppers Specification No. 495-4 (20 yr. Bond). Joints in
the insulat:ion shall be sealed prior to application of the roofing.
Insulation not otherwise designated shall be 1-1/2" of fiberglass roof
insulation having a conductance not greater than .19. The insulation shall be
installed with a vapor barrier in conformance with Koppers Insulation and Vapor
Barrier Specification No. IR474. Insulation shall be kept dry both in storage
and during application; it shall be laid by pressing each sheet into the
mopping of asphalt immediately ahead of insulation.
Flashinq .a's vertical surfaces shall conform to standard Koppers details for
existing walls and Heavy Metal Edge Roof; cap flashing shall be 16 oz. Copper;
base flashing for formed openings shall be 16 oz. copper. Flashing for
plumbing pipes furnished by the plumbing subcontractor shall be installed under
this section of the specifications. Nailers and cants shall be treated wood as
elsewhere llpecified. Base flashing shall be installed before the top coating
and surfacing of the built-up roof. Counter flashing shall lap the base
flashing a minimum of 4 inches. Joints in continuous flashing shall be lapped
at least 4 inches and tightly sealed with mastic. Wall flashing shall extend
through the! outer wyth to within \.1" of the exterior face and shall bend back on
itself \.1 inch.
Gravel Stops and Fascias shall be made of 3105 Aluminum fy = 26,000 psi having
fascia and soffit extensions, pitch dams, and joint flashing.
Cants: Install treated wood cant strips at the juncture of the roof and
vertical surfaces by mopping the horizontal and vertical surfaces with hot
asphalt and immediately embedding the cant strips.
Protection of. Dissimilar Metals: Where dissimilar metals are in contact with
each other (such as copper and galvanized iron) a piece of 15# felt shall be
installed Hith hot asphalt in such a manner to separate the metals from being
in contact with each other. Felt shall be ,neatly trimmed and excess asphalt
removed aft:er completion.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T08.doc
TB-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T8
BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Bond: The Contractor shall provide a renewable twenty-year bond covering all
roofing and roof flashing installed under Contract. Copies of the roofing and
flashing bond shall be supplied to the Owner before final payment is made.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES:
Six copies of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals, and
other docunentation shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions of these Specifications.
Fabrication shall not proceed until after Engineer's approval. Samples shall
be submitt'3d for approval of other materials at variance with the specified
item.
PAYMENT:
No separatE! payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of
the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bj.d for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9B03-01 - TOB.doc
T8-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
SCOPE:
The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
equipment, appliances, and materials, and in performing all operations in
connection with the painting and coating of metals, masonry, concrete, wood,
equipment, etc., of the work added or remodeled by this Contract and acoustical
treatment, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the
applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
MATERIALS:
Paint: All paint shall be fresh and shall arrive on the job in the original
unopened containers which clearly show the name of the manufacturer and
directions for application. This specification utilizes the products of the
Induron Coatings, Inc. as the standard of quality and color. Equivalent
materials of other manufacturers may be substituted on approval of the
Engineer. Requests for substitution shall include manufactures literature for
each product giving the name, generic type, descriptive information, and
evidence (of satisfactory past performance. Submittals shall include the
performance! data as certified by a qualified testing laboratory.
All field-.applied primers and undercoats shall be provided to insure
compatibility of total coating systems and of the same manufacturer as the
finish coa':s for each system as specified hereafter. Provide barrier coats
over incompatible primers or remov~ and re-prime as required. No thinner or
solvents other than those approved by the coating manufacturer shall be used.
Paint coating thicknesses specified are minimum dry film thickness unless
otherwise stated.
SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING:
Exterior painting shall include all ferrous metal work, concrete block, and
touch up.
Interior painting shall include interior block walls, exposed wood, ferrous
metal work, piping, fittings, valves, equipment and other metal work. Interior
painting shall also include touch up of all surfaces modified or damaged during
construction.
Equipment pre-finished by the manufacturer shall conform to the special
requirements of the specification section in which the equipment is specified,
shall be in accordance with the colors selected by the Engineer, and shall not
have a finish of lower quality than comparable surface finishes specified in
this section.
Chemical resistant coating shall be applied to all interior concrete surfaces
of the lift station structure which are exposed to sewage gasses or sewage.
Brick, concrete (except as noted herein and as specifically noted elsewhere),
aluminum, chrome, and stainless steel shall not be painted.
'ZEL. ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T09.doc
T9-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
SURFACE PRI;PARATION:
All surfaces which are to be painted shall, prior to application of paint, be
cleaned, wE,shed or otherwise prepared as specified herein. Surfaces of ferrous
metal to receive Linseed Oil based primers shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
scale, dirt:, and rust by the use of steel scraper, wire brushes, sand blast,
acid pickling, or other suitable tools and methods. Surfaces of ferrous metal
to receive Phenolic, Vinyl, Epoxy, or Alkyd Primers shall be thoroughly cleaned
by sandblaE:ting or pickling, to near white, SPC-SP-I0, according to the latest
edition of Steel Structures Painting Council Specifications.
Masonry surfaces requiring paint shall be free of moisture, dust, dirt, oil,
grease or stains. Surface preparation remove mortar fins and protruding
concrete to smooth masonry prior to painting. Surface shall be cured, clean
and dry. Efflorescence, dirt, mortar, or other defacements shall be removed by
brushing or', subject to the directions of the Engineer, by acid etching. Apply
block fill to produce a smooth uniform surface before painting surface.
Wood surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of all fdreign matter, with
cracks and nail holes and other defects properly filled and smoothed. Wood trim
shall be sandpapered to a fine finish and wiped clean of dust.
Concrete :3urfaces: On new concrete, air and water pits, splatters,
protrusion~: or any other surface irregularities shall be resurfaced by the
Contractor, in accordance with Section T3-Concrete, while the concrete is
still green to produce a smooth flat surface. Poured concrete shall be cured
for a mini:num of 30 days at temperatures over 700 F before coating. Precast
concrete which is steam cured during manufacturing may be coated at any time.
All surfaces shall be brush-blasted in accordance with methods described in
SSPC-SP-7 to remove all loose concrete, laitance, and provide a tooth for
bonding. In all cases, surface shall be clean, dry and free from curing
compounds, oil, grease, dirt, previous coatings, or other foreign material.
WORKMANSHIP:
Painting shall be done in a workmanlike manner, leaving the finished surface
free fro~ drops, ridges, waves, laps and brush marks. Sufficient time shall be
allowed between coats to insure proper drying. Paint shall be applied under
dry and dust-free conditions. Paint shall be applied in a manner that the
coverage shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer.
PRIME AND rINISH COATS:
Ferrous metals shall be prime coated in the shop and shall have any bare spots,
due to handling or welding, touched up with one coat of the respective shop
paint. Except for the linseed oil and red lead primer separately specified for
structural steel and miscellaneous metals, all surfaces which are to be field
painted shall be in accordance with the following schedule:
, ZEL, ' EN GIN E E R S
9803-01 - T09.doc
T9-2
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
I
INTERIOR POROUS MASONRY:
I
Prime Coat-Induron Polyfill Epoxy Block Filler (Polyamidoamine Epoxy)
Coat as required to fill voids. (Yield - 80 - 100 square feet/gallon)
Intenaediate Coat - Induron Aimorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy)
Dry film Thickness: 4.0 6.0 mils Color: Shall be noticeably
different from the finish coat-High Gloss Finish.
Finish Coat - Induron Armorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils - Color Selection by Owner -High
Gloss Finish
I
I
WASTEWATER IMMERSION STEEL & DUCTILE IRON:
I
Prime Coat Induron Armorguard P-14 Epoxy Primer (Rust Inhibitive
l?olyamide Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils - Color: Tan.
Finish Coats - Induron Ruff Stuff 2100 (Coal Tar Epoxy)
Two coats at 8.0 - 10.0 mils per coat
I
EXTERIOR NON-IMMERSION STEEL & DUCTILE IRON:
I
Prime Coat-Induron Armorguard P-14 Epoxy Primer (Rust Inhibitive Polyamide
Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils - Color: Tan
Intermediate Coat -Induron Armorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness: 3.0-5.0 mils - Color noticeably different
from the finish.coat - High Gloss Finish
Finish Coat- Induron Armorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness 3.0-5.0 mils - High Gloss Finish
I
I
WOOD:
I
Finisll Coat-Induron Indurethane 5500 (Aliphatic Adrylic Polyurethane)
'Dry Film Thickness: 1.5-2.5 mils - Color selection by Owner-High
Gloss Finish
I
LIFT S'TATION CONCRETE (CHEMICAL RESISTANT COATING):
I
Preparation - Induron Aquatapoxy Gel system A-7
.~pply to fill cracks, voids, pockmarks, and small holes.
Prime:r Coat - Permaclean II Epoxy (Polyamidoamine Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness: 3.0 - 6.0 dry mils. Color shall be noticeably
different from the intermediate coat. Semi Gloss Finish
Intermediate Coat - Permaclean II Epoxy (Polyamidoamine Epoxy)
Dry Film Thickness: 3.0 - 6.0 dry mils. Color shall be noticeably
different from the finish coat. Semi Gloss Finish
Dry Film Thickness: 3.0 - 6.0 dry mils Color Selection by Owner - Semi
Gloss Finish
Finish Coat - Induron Armorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy)
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
9803-01 - T09.doc
T9-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
TOUCH UP:
All structural iron and steel shall be given spot prime with Glidden, 5461
immediatel~' after erection. Owner furnished equipment shall be "touched-up"
with primers compatible with the shop primer and with the finish paint.
All surfaces modified or damaged during construction shall be "touched-up" to
match the existing finish with primers and paints compatible with the existing
finish.
COLORS:
Where two field coats or more are required by these specifications, the color
selections shall be used for all except the final coat. Final paint shades
must be approved after application of the initial coats and before the
application of the final coat. Colors for the proj ect piping shall conform to
the color code. Other selections shall be as follows:
Exterior Work:
Cast iron MH frames, covers, and grates
Electrical Equipment
Valve~:, valve operators and
floor stands, and stem guides
Pipin9
Electrical Building
Black
Aluminum
Color Code
Color Code
Selected colors to
match existing
Interior Work (General):
Pipin9
Valve~: - to match Pipe Color Code
Color Code
Ceilings
Wall color plus
1 part white
Aluminum
Pipe Eails
Ductwork, Doors and Trim
Same as wall, except
EXPOSED PIPE PAINTING:
Identificat ion painting shall be provided for all piping. Names and flow
arrows shall be stenciled on all interior piping in an appropriate, contrasting
color.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T09.doc
T9-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
Name of Item
Color
Potable Water Piping
Non-Potable Water Piping
Mechanical Equipment
Electrical Duct Banks
Blue
Dark Blue
Machine Gray
Red
Battleship Gray
Raw Sewage Piping
CLEAN UP:
The project shall be kept free from surplus materials, dirt and rubbish at all
times. Afi:er completion of the work, all paint spots or other marks shall be
removed from floors, walls, doors and windows, etc. All exposed metal work and
glass shall be carefully cleaned and the building and site left clean and ready
for operation.
PAYMENT:
No separatE! payment will be made for any work covered by this section of the
specifications. All costs associated therewith shall be included in the lump
sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T09.doc
T9-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T10
STAINLESS STEEL PIPING - l4-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specification includes furnishing all
plant, labor, supervision equipment and materials, and in performing all
operations in connection with the installation of all stainless steel piping,
14" diameter and larger, fittings, hangers, supports and appurtenances as
required for the proper connection and operation of the wastewater lift
station in strict compliance with this section of the specifications and the
applicable plans and subj ect to the terms and conditions of the contract.
Pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured and fabricated by. Felker
Fabrication or approved equal.
GENERAL:
The Cont:=actor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer complete
drawings ~f all pump manifolds, and all complex assemblies and appurtenances,
accurately and adequately dimensioned and with sufficient descriptive matter
to indica~eclearly the installition and connection to appurtenant equipment.
Pipe, appurtenances and accessories shall be new and unused materials and
shall be the standard products of reputable manufacturers normally engaged in
the manufacture of that particular item. Fittings for all pipe shall be as
manufactu:=ed for the type and class of pipe forming the pipeline in which
they are installed. Pipes 10cated inside structures, above ground or
attached to s~ructures shall be rigidly supported.
At all times when actual pipe erection is not in progress, all open ends of
pipe and fittings shall be securely and completely closed with mechanical or
expandable plugs so as to positively exclude the entrance of all trench
water, earth or other foreign substance into the line. All completed
pipelines shall be cleaned of dirt and superfluous materials and shall be
flushed to remove any foreign matter remaining therein. Any section of pipe
found to be defective before or after laying shall be replaced at no
additional expense to the Owner.
Joints: Flanged joints shall have the gaskets inserted between flanges, and
bolts shall be tightened in such a manner as to distribute evenly the
stresses carried by the bolts so as to bring the pipe in alignment and make a
tight joint without overstressing the pipe or the individual bolts. Gaskets
shall be full faced 1/8" thick rubber. Bolts shall be stainless steel.
PIPE SUPPORTS:
The Contractor shall furnish and install such pipe supports and hangers as
are indicated, or as may be required to prevent excess stresses in the
joints, and to hold piping rigid and free from vibration under all conditions
of operat:Lon. Pipe to be supported above concrete slabs shall be supported
on approv,ed supports. Piping supported from above shall be supported on
adjustable pipe hangers.
The pi~e shall be made by ~ manufacturer experienced in producing pipe of the
type and size specified herein. The pipe manufacturer shall have produced
such pipe, having a successful performance record of at least five years in
this country.
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
-
9803-01 - TIO Re,' l.doc
T10-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION TI0
STAINLESS STEEL PIPING - 14~INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE
SHOP DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for his approval, six copies of
the shop drawings, design calculations and erection schedule from the
manufacturer specified in his bid proposal. Submittals shall be made in
accordance with the Supplementary Conditions of these Specifications.
DESIGN CONDITIONS:
The following design conditions must be met:
.
Operating pressure:
Surge pressure:
Test 9ressure:
Fluid:
25psig and vacuum 22 inches mercury
50 psig
75 psig hydrostatic and 500 microns mercury vacuum
Wastewater at 800 F.
.
.
.
TESTING:
Prior to shipping to the project site, the fabricator shall shop test the
header, nozzles and piping specified herein and on the drawings at the design
conditions shown herein and shall supply the Engineer a written factory test
report signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the party in charge of
testing for' the company fabricating the pipe. The Engineer for the Owner
shall be nc,tified five working days prior to conducting these tests in order
for the Owner's Authorized Representative to witness the tests if he elects
to do so.
WALL THICKN1~SS AND REINFORCING:
Header, nozzle, and piping design shall comply with Section 8 of ASME
Pressure Ve:3sel Code and shall be the following minimum thickness.
Header wall - 3/8 inch
20 inch nozzle and p1p1ng - 5/16 inch
16 in.:h nozzle and piping - 5/16 inch
A 4 inch wide 1/4 inch thick reinforcing ring shall be provided at the 20 and
16 inch noz:des as a minimum.
PIPE MARKINGS:
All pipe, fittings and specials shall have design information marked on the
outside of the pipe. All fittings and special pipe shall be marked with a
number corr'~sponding to that shown on the installation schedule.
LAYING AND J~RECTION INSTALLATION SCHEDULE:
An installation schedule for the pipe, fittings and specials shall be
submitted t" the Engineer prior to the start of construction for review. The
installation schedule is to be used by the Contractor as a guide for delivery
and install,3. tion sequence. The installation schedule shall list the, sequence
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TI0.doc
TI0-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION TI0
STAINLESS STEEL PIPING - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE
and location of the pipe, fittings and specials comprising the proposed
pipeline.
PIPE INSTALLATION:
The pipe shall at all times be handled with equipment designed to prevent
damage to the joints, or to the inside or outside surfaces of the pipe.
DEFECTIVE WORK:
If the in~:pection or tests show defects, such defective work or material
shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated. All repairs to piping
shall be made with new material. No caulking of joints or holes will be
acceptable. Adjustments required in order to obtain satisfactory operation
of the systems shall be made by the Contractor without additional expense to
the Owner.
PAINTING:
All exposed non-stainless steel piping and appurtenances shall be painted in
accordance with the requirementi of Painting Section of these specifications.
AS BUILT DFAWINGS:
The Contractor shall maintain a current and
drawings showing the as built location of all
piping, valves, and drains. Upon completion
shall furnish this set to the Engineer.
complete set of marked up
underground and above ground
of the work, the Contractor
PIPE AND FITTINGS:
Pipe shall be manufactured from ASTM A240 annealed and pickled sheets and
plates in E!ccordance with ASTM A778 in type 304L stainless steel. Pipe shall
be manufactured to nominal pipe sizes, as listed in ANSI B36.19, Table 2.
Pipe shall be die-formed or rolled true to dimension and round. Tolerances
for length! inside and outside diameter and straightness shall conform to
ASTM A530. The two edges of sheet shall be brought to line so as not to
leave a shoulder on the inside of the pipe. Ends of pipe and fittings shall
be perpend~.cular to the longitudinal axis. Longi tudinal seams on pipe and
fittings shall be welded by either the tungsten gas, or metallic-gas, or
plasma method. The interior ~welds shall be smooth, even and shall not have
an internal bead higher than 1/16". All pipes shall be marked with gauge and
type of stainless steel.
Fittings sh,all be butt weld type manufactured in accordance with ASTM A774 of
the same raw material and in the same thicknesses as the pipe. Long radius
elbows up 'to 24" diameter shall be smooth flow; i. e., centerline to end of
elbow equals 1. 5 times the nominal pipe size. All short radius, special
radius, and reducing elbows and long radius elbows greater than 24" diameter
shall be of mitered construction with at least (5) mitered sections for 900
bends, (3) mitered sections for 450 and 600 bends, and (2) mitered sections
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TlO.doc
TI0-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION TI0
STAINLESS STEEL PIPING - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE
for 300 and smaller bends. Reducers shall be straight tapered, cone type.
Tees, crosses, laterals and wyes shall be shop fabricated from pipe.
The finish on the raw material, manufactured to ASTM A240 will be No.1, HRAP
(hot rolled annealed and pickled) or better. The finish on the completed
pipe and fi.ttings shall be as specified in ASTM A778 and A774 respectively.
FLANGES:
Flange pipu ends shall be made up of type 316L stainless steel slip-on type
rolled angle face rings and prime painted ductile iron or 304L backup flanges
drilled to ANSI 16.5 class 150 standard. All slip-on angle face rings will
be offset 1/4" and will be continuously welded on both sides to the pipe or
fitting. The backup flanges shall be supplied with nominal thicknesses in
accordance with the requirements.
COUPLING:
The piping will be shop prepared for pipe couplings where shown on the
drawings 0]: specified herein. Where joint harness is required, lugs will be
provided pe,r AWWA Steel Pipe Manual Table 19.8 at 50 psi.
JOINTS:
Flanges shall be ,provided at valve and equipment where shown in the Drawings
and at other locations where necessary for proper installation. Flanges shall
be provided as a minimum at all flanged valves, meters, couplings, and other
equipment.
Pipe and fitting spools shall. be shop fabricated to the fullest extent
possible.
All other joints required for shipping, handling, and installation of the
piping spools shall be flanged unless otherwise shown or specified.
If field welding is required, plain ends 10GA (.141") and heavier will be
beveled.
CLEANING AND PICKLING:
After the manufacture of individual stainless steel fittings and pipe
lengths, they shall be pickled by immersion in a tank containing an ambient
10% nitric and 3% hydrofluoric acid in a water bath at 1200F. the duration
of immersion shall be 15 to 20 minutes and may be supplemented by manually
scrubbing or brushing with non metallic pads or stainless steel wire brushes.
The acid treatment shall be followed by immersion in a rinse water tank,
followed, if necessary, by a spray rinse. The stainless steel products shall
be allowed to air dry to achieve passivation.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - nO.doc
TI0-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T10
STAINLESS STEEL PIPING - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE
After shop fabrication into pipe spools, exterior welds and heat affected
zone will be cleaned using one or both of the following applications:
. All internal welds, where accessible, shall be cleaned manually
and/or mechanically scrubbed or brushed with non metallic pads or
st,ainless steel wire brushes to remove weld discoloration (rinsed
with clean water and allowed to air dry.
. Application of a pickling paste to remove any weld discoloration,
followed by a clean water rinse and allowed to air dry.
WELDING:
Welding of pipe spools shall be performed using welders and procedures
qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX. Piping with wall thicknesses
up to and including 11GA (0.125") shall be welded with TIG (GTAW) process.
Heavier walls shall be beveled according to procedure, root pass welded with
the TIG (GTAW) and have subsequent weld passes performed using the TIG
(GTAW), MIG (GMAW), or Metallic Air (SMAW) process. F~ller metal of equal or
superior E:LC grades only shall be added to all welds to provide a cross
section at the weld equal to or greater than the parent metal. Weld deposit
shall be srr'.ooth and evenly distributed.
Concavity, undercut, cracks, or crevices shall not be allowed. Butt welds
shall have full penetration to the interior surface, and inert argon gas
shielding shall be provided to the interior and exterior of the joints.
Angle face rings shall be continuously welded on both sides to pipe or
fitting. Exterior welds, such as the back side of face rings or flanges and
structural attachments, may be welded by the MIG (GMAW) or Metallic Arc
(SMAW) process; interior surface on very light walls. Excessive weld
deposits, 'slag, spatter, and projections shall be removed by grinding. Welds
on gasket surfaces shall be ground smooth.
Spools shall be fabricated to the "Pipe Fabrication Institute"
tolerances ES-3 (1981).
fabricating
After fabrication, pipe spools shall be plugged, blanked or capped for
storage and/or transport.
labeled showing line number and spool number
Spools longer than 8'-0" shall have labels at
All pipe spools shall be
utilizing an adhesive label.
each spool, on opposite sides.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of
the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T10.doc
T10-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
SECTION Tn
CONTROL VALVES
SCOPE:
-
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install, test and
make ready for operation, plug valves and actuators with water fitted
hydraulic cylinders.
The valves and actuator system shall be located as shown on the drawings and
are as follows:
. VI, Pump No. 1 Discharge, 16"
. V2, Pump No. 2 Discharge, 16"
. V3, Siphon Line, 20"
. V4, Prime Line, 16"
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
Each plug valve shall be used as a shutoff and check valve to prevent back
flow through each line when that line is not in operation.
The valve manufacturer shall be responsible for providing a complete and
operable system.
FACTORY TESTING:
Each valve shall be fully assembled in the shop prior to testing. Test heads
shall be bolted to each waterway flange and with the plug in a partially open
position, Hach valve shall be tested hydro-statically at a test pressure
equal to t\'rice the specified shutoff pressure (not to exceed 100 psi). This
test pressure shall show no evidence of structure failure, seeps or leakage
at any point.
Each set of valve seats shall also be tested for leakage, with one test head
removed and the plug closed. A test pressure equal to the specified working
pressure shall be applied and maintained for 15 minutes, during which time
the leakagE! through the valve shall not exceed 0.03 gallon per minute per
foot of valve waterway diameter.
After complete assembly, each valve shall be opened and closed at least three
times. Each complete valve and control assembly shall be operated as a unit.
SUBMITTALS:
Submit six copies of shop drawings and engineering data for approval in
accordance with the requirements of the Supplementary Conditions of these
specifications.
'zm..
~.I
!,NGINEERS
9803-01 - T11.doc
Tll-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tn
CONTROL VALVES
Installation, operation, and maintenance manuals shall be furnished in
accordance with the requirements of the Supplementary Conditions of these
specificati.ons.
STORAGE AND PROTECTION:
The equipment shall be stored and protected in a clean dry environment by the
contractor.
QUALITY AS~iURANCE:
The manufa,:::turer shall provide the Engineer with written certification that
all products furnished comply with all applicable requirements of these
specifications.
MATERIALS ]\ND CONSTRUCTION:
General:
The equipment covered by these specifications is intended to be standard
equipment ,:)f proven ability, as manufactured by reputable concerns having
long experience in the production of such equipment. The equipment furnished
shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best
practice and methods and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown
on the drawings.
The equipment shall be designed and built for 24 hour continuous service at
any and all points within the specified range of operation without
overheating', cavitation and excessive vibration or strain.
All parts shall be designed and proportioned as to have liberal strength,
stability c.nd stiffness and to be especially adapted for the work to be done.
Ample room and facilities shall be provided for inspection, repairs and
adjustments.
Stainless steel nameplates giving the name of the manufacturer, serial
number, model number and all other pertinent data shall be attached to each
valve and actuator.
Pluq Valves:
Valves shall be 90 degree turn non-lubricated eccentric type with resilient
faced plugs. Design of the valve shall provide that contact between the seat
and the plug shall only occur in the final degrees of plug movement. Valves
shall be suitable for throttling service and service where valve operati2,n is
infrequent.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T11.doc
Tll-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tll
CONTROL VALVES
shutoff up to full pressure rating with
Pressure ratings shall be established by
accordance with ANSI BI6.I. Valves shall be
Valves shall provide drip-tight
pressure in either direction.
hydrostatic: tests conducted in
rated at a minimum of 150 psi.
Port area shall be equal to at least 80 percent of the full pipe area.
Bodies sha:'.l
nuts, bolt:"
ASTME B 151,
flanges.
be cast-iron, conforming with ASTM A 126 Class B. All exposed
springs, washer, etc. shall be zinc coated in accordance with
Class 125. Flanged valves shall have ANSI 125 pound standard
Valve seat:, shall be raised; welded-in overlay of not less than 90 percent
pure nickel, machined to mate with the resilient faced plug. Overlay shall
be minimum of 1/8-inch thick.
The plug shall be of semi-steel, conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B. Plug
facing shall be a synthetic rubber compound of approximately 70 durometer
hardness bonded to the plug. Facing material shall be abrasion resistant and
suitable for service in sewage applications.
Valves 'shall be furnished with replaceable sleeve-type bearings in the upper
and lower journals. Bearings shall comply with applicable requirements of
AWWA C 507.. Bearings materials shall have a proven record of service of not
less than five years.
The valve body shall be fitted with a bolted bonnet incorporating a stuffing
box and pull-down packing gland. Pacing shall be the split chevron type.
Design of exposed valves shall allow visible inspection of the shaft seal,
adjustment of the packing, and replacement of the packing, all without
disturbing the bonnet or valve operator. The shaft seal shall comply with
the requirements of AWWA C 504.
Valves shall be equipped with double-acting water hydraulic cylinder actuated
operators ,:or operation on 50 psi minimum cylinder supply. The operators
shall be capable of closing the valve against the ultimate pump shutoff head
of 81 feet. The operators shall be designed to operate against 1 psi back
pressure on the cylinder discharge. Operators shall be scotch-yoke or rack
and gear t~~e and shall be enclosed, running in oil, with seals provided on
all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the operator. All shaft
bearings shall be permanently lubricated bronze bushings. Operator shall
clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to
set closin9 torque. Construction of operator housing shall. be semi-steel.
All exposed nuts, bolts and washers shall be zinc plated in accordance with
ASTM A 153. Operators shall be equipped with mechanical means to isolate
the cylindo~r actuator from the gear operator so that the valve can be
operated through the gear operator without disconnecting hydraulic lines.
Cylinder actuated operators shall comply with requirements of, AWWA C 540.
Each operator shall be equipped with a 4-way and a 2-way solenoid valve
suitable for 120 VAC operation. Each valve operator shall be equipped with
limit switches for fully open, partially open, and fully closed positions.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T11.doc
Tll-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tll
CONTROL VALVES
Each limit switch shall be provided with a dray contact for remote indication
of valve position.
Valve Control Devices:
Limit Switches: 120 VAC, double pole, silicon bronze body, NEMA 4X and NEMA
7, watertiqht corrosion resistant, and hazardous location. Equal to Cutler-
Hammer Type: CBX.
Solenoid Vcllves: 120 VAC, watertight and explosion-proof body, forged brass.
Equal to ASCO Red Hat Bulletin 8223 for 2-way solenoid valve and Bulletin
8344 for 4-way solenoid valve.
VALVEOPERA,TION AND CONTROL FUNCTION:
Cylinders shall be furnished with necessary accessories and controls required
to accomplish the functions as described in the "Sequence of Operations" in
Section 12A of these specifications.
TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS:
One set of all special tools required for normal operation and maintenance,
shall be furnished in a suitable steel tool chest, complete with lock and
duplicate keys.
All spare parts shall be properly protected for long periods of storage and
packed in containers which are clearly identified with indelible markings as
to contents.
INSTALLATION:
Installatio::l shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instruction.s and recommendations in the locations shown on the drawings.
Supports shall be provided in accordance with the contract drawings and the
manufacturer's approved shop drawings.
SURFACE PRE:?ARATION AND SHOP PAINTING:
All surface:s shall be prepared and shop primed as part of the work under this
section. Surface preparation and shop priming shall be as specified in
Section T8 of these specifications.
FIELD PAINTING:
Field painting is specified under Section T8 of these specifications. The
primer and paint used in the field shall be products of the same manufacturer
as the shop primer to assure compatibility.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T1L doc
Tll-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tll
CONTROL VALVES
All name pl.ates shall be properly protect during painting.
Gears, bearing surfaces and other similar surfaces obviously not to be
painted, shall be given a heavy shop coat of grease or other suitable rust-
resistant c:oating. This coating shall be maintained as necessary to prevent
corrosion during periods of storage and erection and shall be satisfactory to
the OAR up to the time of the final acceptance test.
INSPECTION AND TESTING:
The EngineE~r shall have the right to inspect, test or witness tests of all
materials or equipment to be furnished under these specifications, prior to
their shipment from the point of manufacturer.
The Enginee:r shall be notified in writing and in ample time prior to initial
shipment scthat arrangements can be made for inspection by the Engineer.
The EngineHr or representative shall be furnished all facilities, including
labor, and shall be allowed proper time for inspection and testing of
materials and equipment.
Materials .:J,nd equipment shall be tested or inspected as required by the
Engineer, and the cost of such work shall be included in the cost of the
equipment. The Contractor shall anticipate that delays may be caused because
of the necessity for inspection, testing and accepting materials and
equipment before their use is approved.
When fully shop assembled, each valve shall be submitted to leakage test with
valve in closed position and seats under maximum working pressure, leakage
shall be negligible.
Each v,alve" when fully shop assembled, shall be given at least two
operational tests. The valve and its respective controls shall be operated
as a unit to test the function of control.
Field tests shall not be conducted until such time that the entire
installation is complete and ready for testing.
MANUFACTURER SERVICE:
The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the equipment manufacturer
stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the
equipment i.s ready for operation and that the operating personnel have been
suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication and care of each unit.
The equipment manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent and
experienced representative, having complete knowledge of proper operation and
maintenance of the equipment, fora period of not less than seven days, in
two separate visits, to inspect the installed equipment, supervise the
initial test run, and to provide instructions to the Owner's personnel.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tll.doc
Tll-5
I
I
SECTION Tll
CONTROL VALVES
I
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
Plug valvell shall be a as manufactured by DeZURIK, or approved equal.
I
PAYMENT:
No separat(~ payment will be made for work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
9803-01 - Tll.doc
Tll-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T12
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, materials and appliances and performing all
operations in connection with the furnishing, testing and initial operation
of the pumping and electrical equipment, complete with all appurtenances, in
strict acc,:>rdance with this specifications and the applicable drawings, and
subj ect to the terms and conditions of the contract. The pumps and motors
specified herein and the motor control center and controls specified in
Section T12A shall be furnished by one supplier to make a completely
coordinated installation.
PUMPING EQUIPMENT:
GENERAL:
Standard Products: The equipment furnished under this section of the
specifications shall be standard products in regular production by
manufacture,rs who are regularly engaged in the production of equipment of
this type, and who have produced such units which have been in satisfactory
and successful wastewater treatment plant works operation for a period of at
least five years.
Pumps: Furnish three (3) submersible non-clog pumps meeting the. following
performance requirements. The' pump's submersible electric motor shall be
capable of operation on 460 Volts, three (3) phase, 60 Hz service. The motor
shall be supplied with properly sized electric submersible power cable and
control cable sized in accordance with NEC standards.
Capacities (GPM)
Minimum Efficiency (%)
TDH (Feet)
6,000
7,000
8,000
Shut Off
56.0
51. 0
45.0
81.0
81%
83%
82%
Two (2) pumps will be installed and one (1) will be a spare. Supplier shall
supply ston,ge instructions for all pumps within 30 days of approval.
The pumps shall be KSB Inc. Model. KRTK 350-420/1206XG explosion proof
submersible pumps, and shall be identical in all respects to pumps furnished in
1999 and in:stalled at the Augusta James B. Messerly Waste Water Treatment Plant
Lift Station. The pumps shall include 143 H.P. motors and 30 ft. long power
and control cables as furnished on above referenced project.
Referenced Standards:
American Ir,)n & Steel Institute (AISI)
American So.:iety for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
Factory Mutual (FM)
Hydraulic Institute Standards for Centrifugal, Recip, Pumps (HI)
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T12.doc
T12-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T12
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
National Electrical Code (NEC)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)
WARRANTY:
The pump manufacturer shall warrant the pump and motor to the OWNER against
defects in workmanship and materials for a period of seven (7) years under
normal use and service for municipal Wastewater Sewerage System Lift Station
applications. The pump manufacturer's warranties shall be in published form
and shall apply to all similar units. A copy of each warranty shall be
provided to the OWNER.
PUMP DESIGN:
The pump's design shall allow for removal and reinstallation of the pump
without thE~ need for personnel to enter the confined space of the wet well
and withou1: the removal of bolts, nuts or other fasteners. The pump shall
connect to a permanently mounted discharge connection by simple downward
motion, wii:hout rotation, guided by at least two non-load bearing Type 316
stainless ~:teel guides. No part of the pump shall bear directly on the floor
of the wet well.
Each pump t.hall also be supplied with a tall stainless steel bail permanently
affixed to the pump top. This bail shall have a distance of not less than
twenty-four (24) inches between the pump and top of the bail. The bail shall
be arranged so as to allow a crane to attach directly to the pump and to lift
the pump out of the pit in one motion.
PUMP CONSTRUCTION:
Pump casin9 and motor housing shall be of at mJ.nJ.mum ASTM A48 Class 35 cast
iron with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes and other irregularities.
Impeller and intermediate housing shall be manufactured of Nickel, Manganese,
Molybdenum Cast Iron having a brinnell hardness of 300.
Chemical Composition:
Carbon 3.0 - 3-5%
Silica 1.2 - 2.0%
Manganese 0.7 - 1.0%
Nickel 1.8 - 2.2%
Molybdenum 0.6 - 0.9%
All exposed fasteners shall be ASTM A 276 Type 316Ti stainless steel.
Mating surfaces between components where. watertight integrity is critical
shall be. machined and fitted with Nitrile Rubber or Viton a-rings. No
secondary sealing compounds, greases, or other devices shall be used.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T12.doc
T12-2
I
a
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T12
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
COOLING SYSTEM:
The motor shall be adequately sized and designed so that integrally cast
motor cooling fins have sufficient surface area to allow the motor to run
continuously in submerged or partially submerged conditions without the need
for interna.l oil circulation systems. The motor's design shall allow it to
be capable of running for extended periods in a dry mode without damage to
the motor or seals. Motors cooled by the pumped medium will not be
acceptable.
CABLE AND C~BLE ENTRY SEAL:
The power cable shall be suitable for the submersible applicable and sized in
accordance with NEC requirements. The cable entry shall consist of a grommet
compressed by two stainless steel washers with strain relief being supplied
as part of the entry design. The entire end of the cable shall be sealed
inside the cable entry housing through the use of a non-shrink epoxy resin.
Each individual cable lead shall be sealed by a monolithic solder dam formed
on a bare stripped section. The cable entry design shall insure that not
entry of moisture is possible into the high-voltage motor terminal area even
if the cable is damaged or severed below water level to a submerged depth of
up to 85 feet.
MOTOR:
The submersible motor shall be squirrel cage, induction in design, housed in
a completely watertight and air filled chamber. The motor shall have at
minimum a 1.10 service factor and be suitable for use in Class 1, Division 1,
Group C & D atmospheres as Explosion Proof. The motor stator shall use at
minimum Class F insulation rated for 311 Degrees F. The motors shall be
designed, rated, and warranted for continuous operation and capable of at
minimum fifteen (15) starts per hour. Temperature monitors shall be embedded
in the motor windings for use in conjunction with and supplemental to
external mctor overload protection. The pump's control shall shut down the
pump should any of the monitors detect high temperature and automatically
reset once motor temperature returns to normal. The motor shall also be
supplied wi th a sensor in the motor's stator cavity which allows a control
panel mounted relay to indicate any leakage into the motor stator chamber and
shut down the pump. Motors containing di-electric oils used for motor
cooling or ::,earing lubrication will not be considered.
BEARINGS:
Furnish upp'8r and lower bearings as needed to provide a B10 bearing life of at
minimum 50,000 hours at anticipated axial and radial loadings. The bearings
shall be op8n, regreasable type. Open-type bearings shall be provided with re-
lubrication ports with positive anti-leak plugs for periodic addition of
lubrication from external to the pump in accordance with the bearing
manufacture's recommendations without requiring disassembly of pump or motor.
The pump and motor design shall accommodate storage of the old displaced grease
inside the motor and pump without requiring disassembly of the motor or pump.
The upper c.nd lower thrust bearing shall both be provided with a temperature
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T12. doc
T12-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T12
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
monitor. This sensor shall be Resistance Type (RTD) with a linear relationship
between temperature and resistance. A supervision relay shall be supplied for
each sensor to provide dry contact closures indicating "Status OK', "Pre-Alarm"
and "Alarm Shutdown" plus a 0-10 VDC analog signal follower for temperature
indication.
MECHANICAL SEALS:
Each pump shall be provided with two totally independent mechanical shaft
seals, insi:alled in tandem, each with its own independent spring system
acting in a. common direction. The upper seal shall operate in an oil-filled
chamber wit.h drain, inspection plug, and positive anti-leak seal for access
from external to the pump. The lower seal shall be of bellows type with both
faces of Silicon Carbide. The seals shall require neither routine
maintenance nor adjustment, but be capable of being easily inspected and
replaced. The seals shall be non-proprietary in design, with replacements
available from a source other than the pump manufacturer. Double mechanical
seals with single or multiple springs acting in opposed direction; cartridge-
type mechanical seals, or seals with face materials other than those
specified w~ll not be considered. Motors shall contain paraffin base oil in
the seal chamber.
SEAL LEAKAG8 DETECTION:
The pump shall be furnished with _ a monitoring system to signal in the event
either the upper or lower mechanical seal leaks. The monitoring system shall
be a stainless steel mechanical float switch located in a separate seal
leakage co:Llection chamber. This seal leakage monitoring and collection
system shall be designed so that no seal leakage is allowed to penetrate into
the motor chamber or lower bearing assembly. Sealing of the bearing assembly
shall be accomplished through the use of two (2) rotary shaft seals each with
its own shaft sleeve. These seals shall be in addition to the mechanical
seals as de:scribed. Seal leakage designs allowing leakage in to motor stator
cavity for detection will not be considered.
SHAFT:
-
Provide a common pump and motor shaft of sufficient size to transmit full
driver output with a maximum deflection of 0.002 inches measured at the lower
mechanical seal. The shaft shall be of ASTM A576 Gr 1045N and be isolated
from the pumped media by a replaceable Type 420 stainless steel shaft sleeve
under the l<)wer mechanical seal.
IMPELLER AND WEAR RINGS:
Provide non-clog type impellers, capable of passing at minimum a four (4)
inch spherj~cal solid. The impeller shall be statically and dynamically
balanced. The pump shall be provided with hard metal wear rings on both the
casing and impeller. Wear rings shall be of. 400 Series stainless steel
material halTing a brinell hardness of at minimum 300.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T12.doc
T12-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T12
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL:
Certified tests shall be performed on the actual assembled pumps to be
supplied. These tests shall be performed in accordance with the Test Code
for Centrifugal Pumps per the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute. Tests
shall cove:, a range from shut-off to a minimum 20% beyond the specified
des ign performance capacity. The test conducted on all supplied pumps shall
be certified and generate a curve showing actual flow, head, BHP and
hydraulic efficiency. These test curves shall be submitted to the engineer
for approval prior to shipping.
VERIFICATION OF PERFORMANCE:
All pumps shall be field tested after installation to demonstrate
satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration, cavitation or
over-heating. Any pump which fails to meet any of these specifications will
be modified, repaired, or replaced by the VENDOR at no additional cost to the
PURCHASER.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
Six copies of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals, and
other documentation shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions of these specifications.
PAYMENT:
No separate: payment will be made for work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Base Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T12.doc
T12-5
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
GENERAL:
I
The equipment to be furnished under this section of the specifications shall
consist of a motor control center, a control panel, and two ultrasonic level
transducer systems.
I
The motor control center, control panel, and level transducers specified
herein and the three (3) pumps and motors (two installed and one uninstalled
spare) specified in Section T12 shall be furnished by one supplier to make a
complete:~y coordinated system. The control system shall provide operation of
the lift station as described under "Sequence of Operation" contained in
this sect:ion of the specification.
I
I
The components of the motor control center and control panel are to be
duplicates insofar as possible of equipment furnished for the Augusta
Utilitie~; Department J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant Lift Station.
I
POWER SUPPLY:
I
The electrical service to the motor control center will come from a Georgia
Power Company pole mounted transformer bank connected 480Y /277 volts. As
the neut:ral will not be utilized, service will be 480 volts, 3 phase, 60
hertz wit:h ground. Feeder will be rated at 475 amps and will consist of 3-
750 KCMII. copper conductors and a #4/0 copper ground conductor.
I
MOTOR COI'ITROL CENTER:
I
Arranqememt: The motor control center shall consist of a main breaker
section, horizontal. bus section, 2 non-reversing combination solid state
reduced voltage controllers with by-pass contactors for the lift pumps, and
a vertical section containing 2-size 1 combination starters, 2 feeder
breakers, and blank spaces for future use. The arrangement of the motor
control center shall be generally as shown on Drawing No. 12.
I
I
The control panel shall be in an enclosure to match and line up with the
motor control center.
I
Requlator-y requirements: The MCC must conform to Underwriters Laboratory
(UL) 845, current revision, NEMA ICS-3, Part 1, and the latest version of
the National Electrical Code. The MCC must be manufactured in an ISO 9002
certified facility.
I
Packinq and shippinq: The MCC shall be separated into shipping blocks no
more than three vertical sections each. Shipping blocks may be shipped on
their sides to permit easier handl~ng at the job site. Each shipping block
shall include a removable lifting angle, which will allow an easy means of
attaching an overhead crane or other suitable lifting equipment.
I
I
Storaqe:
receipt,
building
are from
If the MCC cannot be placed into
the Contractor shall store it
free from temperature extremes.
o DC (32 ,OF) to 40 DC (104 of).
service reasonably soon after its
_ in a clean, dry, and ventilated
Acceptable storage temperatures
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl2A.doc
T12A-1
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
Warranty: The MCC shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials
and wor~nanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of startup.
I
Material:~: Steel material shall comply with UL 845 requirements.
I
The MCC :3hall consist of the required vertical sections of heavy gauge .steel
bolted together to form a rigid, free-standing assembly. A removable 7-
gauge st;:uctural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the MCC
lineup at the top. Removable 10-gauge bottom channel sills shall be mounted
underneath front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full width
of the lineup. Vertical sections shall be made of welded side-frame
assembly formed from a minimum of 12-gauge ste-el. Internal reinforcement
structural parts shall be of 12- and 14-gauge steel to provide a strong,
rigid as:3embly. The entire assembly shall be constructed and packaged to
withstand normal stresses incurred during transit and installation.
I
I
Structures: Structures shall be totally enclosed, dead-front, free-
standing assemblies. Structures shall be capable of being bolted together
to form o. single assembly.
I
I
The over.3.11 height of the MCC shall not exceed 90" (not including base
channel or lifting angle). Base channels, 1.5" in height, and a 3" high
lifting a.ngle shall be removable. The total width of one section shall be
20", 25", 30" or 36" as required to house designated equipment, and shall be
20" deep.
I
Structures shall be NEMA lA, gasketed general purpose, for indoor use. Each
section shall have all the necessary hardware and bussing for the designated
use. Any unused space shall be covered by bolted blank doors. Each section
shall include a top plate (single piece or two-piece). Top plates shall be
removable for ease in cutting conduit entry openings.
I
I
Paintinq: All steel parts shall be provided with UL listed acrylic baked
enamel paint finish, except plated parts used for ground connections. All
painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatment process, followed by
the finishing paint coat. Pre-treatment shall include:
I
Hot alkaline cleaner to remove grease and oil.
I
Iron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosion resistance.
Non-chromE~ sealer to enhance corrosion resistance.
I
The paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to insure a
uniform paint coat with high adhesion.
I
The standard paint finish shall be able to pass a 5% ASTM salt spray
evaluated per UL50, part 13 and ASTM B117 with less than 1/8" loss of paint
from a scribed line.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl2A.d(.c
T12A-2
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
Paint color shall be #49 medium light gray per ANSI Standard Z55.1-967 on
all surfaces unless specified otherwise. Control station plates and
escutcheon plates shall be painted a contrasting gray. All unit interior
saddles shall be painted white for better visibility inside the unit.
I
Wireways: Structures shall contain a minimum 12 in. high horizontal wireway
at the top of each section and a minimum 6 in. high horizontal wireway at
the bottom of each section. These wireways shall run the full length of MCC
to allow room for power and control cable to connect between units in
differen~ sections.
I
I
Structurl~s that house a single, full section control unit are not required
to have vertical wireways. Those control units must open directly into the
MCC horizontal wireways.
I
Barriers: All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from
the unit compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted
onto a glass filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against
the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal bus shall be
isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a two-piece grounded steel
barrier. This barrier shall be removable to allow access to the bus and
connections for maintenance.
I
I
If vertical bussing is used to connect the circuit breakers to the main bus,
the verti_cal bus shall be housed in a molded glass-filled polyester support
that provides bus insulation and braces the bus against the forces generated
during a. short circuit. Barriers shall be provided in the vertical
structure and unit designs to prevent the contact of any energized bus or
terminal by a fishtape inserted through the conduit or wireway areas.
I
I
Bussinq: All bussing and connectors shall be tin-plated copper or silver-
plated copper. The main horizontal bus shall be rated at 600 amps minimum
continuous and shall extend the full length of the MCC. Bus ratings shall
be based on 650C maximum temperature rise in a maximum 400C ambient.
provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either
end of tbe MCC.
I
I
The hori;:ontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled onto the horizontal
bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice
shall use four bolts, two on each side of the splice bars, for each phase.
I
I
Additional bolts
The splice bolts
splice assembly.
single tool.
must not be required when splicing higher amperage bus.
shall secure to captive nuts installed on the back of the
It shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a
I
A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided that runs the entire length
of the MCC. The ground bus shall be 0.25" x 1.0" and be rated for 300 amps
mJ.nJ.mum. A mechanical lug shall be provided in the MCC for a 4/0-250 kcmil
ground cable. The ground bus shall be provided with (6) 0.38" holes for
each vertical section to accept customer-supplied ground lugs for any loads
requiring a ground conductor. Each vertical section shall have a tin-plated
copper vertical ground bus that is connected to the horizontal ground bus.
I
I
'ZEL. ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TIlA.doc
T12A-3
-I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
The poweJ~ bus system shall be braced for a short_ circuit capacity of 65,000
rms amperes minimum.
I
Main Circuit Breaker Section: The main circuit breaker section shall be 25"
wide and 20" deep, and shall contain the main breaker and a 3 phase
lightnin9 arrester/surge capacitor.
I
Circuit Breaker:
I
The main circuit breaker shall be an 800 amp frame high interrupting
capacity thermal magnetic breaker, 480 volts, 3 phase, 600 amp trip rating,
65KA int'~rrupting rating. _ Lugs shall be provided for 1-750 KCMIL copper
conductor per phase entering from bottom. The circuit breaker shall be
connected to the main bus by bus bars of same rating and material as the
main bus. The circuit breaker shall be Square-D MH frame, Type M6MBB600 or
approved equal.
I
I
Liqhtninq Arrester: A 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire lightning arrester/surge
capacitor shall be installed in the main breaker section and connected to
feeder ahead of the main breaker.
I
Size 5 Starters:
I
Uni t construction: All circuit breaker disconnects shall be connected
directly to the main horizontal bus with appropriately sized cable or riser
bus.
I
All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be
shrouded by a suitable insulating material to reduce the possibility of
accidental contact with those parts.
I
A cast me,tal handle operator must be provided on each disconnect. With the
unit dOOI' closed, the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control
of the unit disconnect with clear indication of the disconnects status. All
circuit breaker operators shall include a separate TRIPPED position to
clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to
reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door.
I
I
A mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit door
when the disconnect is in the ON position. Another mechanical interlock
shall prevent the operator from placing the disconnect in the ON position
while the unit door is open. It shall be possible for authorized personnel
to defeat these interlocks. .
I
Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the OFF position
with up to three padlocks.
I
Handle mechanisms shall be located on the left side to encourage operators
to stand to the left of the unit being switched.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl2A.cloc
T12A-4
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
Combination motor starters: Each combination motor starter for pumps shall
consist of a circuit breaker disconnect and a solid state reduced voltage
starter wi th a NEMA rated shorting contactor. The starter units shall be
coordinated with the pump motors being furnished under the pump section of
this specification. .
I
I
Circuit breakers: All circuit breakers shall be heavy-duty thermal
magnetic or motor circuit protectors similar and equal to SQUARE D type KAL
or LAL as required. Each motor breaker shall be adequately sized to meet
the pump motor operating characteristics and shall have a minimum
interrupting capacity of 14,000 amps at 480 VAC.
I
Circuit breakers shall be indicating type, providing "on-off-trip" positions
of the operating handle. When the breaker is tripped automatically, the
handle shall assume a middle position indicating "trip".
I
Thermal nagnetic' breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break on manual and
automatic: operation and have inverse time characteristics secured through
the use of bimetallic tripping elements supplemented by a magnetic trip.
I
I
Breakers shall be designed so that an overload on one pole automatically
trips and opens all legs. Field installed handle ties shall not be
acceptable. All circuit breakers shall be equipped for shunt trip operation.
I
Motor starters: Motor starters shall be solid state reduced voltage type
providin9 a smooth stepless acceleration of the motor through the use of
multiple silicon rectifiers. The acceleration shall be controlled by
gradual application of the voltage to provide a "soft start". The
adjustable current-limit features shall limit current to 25%-70% and
starting torque to 6%-49% respectively of full voltage values.
I
I
Motor protection shall be provided by calculating the temperature rise of
the motor and starter. Motor protection shall be effective with contact or
shorting and total loss of power. A ramp down signal shall be provided to
ramp the motors down to 0 speed when a stop signal is initiated.
I
A shortir..g contactor shall be supplied to transfer the motor load when full
speed is reached. A contact on the solid state starter will close to
energize the NEMA rated shorting contactor and transfer the load. When the
motor is called to stop the load will be transferred back to the solid state
starter for proper ramping.
I
I
The contJ:ol system shall provide for opening the circuit breaker in the
event of a reduced voltage solid state starter failure.
I
Control circuit transformers shall be provided for each starter and shall
include internal thermal overload protection, two primary fuses, and one
secondary fuse (in the non-grounded secondary conductor). The transformer
shall be sized to accommodate the contactor (s) and all connected control
circuit loads. The transformer. rating shall be visible from the front when
the unit door is opened.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TllA.doc
T12A-5
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
Auxiliary control circuit relays and interlocks shall be provided as
required for pump motor protection and for operation of the control system.
Relays and/or sensing devices shall be provided to monitor individually each
protecting device located within the pump motors. Relays shall be Warwick
or an approved equal. (A solid state device that monitors all motor
functiontl will not be acceptable.) Contactor on auxiliary relays shall be
field convertible to NO or NC operation when possible.
I
I
Type B w:~ring shall be provided with terminal blocks readily accessible for
wiring and trouble shooting when unit door is open. Terminal blocks shall
be 600 volt, 25 amps, and all current carrying parts shall be tin plated.
I
Pluq in ~;ection:
I
One 20" wide section shall be furnished with a 300 amp vertical bus to
accept plug-in starter units and feeder circuit breakers. This section
shall include 2 size 1 circuit breaker combination starter units, 2-30 amp
feeder circuit breaker units, and blank covers for the unused spaces.
I
Wireway: A full-depth vertical wireway shall be provided in each MCC
section 'r;hat accepts modular plug-on units. The vertical wireway shall
connect with both the top and bottom horizontal wireway and shall be
isolated from unit interiors by a full height barrier. The vertical wireway
shall be 4" wide minimum with a separate hinged door. There should be a
minimum e,f 4,000,,3 of cabling space available. Access to the wireways shall
not require opening control unit doors.
I
I
I
Barriers: The vertical bus shall be housed in a molded glass-filled
polyester support that provides bus insulation and braces the bus against
the forcl~s generated during a short circuit. These supports shall have
openings every 3" (76.2 mm) for unit stab-on connections. Each opening
shall be provided with a manual shutter to close off the stab opening.
I
These shutters shall be attached to the structure so that when they are
removed (to allow a stab connection) they are retained in the structure and
are readily accessible for use should a plug-on unit be removed from the
MCC.
I
I
Barriers shall be provided in the vertical structure and unit designs to
prevent the contact of any energized bus or terminal by a fishtape inserted
through the conduit or wireway areas.
I
Unit Contltruction: Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 250 A
frame, and fusible switch disconnects through 200 A, shall connect to the
vertical bus through a spring reinforced stab-on connector. Stabs on all
plug-on units shall be solidly bussed to the unit disconnect. Cabled stab
assemblies are not permitted.
I
All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be
shrouded by a sui table insulating material to reduce the possibility of
accidental contact with those parts.
I
I
Unit mounting shelves shall include hanger brackets to support the unit
weight during installation and removal. All plug-on units shall use a
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl2A.cloc
T12A-6
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
twin-handle camming lever located at the top of the bucket to rack in and
out the plug-on unit. The cam lever shall work in conj unction with the
hanger brackets to ensure positive stab alignment.
I
A cast metal handle operator must be provided on each disconnect. With the
unit stabs engaged into the vertical phase bus and the unit door closed,
the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control of the unit
disconneGt with clear indication of the disconnects status. All circuit
breaker operators shall include a separate TRIPPED position to clearly
indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a
tripped .=ircuit breaker without opening the control unit door.
I
I
A mechar:.ical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit
door whEm the disconnect is in the ON position. Another mechanical
interlock shall prevent the operator from placing the disconnect in the ON
position while the unit door is open. It shall be possible for authorized
personnel to defeat these ~nterlocks.
I
I
A non-defeatable interlock shall be provided between the handle operator
and the cam lever to prevent installing or removing a plug-on unit unless
the disconnect is in the OFF position.
I
The plug-on unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the
vertical ground bus before, and releases after, the power bus stab-on
connecto::-s.
I
provisions shall be provided for locking all djsconnects in the OFF
position with up to three padlocks.
I
Handle m'~chanisms shall be located on the left. side to encourage operators
to stand to the left of the unit being switched.
I
Unit con:3truction shall combine with the vertical wireway isolation barrier
to provide a fully compartmentalized design.
I
Combinat:Lon starters: All combination starters shall use a unit disconnect
as specified in the previous articles. Square D Coinpany Type S magnetic
starters shall be furnished in all combination starter units. All starters
shall utilize NEMA rated contactors. Starters shall be provided with a
three-poj.e, external manual reset, overload relay for ambient compensated
bimetallic overload units.
I
I
Control circuit transformers shall be provided and shall include two
primary protection fuses and one secondary fuse (in the non-ground
secondary conductor). The transformer shall be sized to accommodate the
contactor and all connected control circuit loads. The transformer rating
shall be fully visible from the front when the unit door is opened.
I
Wiring shall be Type B with pull-apart control terminal blocks rated 600
V., 25A.
I
All starters shall include door mounted start-stop pushbuttons and a red
"Run" light. Starters shall also include extra contacts for connections to
SCADA to indicate "Motor Running" and "Motor Tripped".
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T1lA. doc
T12A-7
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
Size 1 starter units shall be mounted in 12" high spaces.
I
Feeder circuit breaker units: Circuit breaker units specified on drawings
may be mounted in 6" high spaces, or side-by-side in 12" high spaces. All
applicable provisions of above paragraphs shall apply.
I
CONTROL :,YSTEM:
I
A control system with a programmable controller and other devices as
required shall be furnished for the lift station and shall be installed in a
cabinet approximately 30" wide, 20" deep, and height to match the MCC
enclosures. Cabinet to be located as shown on Drawing No. 12.
I
The programmable controller system shall consist of a processor with a
built-in power supply and a base for mounting the input/output modules.
Expansion of the input/output to 256 I/O for increased flexibility shall be
a standard feature.
I
A control power transformer shall be included to provide '120 volts AC to the
control panel and processor. The expansion of the power supply shall allow
for the addition of add-on input/output modules.
I
Programs shall be developed using a separate programmer or an IBM or
compatible computer. The hand held programmer shall use Boolean format,
however, if the IBM computer is utilized, a ladder diagram format will be
acceptable. All programming, editing and monitoring functions shall be
prompted and executed through the ten (10) multi-function soft keys of the
personal computer.
I
I
The programmable controller shall be provided with standard features which
shall include (1) relay logic, (2) bit read and control, (3) timers, (4)
counters, (5) synchronous shift registers, (6-) data transfer and comparison,'
and (7) master relays.
I
I
Standard features shall also include binary-to-BCD and BCD-to-binary
conversicn, transitional output, four math function (add, subtract,
multiply, divide) and a jump feature for scan control. The unit shall also
feature ffiultiple functions such as reversible counter, bi-directional shift
register, timer/counter and various multiplexing functions.
I
I
An operator interface shall be provided to allow 'workstation performance
loading with capabilities such as menus, data entry, data displays, security
passwords, barographs and interactive alarms.
I
The oper~ltor interface display shall be a 4 by 20 character display and
provides the interface with the PLC system through direct communications and
allows for operator modification of the configuration of the control system
through a keypad entry system. The interface shall be compatible and
interface with Square-D Sy/Max Model 50, 300, 400, 500, 600, 650 and 700
PLC's. The interface with the PLC system shall be through a communication
port (rs-485/4221) or a PLC data communications module. The display size
shall be a minimum of 1.0x3.0 inches.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TllA.(loc
T12A-8
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
The display
to provide
conditions.
adj ustab:Le.
shall utilize high contrast LCD technology and LED backlighting
high reliability and superior readability in all lighting
Both the back light and contrast levels shall be keypad
I
I
The keyp.:id shall be separated into easily identified groups or functions.
Each key shall have a raised perimeter to provide tactile feedback and
ensure positive response even with gloved hand operation.
I
The prog:cammable menu screen shall allow the operator quick access to any
portion of the control system. The software program shall be based on
operator selection and specification and shall not require training in
programming.
I
The operator interface shall be mounted to allow for easy viewing and
operation changes. The following options shall be available:
I
RS-232C communications port (50-foot max.)
RS-232 printer port.
I
Voltages: 240 VAC, 120 VAC, 24 VAC, 48 VDC, 24 VDC, and 12 VDC.
I
In the event of a complete failure of the control system, means shall be
provided to manually operate the system with assurance that only one pump
can be started at a time. This method of operation will require visual
observation of pit levels and pump shut-down.
I
LEVEL MEA.SUREMENT SYSTEM:
I
The level measurement system shall consist of 2-ultrasonic transducers and
2-micro-processor based processors to be used in conjunction with
programmable control system specified previously to control operation of
the siphon and pumps.
I
Transducers: The two ultrasonic transducers shall be "Echomax" XPS-IO
units by Milltronics. Units are to be hermatically sealed in Kynar and
sui table for use in a wastewater wet well. The transducers are to be
installed as shown on project drawings, and supplied with sufficient cable
to reach the control panel without splicing. Cable to be 2 wire
shielded/twisted, #20AWG, copper conductors, with an overall PVC jacket.
I
I
Processors: The processor uni ts shall be "Hydroranger" uni ts by
Milltronics, and shall be installed in the control panel. The units shall
have keyboard entry of applicable parameters stored in non-volatile
"EEPROM", via a detachable hand held calibrator which communicates via
infra-red signal.
I
I
Resolution of device shall be up to 0.1% of selected range.
+/-0.25% of selected range.
Accuracy of
I
Each unit shall have 5 multi-purpose relays with 1 form "C" (SPDT) contact
per relay.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TllA.coc
T12A-9
I
I
SECTION-T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
The level measurement system shall be programmed such that one Hydroranger
processo:: and its associated transducer will control wet well level, and
the other processor will be in "hot" stand-by mode. Should the controlling
processo:: fail, the other processor will immediately be switched to control
without interruptions. Means shall be provided to select the controlling
system.
I
I
Read out shall be by 4 character LCD display. Current output of 4-20ma at
0.1% resolution shall be available.
I
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
I
The ancillary equipment listed herein is a guide and does not relieve the
supplier from supplying a system that will function as required.
I
Phase monitors: A line voltage rated, adjustable phase monitor shall be
installed to sense low voltage, loss of power, reversed phasing and loss of
a phase. Control circuit shall de-energize upon sensing any of the faults
and shalJ. automatically restore service upon return to normal power.
I
When proper voltages are available to the system, the unit's internal relay
shall en8rgize and provide indication of normal power by illuminating an
LED. Any abnormal condition will cause the internal relay to de-energize,
the indi,::ator lamp will extinguish and a contact will open to disable the
pump stal:ting circuitry. The unit shall be capable of operating on Delta or
Wye systems, 50/60 HZ.
I
I
Each motor starter section shall be protected by individual phase monitors
that monitor the power supply at the secondary side of the breaker feeding
each section. The control circuit, for each MCC section, shall de-energize
upon sen~;ing any of the faults and shall automatically restore service upon
return to normal power.
I
I
Elapsed Time Meters: An elapsed time meter shall be mounted on the
control ~lection door for each pump, and one for the siphon to indicate time
that the siphon is in operation. The meters shall operate on 120 VAC,
shall indicate in hours (6 digits) and tenths and shall be non-resetable.
I
Push Buttons, Selector Switches, Etc.: All selector switches, push button
operator~: and indicating pilot lights shall be NEMA Type 4 ,Square D Class
9001, Type SX, or equal. In addition to indicating lights specified
elsewhere, two indicating lights shall be installed on the control panel,
one operated by force main pressure switch PS1 and labeled "PIL-Pressure on
Force Ma:.n", and one operated by force main vacuum switch VS1 and labeled
"SIL-Sipbon iri Operation".
I
I
Ventilation Fans: Ventilation fans controlled by thermostats shall be
installed in the pump starter MCC sections to maintain the internal
temperatures at acceptable levels. All equipment in motor control center
and control panel shall be suitable for operation in a non-air-conditioned
room.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TlZA. doc
T12A-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
Heater and Thermostat: A thermal heater and thermostat shall be installed
in the control panel to maintain the internal temperature of the enclosure
above th'3 dew point.
Narneplat'3s: Nameplates shall be engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC
compartm,mt, and each control section. Units shall be gray/black background
with white letters, measuring_ a minimum of 1.5" h x 6.25" w total outside
dimensions. Smaller nameplates of appropriate size shall be furnished for
individual devices.
Miscellaneous: A final as built drawing encapsulated in mylar shall be
attached to the inside of the front door of each section. A list of all
legends shall be included.
All component parts in the control panel shall be permanently marked and
identifiHd as they are indicated on the drawing. Marking shall be on the
back plate adjacent to the component. All control conductors shall be
identifiE!d with wire markers at each end as close as practical to the end
of conductor.
All panels shall be tested to the power requirements as shown on the plans
to assur.8 proper operation of all the components. Each control function
shall be activated to check for proper indication.
Dry contacts and devices as required shall be provided in the motor control
center and control panel for signal transmission by SCADA to the Augusta
UtilitieE: Department office. This shall include control signals and feed
back frOB the force main discharge valve location, and two 4-20MA wet well
level si9nals. Provide terminal blocks in the control panel for all wiring
indicated on "SCADA Terminal Box Connection", Drawing No. 14, as coming
from the control panel.
DRAWINGS AND MANUALS:
The supplier of the motor control center and control system shall provide
complete drawings and documentation on the equipment which they supply.
This shall include, but is not limited to following:
. Equ.ipment Arrangement Drawings, including Plans and Elevations. (A)
. Conduit Entry Drawings. (A)
· Wir~ng Diagrams. (A)
· Connection Diagrams. (A)
· Installation Manuals.
· Maintenance Manuals.
· Parts Lists. (A)
· List of Recommended Spare Parts.
Six copiE!s of drawings
the provisions of the
Items followed by (A)
manufacturer is begun.
and Manuals shall be submitted in accordance with
Supplementary C6ndi tions of these specifications.
above shall be submitted for approval before
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T1ZA.lloc
T12A-ll
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
INSTALLA~~ION AND START-UP ASSISTANCE:
I
The supplier of the motor control center/control system shall provide
assistance to the electrical contractor to install, connect up and test
this equ:Lpment.- They shall also provide training for the Owner's operating
and maintenance personnel.
I
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
General:
I
The control system shall monitor and control the operation of the lift
station and the discharge valves at the end of the force main without an
onsite attendant. The system shall report status of the lift station to the
Augusta Utilities Department office via a SCADA system to be furnished and
installed by others. The operation of the force main discharge valves shall
also be via the SCADA system.
I
I
The normal operation of the lift station will be via a siphon from the wet
well. This will be backed up by 2-7,000 GPM submersible pumps.
I
Duplicate ultrasonic level detectors will be installed in the wet well to
insure continuity of level control.
I
Basic Components:
Basic con~onents of the system as shown on P&ID, Drawing No. 13 are:
I
· Lift Pump No. 1
· Lift Pump No. 1 Discharge_Valve
. Lift Pump No. 1 Discharge Valve Solenoid Valve
· Lift Pump No. 2
. Lift Pump No. 2 Discharge Valve
. Lift Pump No. 2 Discharge Valve Solenoid Valve
· Siphon. Valve
. Siphon Valve Solenoid Valve
. Siphon Indicator Light (Siphon in Operation)
· Prime Valve
· Prime Valve Solenoid Valve
. Ultrasonic Level Detector No. 1
. Ultrasonic Level Detector No. 2
. Force Main Flow Switch No~ 1
. Force Main Flow Switch No. 2
. Force Main Pressure Switch
. Pressure Indicator Light (Pressure in Force Main)
. Force Main Vacuum Switch
. Force Main Pressure/Vacuum Gauge
. Force Main 24" Discharge Valve
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
P1
V1
SV1
P2
V2
SV2
V3
SV3
SIL
V4
SV4
LT1
LT2
FS1
FS2
PS1
PIL
VS1
PVG
V5
- 9803-01 - TlZA.doc
T12A-12
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
.
Force Main 24" Discharge Valve Solenoid Valve
24" D:Lscharge Valve Hydraulic Closing Line
PreBsure Switch
Force Main 16" Discharge Valve
Force Main 16" Discharge Valve Solenoid Valve
16" Discharge Valve Hydraulic Closing Line
PreBsure Switch
SV5
.
_I
.
PS2
V6
SV6
.
.
I
PS3
Equipment~ :
I
Pump sta.rters shall be solid state reduced voltage starters with by-pass
contactoJ:.
I
Valves VI, V2, V3 and V4 are DeZurik "Pump Check" valves with hydraulic
cylinder operators. Refer to Drawing No. 14 for hydraulic schematic and
wiring a.nd piping details. Val ves have a pilot solenoid for normal
operation and also a rapid close solenoid. Valves also have 3 limit
switches, one to indicate valve closed, one to indicate valve open, and one
to indicate valve almost closed.
I
I
Valves V5 and V6 are rubber lined pinch valves and will be closed by
hydraulic: pressure via SV5 and SV6. SV5 and SV6 are normally open so that
SV5 and :3V6 must be energized to allow pressure in force main to open the
pinch valves.
I
Normal Operation:
I
. At titart-up force main is empty. All valves (V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6)
are, closed.
. Prime valve V4 to open, allowing force main to be filled with water
fre.m the Augusta Canal by gravity. Air will be expelled via air
rel.ease valves in force main.
. Flow switches FS1 and FS2 will be activated when water level in force
. mai.n in the pipe gallery reaches approximately 5" from full and will
remain activated until flow in force main stops, indicating it is
full. Prime valve V4to close. System is now ready for operation.
. Refe:r to Drawing No. 5 for levels. Wastewater is admitted to wet well.
(Channel grinder, which is not connected to the central system, should
be running). Level in wet well rises to R1. Siphon valve V3 opens.
V5 and V6 discharge pinch valves open. FS1 and FS2 are activated
inc.icating flow. Vacuum switch VS1 (set at 5" Hg.) activated.
. Siphon continues to operate. If wet well level drops to F2, V3 closes.
FSl and FS2 are deactivated. When wet well level rises to Rl, V3 will
open and cycle will repeat.
. If siphon is operating and wet well level rise~ to level R2, the lead
purr.p motor will start. When it reaches full speed, V5 will close and
lead pump discharge valve (V1 or V2) will open. Vacuum switch VS1
will be deactivated turning off siphon indicator light SIL and
pressure switch PSI will be activated turning on force main mode
ind.icating light PIL, indicating pressure on line.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T1ZA..ioc
T12A-13
I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
If wet well level falls to F2, lead pump discharge valve begin to close, arid
valve limit switch stops lead pump when valve is closed.
I
With lead pump running, if wet well level rises to R3:
I
- Lag pump motor starts.
- When motor reaches full speed, lag pump discharge valve shall open.
. 24" force main d{s~harge valve V5 shall open.
- 16" force main discharge valve shall remain open.
I
If wet well level rises to R4, LT1/LT2 will send alarm signal to utilities
office.
If wet w.ell level falls to F1:
I
-La9 pump discharge valve begin
pump when valve is closed.
-24'" force main discharge valve
valve remains open.
to close.
Valve limit switch stops
I
closes and 16" force main discharge
I
If wet w':lll level falls to F2:
I
-Lead pump discharge valve begins to close. Valve limit switch stops
pump when valve is closed.
.V3 closes, wet well refills, cycle starts again.
Air Expulsion Operation:
I
The system shall be equipped with a programmable controller that will
perform all functions listed. Assuming the siphon is cycling as listed
under Normal Operation:
I
I
Canal Source Mode:
- Add override to SV3 and close V3, V5 and V6.
. Open V4 and keep open for a period of time settable from 1 minute
to 15 minutes.
- Open V5 and V6
-' Open V3
I
SevTage Source Mode:
- If wet well level is above elev. 140:
- Close V3, V5, V6
- Start Lead pump (P1 or P2)
- Open Lead Pump discharge valve (V1 or V2)
- Operate for a period of time settable from 1 minute to 5 minutes.
- Open V6, V5
- Turn Lead Pump Off
- Open V3
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - TlZA. doc
T12A-14
'I
I
SECTION T12A
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AND CONTROLS
I
I
Alternate Operation (Force Main Mode):
I
In Force Main Mode, The system is operated to convey all sewage to the Mid
City Interceptor gravity sewer. The wet well weir is set to a predetermined
overflow elevation and the bypass channel weir is raised to allow influent
to flow t:hrough to the sewer. Upon the level increasing and overtopping the
wet well weir, a volume will accumulate in the wet well until it reaches the
level fo]~ the lead pump to start.
I
Upon dra'idng the wet well down to the pump shut off elevation, the pump
shuts off.
I
MANUFACTURER:
I
The manufacturer of the control system shall be a UL 508 listed shop for
industrial control systems and shall provide evidence of such on request
from the engineer or using authority.
I
PAYMENT:
I
No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the
specificc~tions. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 -' Tl2A.c~oc
T12A-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T13
GATES AND OPERATORS
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications includes furnishing
plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and in performing all
operations in connection with the installation of all gates, fittings,
operators a.nd appurtenances as required for the proper operation of the lift
station in strict compliance with this section of the specifications and the
applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The Gates shall be either self-contained, wall mounted, with yoke and bench
stand operators, or non-self-contained, with separate stem guides and
operators, in accordance with the requirements of these specifications.
Specific gate design and configuration shall be as noted in gate schedule or as
shown on plans. Gates shall be as manufactured by Waterman Industries or
approved equal. Gates shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel.
FRAME AND GUIDES:
The gate fl:ame shall be a rigid, welded unit, composed of the guide rails,
cross bars, and headrails, with a clear opening the same size as the waterway,
unless otherwise specified. The guides shall be of structural shapes. The
guides will be of sufficient length to support two-thirds (2/3) the height of
the slide, when the gate is fully open.
On self-contained gates, where the guides extend above the operating floor,
they shall be sufficiently strong so that no further reinforcing will be
required. The yoke to support the operating device shall be formed by members
welded or bolted at the top of the guides.
The yoke shall be sufficiently strong to support the lift forces,
excessive deflection, when subjected to a load of 80 pound pull
operator.
without
on the
Additional lnembers will be added to the frame as required in this specification
for flushbo~tom closure, spigots, and "J" bulb seals.
SLIDE COVER (DISC):
The slide cover shall be plate reinforced with structural shapes welded to the
plate. The slide cover shall not deflect more than 1/360 of the span of the
gate under Inaximum head. The stem connection shall be either the clevis type,
with structural members welded to the slide and a bolt to act as a pivot pin,
or a threadE~d and bolted (or keyed) thrust nut supported in welded nut pocket.
The clevis or pocket and yoke of the gate shall be capable of taking, without
damage, at least twice the rated thrust output of the operator at 40 pounds
pull.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T13.doc
T13-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl3
GATES AND OPERATORS
STEM:
The stems shall be as required for intended service, of suitable length and
ample strength. The stem diameter shall be capable of withstanding twice the
rated output of the operator at 40 pound pull, and shall be supported such that
the L/r ra;:io for the unsupported part of 'the stem shall not exceed 200.
OPERATORS:
Manually operated lifting mechanism shall be as indicated on the plan drawings
or in the qate schedule. Handwheel type lifts shall be without gear reduction.
The crank operated type shall have either a single or double gear reduction,
with a threaded bronze lift nut to engage the threaded portion of the stem.
The lift nut shall be flanged and supported on non-metallic thrust washers, or
ball, or ;=oller bearings to take the thrust developed during opening and
closing of the gate.
Gears, where required, shall be provided with machine cut teeth for smooth
operation. The gearings and lift nut shall be mounted in a housing which in
turn shall be mounted on the yoke_ of the gate, or separately supported on
another structure or pedestal. Lubrication fittings shall be provided to
permit lubrication of all gears and bearings.
Gates which have a width exceeding twice the slide height shall be furnished
with tandenl interconnected operators with a single input crank.
An arrow ~:hall be cast on the gear housing or handwheel to indicate the
direction (.f rotation to open the gate. A maximum effort of 40 pounds shall be
required to operate the gate after it is unseated.
When indicated, all operators shall be furnished with either a graduated, clear
plastic stl~m cover or a galvanized steel pipe stem cover and counter type
position indicator to show the position of the gate.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
Six copies of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals, and
other documentation shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions of these specifications. .
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section .of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T13.doc
Tl3-2
I
SECTION T14
CHANNEL GRINDER
I
SCOPE:
I
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of
furni~:hing all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and
performing all operations in connection with the installation of the Channel
Grinder and appurtenances complete, in strict accordance with this section
of the: specifications and the applicable plans and subject-to the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
I
I
GENERF.L:
I
The Contractor shall install Channel Grinder as shown on drawings. Channel
Grinder shall be stainless steel and manufactured by a maker who has
supplied similar apparatus in-wastewater treatment plants successfully for
five years.
I
OPERATING CONDITIONS:
I
Maximum flow
Channel width
21. 6
60
USMGD
inches
DESCRIPTION:
I
The grinder unit shall consist essentially of a mechanism and drive, and
structural frame, and shall be factory assembled and tested prior to its
delivery. Design shall be such that all maintenance to the mechanism can
be performed from the operating level.
I
Grinder shall be JWC Environmental Model CDD-5020 or approved equal.
I
Screens/drums, Grinder, and Motor Controller shall meet the requirements
of the following industry standards:
I
1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) Standards
2. National Electrical Code (NEC)
3. Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
I
Guide rails fabricated of 136 stainless steel shall be provided. guide
rails shall adapt channel width to grinder and shall be arranged to
provid: easy removal of grinder unit to top of flow channel. Fabricate
from 2x2x 1/4 inch angles, 2x2x1/4 inch tubing, all stainless hardware and-
attacrunents to concrete channel.
I
I
3ydraulic Power Unit Shall be Provided as Follows:
. Provide overload protection for Grinder.
. 3000 PSIG design, 200-400 PSIG operating pressure.
. Peak operating pressure 2000 PSIG.
. Pressure switch set at 2850 PSIG.
. Automatic reversing upon excess pressure.
. -Automatic return to operating conditions.
. Automatic shutdown and alarm after 9 reversals in 45 seconds.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
9803-01 - 114 Rev l.doc
T14-1
I
I
I
SECTION T14
CHANNEL GRINDER
I
Components Shall be Provided as Follows:
· Oil reservoir
. Hydraulic oil pump
· 5 HP TEFC motor
· Gauges and filters
. Oil temp limit switch
· Oil level switch
. Solenoid valve
· Relief valve
· Pressure gauge
· Strainer
. 3500 PSIG rated flexible hose.
· Hydraulic fluid
I
I
I
I
MOTOR COlJTROL:
I
The controller shall be the supplier's standard UL listed Model PC2240.
I
The cont,:oller shall be equipped with a HAND-OFF/RESET-AUTO three-position
selector switch. In OFF/RESET the grinder shall NOT run. In HAND the
grinder shall run. In AUTO the grinder start and stop will be controlled
by a remotely located dry contact.
I
When the grinder jam condition occurs in either the HAND or AUTO mode the
controlle:r shall stop the grinder and reverse its rotation to clear the_
obstruction. I f the j am is cleared, the controller shall return the
grinder to normal operation. If the jam condition still exists, the
controller shall go through eight additional reversing cycles within 45-
seconds [nine-times total) before signaling a grinder overload condition.
When a g'rinder overload condition occurs the controller shall shut the
grinder off and activate a fail indication and relay.
I
I
I
If the grinder is stopped due to a fail condition and a power failure
occurs, the fail indicator shall reactivate when power is restored.
Controller reset shall be from the controller only.
I
The controller shall provide overcurrent protection for the hydraulic power
unit oil pump motor through an overload relay mounted directly on the oil
pump moto.r starter.
I
The contl~oller shall have indicator lights for POWER ON, RUN, GRINDER
OVERLOAD, MOTOR OVERLOAD, OIL OVERTEMP, and LOW OIL LEVEL conditions.
I
The controller shall be rated 5-HP, 460-volts, 3-phase, 60-Hz.
I
Short circuit protection requires that a properly sized circuit breaker or
,fuses be installed by others.
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T14. do:
T14-2
I
I
I
SECTION T14
CHANNEL GRINDER
I
Enclosures shall be fabricated of fiberglass reinforced polyester resins
and shall be suitable for wall mounting. Doors shall have hinges and
corrosion resistant latches.
I
Each enclosure shall be NEMA 4X rated and house the control devices,
relays, terminal blocks, and non-reversing motor starter.
Pilot devices shall be mounted on the enclosure front panel.
I
Indicators shall be integral transformer type with low voltage long life 6-
volt lamps. Lamps and selector switches shall be heavy duty NEMA 4X type.
I
Two sets of contacts shall be included. One for a FAIL signal output and
one for a RUN signal output. The contacts shall be rated 10-amp, 240-VAC,
resistivE: load.
I
A non-reversing contactor type motor. starter shall be provided for the
hydraulic pump oil motor.
I
The overload (OL) relay shall be adjustable so that the range selected
includes the FLA (full load amps) rating and service factor.
I
The motor controller shall be shipped unmounted, and shall.be installed in
the MCC Room as shown on the drawings. The contractor shall furnish and
install a disconnect switch on the s.teel frame to be furnished with the
pump set. The disconnect switch shall be non-fused, 480 volts, 30 amp, 3
pole, with an auxiliary contact to open control circuit, in a NEMA 4X
enclosure. The contractor shall install interconnecting WJ.r1ng in
accordance with the vendor's wiring diagrams and as shown on the drawings.
I
I
SPARE PARTS:
I
The manufacturer shall maintain a complete inventory of spare parts within
250 miles of the plant site.
I
The manufacturer shall provide an exchange program so that a replacement
cutter cartridge assembly can be at the plant site before removing an
operating unit from service.
I
The manufacturer shall provide the service of rebuilding a cutter cartridge
assembly for only the cost of the parts supplied.
FACTORY T:~ST:
I
Each grinder and controller shall be factory tested to ensure satisfactory
operation.
I
INSTALLATION:
I
Channel Honster grinder and controller shall be installed in accordance
wi th the suppliers installation instructions and in compliance with all
OSHA, local, state, and federal codes and regulations.
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl4.do:
T14-3
I
I
I
SECTION T14
CHANNEL GRINDER
I
FIELD QU~LITY CONTROL:
I
Supplier shall provide the services of a factory trained representative to
check installation and to start-up each Channel Monster. Factory
representative shall have complete knowledge of proper installation,
operation, and maintenance of equipment supplied. Representative shall
inspect the final installation and supervise a start-up test of the
equipmen': .
I
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
I
Six copies of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals,
and oth-8r documentation shall be submi tted in accordance with the
Supplementary Conditions of these specifications.
I
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for work covered in this section.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T14.do,:
T14-4
I
I
SECTION T15
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
SCOPE:
I
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of
furnishing all plant, labor and material, and in performing all operations
in connection with the installation of the plumbing, heating and
ventilating, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications
and the ,~pplicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the
Contract..
I
I
PERMITS, INSPECTION FEES, ETC.:
I
The Contractor shall obtain at his own expense, all necessary permits
required for the proper prosecution of the work covered by this section of
the specifications. Further, he shall comply with code requirements of any
and all ~lunicipal, county and state agencies having jurisdictional authority
in connection with this work and shall deliver to the Owner, without charge,
all certJ.ficates of inspection issued by the inspecting authorities.
I
DESCRIPTION:
I
This work consists of furnishing all cold water piping, and all heating and
ventilating equipment.
I
GENERAL:
I
Drawinqs: The drawings show the general arrangement of all piping and
equipment:; however, where local conditions necessitate a rearrangement, the
Contractor shall prepare, and submit for approval, drawings of the proposed
rearrangE!ment. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not
possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories which may be
required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and
finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work
accordin<;rly, furnishing such fittings, traps, valves, and accessories as may
be required to meet such conditions.
I
I
Cuttinqs and Repairinq: The work shall be carefully laid out in advance and
any cutting of construction shall be done only with the written permission
of the Engineer. Cutting shall be carefully done and damage to building,
piping, ~riring or equipment as a result of cutting for installation shall be
repaired by skilled workmen of the trade involved, at no additional expense
to the Owner, as part of this Contract.
I
I
Intent: The drawings and specifications are intended to
should any items be specified and-not shown on the drawing,
which are necessary for the completion of the system,
furnished. by the Contractor the same as if shown on both.
cooperate and
or vice versa,
they shall be
I
I
WorkmanshiE: The complete plumbing, heating and ventilating systems shall
be installed in a first class workmanlike manner in the best general
practice of the trade.
I
Material and Equipment: All material and equipment shall be new, and
equipment intended for incorporation in this work shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval prior to purchase or fabrication.
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T15.d.lc
T15-1
I
I
SECTION T15
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
Material List: As soon as practicable, after award of the Contract, the
Contractor shall submit for approval in quadruplicate, the names of
manufacturers, catalog number or trade name of all items of material and
equipment as noted in these specifications or on the drawings. This list
shall include all items not noted, which are necessary to the installation
of the aforesaid material and equipment. The Contractor shall also submit a
drawing showing size and location of all masonry openings.
I
I
EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING:
I
Excavating, trenching and backfilling shall be in accordance with Section
T-2 of these specifications.
I
SAFETY PROVISIONS:
I
All belts, gears, chains, sheaves, couplings, projecting set screws, keys
and other rotating or reciprocating parts shall be enclosed or properly
guarded. All overflows, relief valve discharges, etc., shall be piped to a
point of safe discharge.
I
PIPE SLEIWES, PIPE HANGERS, AND PIPE SUPPORTS:
I
Pipe sle,~ves, pipe hanqers, and pipe supports
and the contractor shall be responsible for
location, and approval thereof by the Engineer.
to pass through footings, beams or ribs, unless
shall be furnished and set,
their proper and permanent
Pipe will not be permitted
noted on the drawings.
I
Pipe sleeves shall be installed and proberly secured in place at all points
where pipes pass through masonry or concrete, except unframed floors on
earth. Pipe sleeves, except sleeves in footings, shall be of sufficient
diameter to provide approximately 1/4 inch clearance around the pipe, and in
the case of insulated pipe, 1/4 inch clearance around the insulation. Pipe
sleeves in footings shall be of cast iron or steel pipe and shall not be
less than 4 inches larger in diameter than the pipe to be installed. Pipe
sleeves in walls and partitions shall be of cast iron or steel pipe.
Annular ~:pace between pipe and sleeve shall be sealed with mineral wool and
P~nsil 100, or equal.
I
I
I
Pipe Hanqers, Inserts and Supports: Hangers shall be forged steel clevis
type and provided with turnbuckles or other approved means of adjustment.
Chain, strap, perforated bar or wire hangers will not be permitted. Except
as otherwise shown, cast iron pipe shall be supported at 5 foot intervals,
steel pipe at 10 foot intervals, and copper pipe at 6 foot intervals.
Copper plated hangers shall be used'on copper pipe.
I
I
FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES:
I
Where exposed pipes pass through ceilings, floors or finished walls, they
shall be fitted with chromium-plated cast brass plates on chromium-plated
pipe, or with cast iron or steel plates on ferrous or copper pipe. Plates
shall be large enough to completely close the hole around the pipes and
shall be' square, octagonal, or round, with the least dimension not less than
1-1/2 inches larger than the outside diameter of the pipe. Plates shall be
secured in an approved manner.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T15.de,e
Tl5-2
I
I
SECTION T15
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
WATER PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS:
I
Pipe and Fittinqs:
I
Copper Pipe: All pipe required for cold water shall be copper water tube,
Type "L" - hard temper above ground, and Type "K" hard temper below ground,
with cast bronze or wrought copper solder type fittings. Threaded adapters
and IPS brass nipples shall be provided as required for connection to
fixtures and equipment. Dielectric unions shall be provided where copper
pipe connects to pipe or equipment of other metals.
I
Joints:
I
Soldered Joints: Joints in copper water tube above ground shall be made
with sof',"- solder. Tube shall be cut square and burrs removed. Outside of
the tube and inside of the fitting shall be cleaned bright and fluxed.
Fitting shall be heated evenly until proper soldering temperature is
reached. Solder shall be fed into the joint until a ring of solder appears
at the end of the fitting. Soft solder shall be lead free, flux shall be
non-corrosive. Soldered joints in copper water tube below ground shall be
made with hard solder, Phoscopper, Silfos, or equal. Flux shall be as
recommended by the manufacturer.
I
I
I
Screwed ~roints: All threaded joints shall have American National Taper Pipe
Thread ~ISI B2.1-1960. Pipe ends shall be reamed or filed out to the full
size of the bore and all burrs, chips and cuttings shall be removed. Joint
compound shall be applied to the male thread only. Joint compound shall be
teflon tc:pe, or equal.
I
Gate Val\'es on Copper Pipe :
bronze, union bonnet, rising
equal.
Gate Valves on copper pipe shall be 150 pound
stem, solid wedge, sweat-end, Milwaukee 1169 or
I
Globe _ VaIves: Globe Valves shall be 150 pound SWP, cast bronze, rising
stern, union bonnet, sweat end, with "Buna-N" disc, Milwaukee 1590, or equal.
I
Sillcocks shall be automatic draining, freeze-less type with vacuum breaker-
backflow preventer, Woodford Model 27, or equal.
I
Backflow Preventer shall be a double check valve type. Body shall be bronze
with replaceable seats and discs, ball type test cocks, quarter turn full
port, re:silient seated bronze ball shut off, bronze strainer, A. S. S. E.
Standard No. 1015, A Standard No. C510-89, Watts No. 007 QT-S, or equal.
I
I
Pressure Reducinq Valve shall be bronze body, nickel alloy seat, renewable
disc with built-in strainer, Watts No. 223S, or equal with bypass line.
Unions on Copper Pipe:
I
Unions on copper pipe shall be copper to copper, ground joint, sweat end,
Nibco No. 733, or equal.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T15.doc
T15-3
I
I
SECTION T15
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
Dielectric Fittinqs:
I
Dielectric fittings shall be designed to eliminate metal to metal contact
between copper pipe and other metallic pipe or equipment, Epco Dielectric
Unions, or equal.
I
HEATERS:
I
Wall Heater shall be a convection type 1000 watts with stainless steel strip
heating element, and heavy gauge perforated steel enclosure. All metal
parts, except the stainless steel heating element, but including the
terminal connection shall be coated for corrosion protection, Heresite baked
phenolic" Heater shall be a Chromalox Type H, or equal with Chromalox WCRT
NEMA 4X '!:hermostat.
I
VENTILATORS AND FANS:
I
Roof ventilators shall be up blast, propeller type, spark proof construction
with hea',y gauge, unpainted aluminum housing and aluminum wheel. Fan wheel
shall be belt driven with drive and motor out of airstream. Motor and drive
assembly shall be mounted on rubber vibration isolators. Ventilators shall
be complete with integral overload protection, bird screen and gravity
shutter. ventilators shall have the AMCA label. Fan shall exhaust 4000 cfm
at 1/4 IWG static pressure.
I
I
Prefabricated Curbs: Roof ventilators shall be installed on prefabricated
curbs. Curbs shall be of heliarc welded 16 gauge aluminum construction with
glass fiber insulation, premolded gasket.
I
Centrifuqal Fan shall be direct drive, 1200 rpm, 1360 cfm at 1/2 IWG static
pressure. Fans shall be fabricated from fiberglass reinforced plastic,
spark proof, and comply with ASTM Dt167, Standard Specification for Fiber
Reinforce:d Plastic Fans and Blowers and bear the AMCA certified ratings
program ~:eal. Fan shall be New York Blower Company or approved equal.
I
I
CORROSION RESISTANT COATING:
I
Duct work, ventilator and louver for the Chlorine Room shall be coated with
a corrosion resistant coating. Coating shall be a phenol formaldehyde
synthetic: resin especially formulated for corrosion protection. Coating for
ventilatc,r and louver shall be baked on, and for duct work air drying,
Heresite P-413 and VR-500.
I
DUCT WORI<::
I
General: All duct work. required for the ventilating system shall be
constructed of aluminum sheets in accordance with the- 3rd Edition HVAC Duct
Construction Standards by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association. Joints shall be made substantially airtight and shall
be taped with a self-vulcanizing adhesive tape to eliminate leakage.
I
LOUVERS:
I
Motor OpE!rated Louvers shall be dual combination type. The louvers shall
consist of fixed blades and concealed operating blades, fabricated in a
single 6 inch deep frame. Head, sills, jambs and mullions shall be one
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
9803-01 - T15.dJC
T15-4
I
I
SECTION T15
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
piece structural aluminum alloy 0.081 inch thick. Fixed blades shall be
0.081 in,::h thick aluminum alloy. Operating blades shall be 0.125 inch thick
aluminum alloy. Louver blades and sills shall be equipped with vinyl
gaskets and vinyl gaskets shall be riveted to the ends of the blades. Air
leakage, when closed shall not exceed 1.0 cfm per square foot of face area
at wind velocity of 30 mph. Operating blade pivots shall be 1/2 inch
diameter,. operating in self-lubricating nylon bearings. . Operating blades
shall be actuated by drive arms concealed in the jambs. Damper operator
shall be 120 volt electric motor mounted on the sill or jamb and connected
to the drive arm with appropriate linkage. Motor shall be two-position.
spring return, close on power failure. Damper shall be designed to
withstand a 30 pound per square foot wind load. A 1/2 inch mesh, 0.063
diameter wire bird screen with an aluminum frame shall be secured to the
inside of the louver. Louvers shall have a mill finish and coated for
corrosion protection. Louvers shall be Construction Specialties, Inc. Model
6940 with EX-l70 operating motor, or equal. Motor shall operate on 120
volt, single phase power.
I
I
I
I
I
HEATING CONTROLS:
I
General: Furnish and install a complete electric temperature control system
to operate the heaters. The system shall be installed complete including
all tranBformers, relays, conduit, wiring, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and
other devices necessary to make a complete control system. A complete
description of the operation and schematic drawings of the entire control
system shall be submitted for approval before commencing work. Bulletins
describing each item of control equipment, or component shall be included.
I
I
Electric Wirinq: All electrical work performed by this section of the
specifications shall meet the requirements of Section T-16: ELECTRICAL. All
electric power wiring to the ventilators, louvers and electric heaters shall
be installed under the Electrical Section of the Specifications. All
control wiring and interconnections required for proper operation of the
control Ilystem shall be provided under this section of the specifications.
All conduit runs shall be concealed in wall, floors, or above ceilings.
This work shall be carefully 600rdinated with other trades to make certain
that all conduit and wiring devices to be concealed in walls floors and
columns clre properly installed during this course of construction.
I
I
I
Roof Ventilator and Centrifuqal Fan: Roof ventilators and centrifugal fan
will be controlled by individual manual switches. When a ventilator is
switched-'on, the motor operated louvers for the respective space shall open.
I
PAINTING:
I
All surfclces of metal, pipe, insulation and other equipment furnished under
this section of the specifications which are exposed shall be thoroughly
cleaned of grease, scale, dirt, and other foreign materials and left ready
for painting.
I
ELECTRICP..L:
I
Electric motors and other items of electrical equipment included in this
sectlon of the specifications shall be furnished and installed under this
section. Electric wiring, starters and connections to equipment shall be
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T1S.d)c
T15-5
I
I
SECTION T15
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
furnished under the ELECTRICAL Section of the specifications, except as
otherwise stated herein.
I
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:
I
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer three (3) copies of all shop
drawings" operations manuals, maintenance manuals, and parts lists for all
equipment covered under these specifications. This data shall also include
a typed list of all items of equipment covered in this section of the
specifications with the manufacturer's name, model number, size and capacity
of each :Ltem.
I
The Contl:actor shall furnish a condensed list of operating, maintenance, and
safety instructions for the system.
I
INSPECTION AND TESTS:
I
General: Upon completion of the -Plumbing, Heating and Ventilating work, and
all piping shall be tested for leaks, and all equipment shall be tested and
inspected for capacity and proper operation. All underground piping or
piping to be concealed, shall be tested and approved prior to backfilling or
concealing. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner or
his authorized representati ve. The Contractor shall furnish all
instruments, test equipment, and personnel that are required for the tests,
and the Owner shall furnish the necessary water and electricity.
I
I
Domestic Cold Water: Upon completion of the roughing-in, the entire water
piping system shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100
pounds pl~r square inch gauge, and proved tight at this pressure. This
pressure shall be maintained for? minimum of 30 minutes. Where a portion
of the wa.ter system is to be concealed before completion, this portion shall
be tested separately in a manner described for the entire system. The
Contractcr is cautioned to disconnect or remove all equipment and devices
not capable of withstanding this pressure prior to performing this pressure
test.
I
I
I
DEFECTIVE WORK:
I
If inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall
be replaced and inspection and tests repeated. All repairs to piping shall
be made with new material. No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be
acceptable. Any changes or adjustments required in order to obtain
satisfactory operation of the system shall be made by the Contractor without
additional expense to the Owner.
I
I
GUARANTY:
I
The plumbing, heating - and ventilating work furnished under these
specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of
final acceptance against defective material, equipment, and workmanship.
Upon written notice by the Engineer of failure of any part of the system,
during the guaranty period, the affected part or parts shall be repaired
promptly;..rith new parts by and at the expense of the Contractor.
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T15.doc
T15-6
I
I
SECTION Tl5
PLUMBING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
I
PAYMENT:
I
No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section
of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included
in the lump sum Bid for the completed work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T15.dcc
T15-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, appliances and materials, and in performing all
operations in connection with the electrical work associated with the new
Chafee Lift Station located near Grace Street, and controls for discharge
valves at I~nd of force main at Walton Way and Seventh Street (pinch valves to
be furnishl~d and installed under force main contract); complete and in strict
accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings,
and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a complete, safe and workable
electrical system.
All compone!nts or equipment furnished under this specification shall be new and
unused.
All electrical connections whether made by the Contractor or made by vendors
furnishing equipment packages shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
All electrical connections shall be checked for proper torque, tension,
compression. or tightness by the Contractor.
All electrical connections determined to need attention shall be corrected by
the Contractor.
Trench excavation for underground conduits shall conform to Section T-2 of
these specifications.
CODES: -
All electrical work shall be in conformance with the requirements and
recommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, the
National Electrical Safety Code, and all local codes and ordinances. Materials
shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., whenever
applicable labeling is available for such materials.
STANDARDS:
The latest issue of the specifications and standards of the following
organizatio':ls are by reference made a part of these specifications. All
electrical work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with their
requirement", and recommendations wherever applicable:
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
~nerican National Standards Institute (ANSI)
~nerican Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
National Bureau of Standards (NBS)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
TESTS DURING CONSTRUCTION:
All tests '2re to be conducted in the presence of the Engineer and OAR. Prior
to energization, insulation resistance between individual conductors in conduit
and from conductors and equipment windings to ground shall be measured.
Measurements shall be made using a "Megger" ground tester (500 volts) as
manufactured by the James G. Biddle Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or
"Vibraground" tester manufactured by the Associated Research Company, Inc.,
Chicago, Ij.linois. Wiring and equipment not measuring up to minimum insulation
resistance required by the Underwriters' Laboratory regulations shall be put in
good condit:ion at the electrical contractor's expense.
All ground connections, _ground buses, and equipment ground resistances shall be
read using methods and test devices as manufactured by the James G. Biddle
Company, or equal.
Rotation checks shall be made on all motors before final mechanical connections
are made. Changes necessary to obtain correct rotation shall be performed by
the Contrac.tor.
TESTS OR CHECKS BY INSPECTING AUTHORITY:
The Contrclctor shall cooperate with code-enforcing authorities during
inspections or checks.
PRELIMINARY TRIALS:
The electrical contractor shall, in the presence of the Engineer or his
authorized representative, run preliminary trials of the equipment connected by
him. These trials or tests shall consist of, but not be limited to, checking
motor rotat:ion, checking all interlock circuitry for correct operation and
checking all equipment connected by him for proper operation.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
After the wiring system is completed, and at such time as the Engineer shall
direct, the Contractor shall conduct operational checks to demonstrate that all
equipment pl~rforrns in accordance with the requirements of these specifications,
contract drawings and vendor information.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in performing final
inspections" Panel covers shall be removed, doors opened, etc. at the
direction of the OAR, to facilitate checks and inspections. All equipment
opened or disturbed shall be returned to operational condition after the
inspection and approval.
TEST RESULTS:
All results from tests, preliminary trials and final acceptance tests shall be
documented by the Contractor and turned over to the Engineer at the completion
of the job. Three copies (minimum) of complete test results are required.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
CORRECTIONS:
Any wiring installation or connection errors discovered during the test and/or
trials shaj.l be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense. Any equipment,
materials or components damaged or destroyed as a result of improper
installation or connection by the Contractor shall be replaced by him at his
own eXpenSE!.
CONTRACT DFtAWINGS:
The drawin-;rs indicate the general arrangement of equipment. Do not scale
drawings. Dimensions for layout of equipment shall be obtained from
architectural or mechanical plans or by field measurement, unless specifically
indicated (In electrical plans.
Coordinate electrical work with details, sections, elevations
on architectural, mechanical and structural drawings and
Modify electrical work to conform to requirements of equipment
conditions encountered in serving that equipment.
and plans found
specifications.
being served and
SHOP DRAWINGS, VENDOR PRINTS AND DATA:
Each submittal item shall be marked to show the specification section and page
numbers (s) covering that item, equipment name and number. Complete catalog
numbers or model numbers of equipment shall be listed on the Cover Sheet for
that type of equipment identified as to which item it applies.
Submittals for lighting fixtures shall include photometric data and exact type
of ballast and lamps to be used. The Engineer reserves the right to require
sample fixtures to be submitted for approval.
Submittals shall be made in accordance with provisions of the Supplementary
Conditions of these specifications.
RECORD DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall reserve one complete set of electrical prints for as-built
drawings. .~y approved deviation from the contract plans shall be recorded on
these prints by the Contractor. As-built drawings will be checked on the last
working day of each month for accuracy and completeness by the Engineer or his
authorized representative.
DOCUMENTATION:
At the end of final. inspection, the Contractor shall provide three sets of
complete da;:a on electrical materials and equipment used on this job. This data
shall be in bound form and shall incl1,lde the following items:
A complete table of contents.
Data sheets indicating electrical and functional characteristics of all
device:3 and equipment.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9B03-01.doc
T16-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Copie~i of all submittals.
Panelboard, switchboard and distribution center circuit directories
reflecting all field changes.
The Contractor shall turn over all as-built drawings (record drawings) to the
Engineer at the time of final inspection.
Refer to the Supplementary Conditions of these specifications for further
information on documentation to be provided.
MATERIALS:
Materials shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of this
specification, applicable drawings, agreement and "Codes and Standards" as set
forth hereinbefore.
All material furnished by the Contractor shall be new, without defects and
shall be delivered to the job site in the original cartons or packages.
All material of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer.
Equipment 9'rouped togetherto-' serve a common purpose --shall-"be..-the - product" of-
one manufacturer or supplier (e.g.; lineup of starters, contactors,
controllers, transformers, etc.)
The use of manufacturer's name and catalog number in these specifications is to
define the type and quality of electrical components required. Where possible,
two or more! sources have been listed. Other manufacturer's products may be
used only with written approval of the Engineer to assure overall system
compatibility and reliability.
WORK:
The term "Ivork" is taken to include "labor, supervision, installation" and
other action needed to complete the electrical system.
All work shall be of the highest quality. No sub-standard work will be
accepted. All work shall be performed by workmen skilled in the trades
involved.
CONDUIT:
All exposed conduit shall be rigid aluminum with threaded couplings and
fittings. Aluminum conduit threads shall be painted with conductive joint
compound before assembly. Thin wall (EMT) conduit shall not be used.
Conduit runs smaller than 3/4" trade size shall not be used except 1/2" conduit
may be USE!d for making attachments to equipment which, because of its
construction, will not accept a larger size conduit. Lengths of 1/2" conduits
shall be as short as possible.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
All exposed conduit shall be run at right angles or parallel to structural
members. Vertical runs shall be plumb. Diagonal conduit runs shall not be
made excep-t with written permission of the Engineer or when conduits are run
below grad,=. Below grade runs of conduit shall follow paths as specified on
the electrical drawings.
Conduit runs installed in or below concrete slabs on grade or routed within
concrete walls of underground pits shall utilize rigid plastic conduit,
Schedule 80, with threaded couplings and termination fittings.
All underground conduit runs, whether single or runs in duct banks shall
consist of rigid plastic conduit, Schedule 80, encased in concrete with the top
of the con.::rete envelope not less than 24 inches below grade. The concrete
envelope for single conduit runs shall provide 3 inches cover minimum on all
sides while: duct banks shall be as detailed on the plans. Encase~ conduit runs
shall use ,::emented socket-weld couplings or integral bells on conduit. All
undergrounc. conduit runs shall be terminated with Schedule 80 non-metallic
elbows and fittings.
Concrete for electrical
gravel agg~egate, f'c
Admixture t;hall be 3% by
mixed into the concrete.
conduit encasement shall be standard mix with pea
2000 psi, with admixture to produce red color.
weight of pure synthetic red iron oxide uniformly
All cuts on conduit shall be square. Condui t ends shall be reamed after
cutting. Couplings and threaded hubs shall have no less than five (5) full
threads of the conduit engaged and shall be screwed up wrench tight and butted.
Seamless pipe shall be used for all bends made in the field. Conduit bends
shall be made with standard "hickeys" to prevent kinks or flats in the bends.
The proper size hickey shall be used for each size conduit.
The radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than
six (6) times the internal diameter of the conduit. All bends shall be
carefully inspected for flaws before installation.
Flexible conduit connections shall be used at all motors or wherever serious
vibration may make rigid conduit connections impractical. Flexible conduit in
non-hazardous areas shall be flexible metal conduit covered with a polyethylene
jacket. Metallic portion of all flexible conduit shall be bonded to boxes. All
fittings shall be of non-ferrous materials.
Wherever conduits cross building expansion joints, conduit expansion joints
shall be provided.
The installcltion of all conduit shall be properly coordinated with the work of
other trade::;. Field routed conduit. pa ths must be approved by the Engineer
before installation.
PULL BOXES:
Pull boxes Ilhall be constructed of stainless steel or copper free aluminum of
not less than the minimum size recommended by the National Electrical Code.
Pull boxes .=:hall be rain tight NEMA 3R; or waterproof, NEMA 4X.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01. doc
T16-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
The Contractor shall provide pull boxes where shown on the drawings or as
required b:r the code, whether shown on the drawings or not. Pull boxes shall
be approved for use in the area where they are installed. All pull boxes and
junction boxes shall be sized to permit pulling of conductors out of boxes and
feeding back into the boxes without exceeding the bending radium of cables as
recommended by the cable manufacturer.
Pull boxes, junction boxes or suitable conduit fittings shall be provided in
accordance with the following schedule:
F~un
Max. lenqth without pull box
Strai9ht
One 9(,0 bend
Two 01 more 900 bends
not over 200 feet
not over 125 feet
not over 75 feet
Conduit runs between outlets shall contain not more than the equivalent of four
(4) quarter bends.
RACEWAY CLEANING:
The electri.cal contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all conduit,
wireways and ducts, both overhead and underground before pulling cables. For
underground ducts, the minimum cleaning shall consist of pulling a flexible
mandril 1/4 inch smaller in diameter than the duct, followed by two passes with
wire brushEls the same diameter as the duct and one pass with a swab. The
Contractor must be satisfied that ducts are free of burrs or obstructions which
might damage cables before beginning pulls. If cables are damaged while being
installed they shall either be adequately repaired in a manner suitable to the
Engineer, or shall be replaced by the Contractor with new cable of comparable
quality and description, at no cost to the Owner.
Underground ducts for all services, including active, spare and telephone shall
be cleaned ~s specified in this section.
RACEWAY SUPPORTS:
"Raceway" is defined as conduit or any other material or equipment used to
enclose or hold cable or wire, such as wireway or cable tray.
The electrical contractor shall provide material and labor to design, fabricate
and install raceway supports.
Raceway shall be installed with at least six
uninsulated hot pipes or other hot - surfaces.
enough apar't on supports so that the conduit
pulling or splicing wires.
(6) inches clearance from
Conduit shall be spaced far
fi ttings are accessible for
Raceway shall not be supported from process piping.
All conduit one (1) inch trade size and smaller shall have supports spaced not
more than e:Lght(8) feet apart on horizontal runs and ten (10) feet on vertical
runs. All other raceways shall be supported at intervals not to exceed ten
(10) feet horizontally or vertically.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Supports shall be provided on each side of conduit bends or elbows and not more
than 3 feet from any outlet or termination point.
Where raceway requires support between structural _ framing members , suitable
supplementary steel members shall be provided by the Contractor to span between
them.- Drilling of holes in flanges of structural framing members for hangers
or supplerr<,entary steel will be permitted only with the approval of the
Engineer. Under no circumstances shall holes be permitted in the center
portion of any structural member.
Conduit not located in main racks shall be supported in a suitable manner by
one (1) hole malleable clamps, U-bolts, Korns Clamps or similar means.
Perforated strap or plumbers strap will not be permitted. All supporting
materials shall be non-ferrous, including angle, channel, conduit clamps and U-
bolts.
Raceway supports shall be secured to concrete work by approved expansion
anchors or bolts, or by inserts set at the time the concrete is poured. When
conduit supports or racks are -attached to structural members with stainless
steel bolts, properly drilled holes shall be used. Burning of holes in
structural steel members shall not be permitted. Supports or racks may be
welded to structural steel members only if welded areas and cut ends are
repaired with Galvalloy or equal.
All structures or supports for raceway shall be constructed for free draining,
such that condensation or precipitation will not be trapped.
WIRE AND CABLE:
General:
Conductors for lighting and power circuits shall not be less than #12 AWG,
stranded copper and conform to the following standards and/or specifications.
Conductors for control use shall not be less than #14 AWG, stranded copper with
type THHN/THWN insulation.
Conductors shall not be smaller than indicated on the drawings nor less than
that requirl~d by the National Electrical Code (NEC).
Solid wire :~hall not be accepted in any service except thermocouple lead wire,
if used. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace any solid wire used
on this job with correct type and size stranded wire.
Cables and conductors shall be tagged for identification by the electrical
contractor using printed tape, or equal method, at each end and at all
intermediatl~ junction, tap or splice points. Use individual wire numbers as
shown on the wiring diagrams and elementaries for all wires so numbered. Use
cable numbeJ:s as shown on cable or circuit schedules.
All power wires shall be colored black.
color coded in accordance with the design
if not indicated by the design drawings.
Control and lighting wires shall be
drawings, ICEA standards or the NEC
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl6
ELECTRICAL
All feeder:; entering or leaving distribution equipment, junction and pull boxes
shall have conductors tagged as to phase identification; i.e., 'A', 'B' 'c' or
'1', '2', \'3', and circuit designations.
Each coil or reel of wire and cable furnished by
shall bear a tag containing the Underwriter's
manufacturE!r, trade designation and month and year
shall be of recent manufacture and in no case older
the electrical contractor
listing stamp, name of
of manufacture. Material
than six (6) months.
600 Volts and Below:
Wire sizes through #6 shall have THNN/THWN insulation. Wire sizes larger than
#6 shall have XHHW insulation.
Insulated ground conductors shall
have THHN/THWN or XHHW green insulation.
I
conductor wire and cable shall meet or exceed
\
i
Insulation and jacket for single
UL Standard 83.
Conductors shall be manufactured by General Cable, Okonite, Rome, Cablec or an
approved equal.
INSTRUMENT CABLE:
Instrument cable shall be 2/c shielded twisted pair rated 600 volts, with
#16AWG stra.nded tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation with nylon jacket,
tinned copper braided shield, and overall PVC jacket. Cable shall be Belden
No. 9952 or approved equal.
WIRE CONNEC'rrONS AND DEVICES:
Wires and .::ables shall be installed without joints or splices, as far as
practical. Splices, connections and terminations, when needed, shall be made
with approved pressure-type solderless fittings.
Connectors, splices and terminations shall be securely fastened with double
indent tools designed to bring uniform pressure on all sides and shall not
loosen under normal vibration or strain.
Fittings shall be of the correct size for the conductors and strands shall not
be cut from conductors:
Splices, if used, shall be insulated such that insulation will be equal to or
better than the insulation on wires which are spliced.
Installinq Wire And Cable:
All wire and cable shall be installed in raceway systems. No wire or cable
shall be in:::talled until the raceway system for that wire or cable is complete.
Wire pullin9 lubricant shall be used when installing wire or cable in raceway
whose length from feeding point to pulling point exceeds 25 feet (except tray).
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Care shall be taken to ensure conductor maximum pulling tension is not exceedeo
while pulling wire into conduit.
Installation in Panelboards, Cabinets, Control Panels, Etc.:
Wiring in tluch installation shall be neatly formed, grouped and laced with non-
conductive binders.
BOXES, CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES:
Pull boxes shall be supplied in conformance with a prior subsection of this
specification.
Junction h::>xes, cabinets and other enclosures for electrical materials or
equipment Bhall be provided as shown on the drawings or as required by the
National Electrical Code.
Size shall be the larger of that shown on the drawings or as required by the
National Electrical Code.
Material shall be stainless steel or copper free aluminum.
All boxes and cabinets installed outdoors shall be NEMA 4X construction as
specified on the drawings, and connections thereto shall be by threaded hubs or
fittings meeting NEMA 4X requirements.
Outlet boxe:s of a type to suit the intended use shall be installed at the
locations shown on the drawings.
Location of outlet boxes shall be closely coordinated with the work of other
trades to avoid interferences and provide efficient service to the devices or
equipment s'8rved.
All supports fabricated for outdoor boxes shall be aluminum or stainless steel.
PANELBOARDS:
Furnish and install circuit breaker type lighting and power panelboards as
indicated on the drawings and schedules.
panelboards shall be of the dead-front safety type employing thermal-magnetic
molded case circuit breakers.
All current--carrying parts of the-bus assembly shall be copper. Main ratings
shall be as shown in the panelboard schedule on the drawings and schedules.
A steel circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be
provided on the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space
at least 1/~1" high x 3" long for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to
identify the load fed by each circuit.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
SWITCHES, F.ECEPTACLES AND DEVICES:
All wiring devices shall be of heavy duty industrial grade or hospital grade
constructicn.
Wiring connections shall be made only via looping conductors around terminal
screws. Devices employing only "slip-in" wire connections shall not be used.
(Compression type connections are permitted with power receptacles and plugs.)
Devices shall be held securely in place by threaded screws attached to outlet
boxes. Devices shall, in no way, depend on cover plates for support.
Wiring devices installed outdoors or in potentially wet areas shall be
installed in FS boxes with weatherproof covers.
Wiring devi.ces installed indoors shall be installed in recessed boxes where
possible with stainless steel covers.
Plates shall be properly aligned horizontally and vertically.
Switches:
All switches for lights shall be rated 20 amps, 120/277 volt, silent type.
Where more than one switch is indicated in the same location, switches shall be
gang mounted under a common cover plate.
Unless noted otherwise, switches shall be set 48 inches above walking surface
and shall clear door trim or corners approximately 4 inches from the edge of
the space occupied.
Switch locations shall be coordinated to place switches on the strike side of
doors.
120 Volt Convenience Outlets (Receptacles):
All receptacles shall be duplex grounding type rated 20 amps, 125 volts, A.C.,
NEMA 5-20R, except as noted on drawings.
All receptacles located outdoors or in damp locations shall be the ground fault
interruptinq type with a weatherproof h~nged cover.
Control Switches:
Push button:3 and selector switches shall be industrial, heavy duty, oil tight
construction to mount in a standard 1-7/32 inch diameter hole.' -Contact blocks
shall be suitable for side-by-side and/or tandem mounting to the base of the
operator. Terminals shall be pressure clamp type' to accommodate #12 - #18
stranded copper wire. Contacts to be rated at least 60 ampere make, 6 ampere
break at 120 volts AC.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Pilot Liqh1:s:
Pilot ligh1:s shall be industrial, oil tight construction, 120 volt transformer
type, with interchangeable colored lens, to mount in a standard 1-7/32 inch
diameter hole. Terminals shall be pressure clamp type to accommodate #12 - #18
stranded copper wire.
Relays:
Unless otherwise noted on drawings, all relays shall be industrial machine tool
type with .::onvertible 600 volt AC contacts with minimum ratings of 60 ampere
make, 6 ampere break at 120 volts AC. Coils shall be of molded construction,
matched to the circuit voltage and continuous duty rated. Terminals shall be
provided with pressure wire connectors.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
Swi tches shall be provided as shown on the drawings or as required by the
National Electrical Code and shall be of heavy duty, industrial rated
constructic,n with stainless steel or aluminum enclosures.
Switches shall be type and size as shown on the drawings.
All switches shall be rated NEMA 4X unless otherwise noted on drawings.
Switches shall be installed to be fully accessible in accordance with the NEC.
Switches shall be constructed to simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded
conductors.
Switches shall be identified with name and number of circuit (s) or motor (s)
served.
Ratinq and Over-current Protection:
Low voltagE! switches used to disconnect motor circuits shall be horsepower
rated. Rating must equal or exceed the horsepower of motor (s) fed by the
switch(es) .
If a fused disconnect switch is called for, fuses of size and rating specified
on the drawings or schedules or by the NEC shall be supplied by the Contractor.
OVER-CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
Ratinq:
All devices shall be rated to conduct at least the maximum full load current of
the circuit in which it is used.
All protective devices which interrupt overload or short circuit current shall
be rated to interrupt and withstand the maximum bolted fault current which may
occur in th,~ circuit to which it is connected.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
Tl6-11
Fuses, unlE!ss noted otherwise, shall be current-limiting type.
I Only cartri.dge-type fuses may be used. Plug-type fuses are prohibited.
Circuit Breakers:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
All devicetl shall be furnished to agree with additional requirements listed on
the drawin9s and schedules.
Fuses:
Fuses shall be one-time type. Renewable fuses are specifically prohibited.
Molded caSE' circuit breakers for panelboards and similar uses shall be thermal-
magnetic t1pe. Magnetic-only type may be used in combination motor starters.
Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type. plug-in type connections
shall not be used. Load side lugs shall be furnished to match the number, type
and size wire or cable attached.
Motor Overloads:
Motor overload relays shall be 3 pole, ambient compensated type.
The Contractor shall provide all motor overload relay heaters.
Heaters shall be sized according to manufacturer's recommendations and
according to actual motor nameplate data.
Motor overload relays shall be furnished as integral components of all motor
starters.
SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION:
Chafee Lift Station: The electrical service for this lift station shall be
derived from a pole mounted transformer bank provided by Georgia Power Company.
The secondary voltage will be 480Y/277 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, but since the
neutral voltage is unused, the service conductors will be 480 volts, 3 phase~ 3
wire with ground.
The Contractor shall obtain a CT cabinet and meter base from Georgia Power
Company and install these on outside of the lift station MCC Room as indicated
on the drawings, with a I" empty conduit from the CT cabinet to the meter base.
The Contractor shall install a 4" conduit riser with weather head on the
Georgia POw\~r Company service pole and 4" conduit from pole to CT cabinet, and
from CT cabinet to main breaker in MCC. Feeder to be 3-750 KCMIL and 1-#4/0 G
.from servic\~ pole to main breaker. Feeder to loop through to CT cabinet.
The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, equipment, and supervision
to install the service as required under this phase and coordinate service
details with representatives of Georgia Power Company.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE VALVE STATION:
The electri.cal service, electrical controls, and hydraulic controls required at
this locati.on (Walton Way at 7th Street) and as shown on Drawing No. 15 shall be
furnished and installed under this section of the specification unless
indicated otherwise.
Electric SE~rvice: The service required at this location is 20 amp, 120 volt,
1 phase service. The contractor shall furnish and install a 25' Class 5
pressure treated wood pole approximately where shown on drawings. Contractor
shall coordinate exact location and service details with Georgia Power
Company representatives. Obtain meter base from Georgia Power and install on
pole with w~ring as shown on the drawing.
Electrical Panel: Furnish and install a 24" x 24" x 12" Stainless Steel NEMA
4X panel and outfit as shown on drawings.
Hydraulics Panel: Furnish and install a 48" x 36" x 16" Stainless Steel NEMA
4X panel. Provide and install devices as shown on Drawing No. 15, including
piping and wiring.
Pipinq: The piping to be furnished under this section of contract shall
consist of a 1" service line from the water meter (installed by others) to
the hydraulics panel, a 1/2" and a 1" line from hydraulics panel to the pinch
valves (installed by others) and a 1" exhaust line from hydraulics panel to
manhole (Structure No.2). All piping shall be schedule 40 stainless steel
with screwed or welded fittings.. All piping shall be pressure tested to
insure a leak free installation.
SCADA Panel: Furnish and install a 24" x 24"x 12" stainless steel NEMA 4X
panel for SCADA installation by others.
GROUNDING:
A ground loop consisting of a #4/0 bare copper conductor shall be installed
around the new lift station building with 3/4" x 20' copper clad ground rods
installed a"t each corner. A #4/0 bare copper conductor shall be run from the
loop to the ground bus in the motor control center, to the rebar in foundation
in 4placesr and to the water line serving the building.
Non-current carrying metal parts of all electrical equipment shall be grounded
to equal o.r exceed the requirements of the National Electrical Code. In
general, a :3eparate ground conductor shall be attached to each item for which
grounding i:3 required. Switchgear assemblies, motor control centers, motors,
motor starters, feeder breakers or switches and switch racks shall be connected
to the ground system. All metallic conduit and raceway shall be grounded
directly or through the equipment.
All neutral conductors shall be grounded, except where specifically exempted.
Neutrals shall be connected to ground at only one point, as specified by the
NEC (usually at system distribution panel) .
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
TRANSFORMEF~S :
Ventilated dry-type transformers shall be designed in full accordance with ANSI
C89.2 (NEWt ST-20) for all KVA ratings 600 volts and below.
Transforme~-s shall be designed and rated for continuous operation at rated KVA
24 hours per day, 365 days per year, with normal life expectancy as defined in
IEEE No. 65.
Transformers shall have proven 2200C. insulation systems. The coils shall be
wound with copper conductors insulated with proven high temperature resistant,
2200C. material.
Transformer enclosures shall be fabricated of code gauge steel and arranged to
prevent the entrance of foreign obj ects. Transformers mounted inside motor
control center enclosures may be supplied less cabinet.
LIGHTING:
Lighting fixtures and lamps similar and equal to the type shown on the
drawings, schedules and/or this specification shall be furnished and installed
by the Contractor.
Lighting fixtures shall be located approximately as shown on the electrical
drawings. The Contractor shall review drawings of other trades to provide
lighting fixtures compatible with surrounding conditions, to provide effective
lighting for the work areas and to prevent interference between lighting
equipment and other equipment.
Installatio:1. and proper support of lighting fixtures shall be the
responsibil.i ty of the Contractor. Fixtures shall be aligned and mounted
uniformly. Aiming to accomplish effective lighting of areas to be illuminated
shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply all hardware
and accesso:cies necessary for proper mounting and installation of fixtures.
Exterior Liqhtinq Fixtures:
All lightinq fixtures (both interior and exterior) shall be industrially rated,
enclosed, gasketed, and weatherproof.
Fittings, supports and all hardware and materials necessary for the complete
installation and connection of fixtures shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Lamps:
Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures. Lamps installed during construction,
which have experienced more than 75% of burning hour life,- as published in
manufacturer's data, shall be replaced with new lamps prior to final
inspection.
Incandescent lamps shall be rated for a minimum of 2500 burning hour life and
shall be vibration resistant.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9B03-01.doc
T16-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Fluorescent lamps shall be high efficiency type employing latest technology
designed tc. yield maximum lumens output per watts input.
HID lamps .shall be clear type, rated for 24,000 average hours minimum life,
suitable for all operating positions.
Ballasts:
Ballasts fcr High Intensity Discharge fixtures (HID) shall be high power factor
type.
MOTORS:
Motors furnished under other sections of these specifications shall be of
sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed 115% of the
full-load rating when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity
under the most severe conditions likely to be encountered. Unless otherwise
specified, all motors shall be for operation on 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz
and shall be totally enclosed suitable for continuous-duty based on a 40 degree
C. ambient temperature of reference. polyphase motors shall be squirrel-cage
type, havir:,g normal-starting-torque and low-starting-current characteristics,
unless other characteristics are specified elsewhere. The horsepower ratings
indicated on electrical drawings are for guidance only and do not limit the
equipment :>ize. When electrically driven equipment furnished under other
sections of these specifications materially differs from the contemplated
design, the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments to the wiring,
disconnect devices, branch circuit protection and starters to accommodate the
equipment actually installed, without additional cost to the Owner.
MOTOR STARTERS, MOTORS, CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
Motor Startinq and Controls: The motor control center and control panel for
the 'lift station will be furnished with pumps under another section of these
specifications. All motors are specified under other sections of these
specifications to be furnished with the equipment to be driven and, for certain
specific equipment hereinafter referenced, the control equipment is likewise
specified t~ be furnished with the equipment. All electrical equipment is to be
installed ,and wired complete- for operation under this section of the
specificati.ons.
Maqnetic Mo-tor Starters: Magnetic motor starters shall be two and three pole,
full voltage, across the line starters equipped with thermal overload relays
sized to suit the motor served. The minimum size magnetic starter shall be
NEMA Size O. Starter coils shall have 120VAC rating unless noted otherwise.
Suitable s;:arter enclosures shall be provided to suit the environment.
Magnetic motor starters shall be as hereinafter specified under Motor Control
Center.
Equipment Connections: All wJ.rJ.ng (conduit, conductors and connections) for
the interco:nnection of electrical equipment and its controls shall be furnished
and installed under this section of the specifications. Connections shall
comply with all applicable requirements of this section of the specifications.
Flexible liquidtight conduit no more than six feet in length shall be provided
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
to all electrical equipment subj ect to vibration or movement and for _ all
motors.
LABELS:
General: Labels and tags are to be provided on all equipment as specified in
other paragraphs of this section. In addition to the general equipment labels,
warning labels as specified below are to be provided and installed.
Junction Boxes JB-M1 and JB-M2: Provide a label 12" (t) wide height as
required, for each of the 2 junction boxes. Engrave as follows for JB-M1:
JB-M1 (3/4/1 High)
WARNING (1" High)
HIGH VOLTAGE INSIDE (I" High)
(Following to be 3/8" high letters:)
TO BE OPENED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. BREAKER FOR PUMP #1, in
MCC MUST BE OPENED AND LOCKED OUT BEFORE OPENING THIS DOOR.
Label for JB-M2 to be same except change to JB-M2, and Pump #2.
EQUIPMENT REFERENCES:
particular attention and reference shall be made to the other sections of these
specificati<:ms for the proper coordination of all material to be furnished
and/or installed and all work to be accomplished under this section, and for
description.s of control equipment furnished thereunder as well as the manner in
which the equipment will function. Equipment requiring electrical connections
and coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following:
Section T11; Control Valves: Wiring to the hydraulic cylinder operated plug
valves specified under Section T11 shall be installed and tested under this
section of the specifications.
Section T12.; Lift Pumps with Motors: Section T120f these specifications gives
the requirements for the following equipment:
. Two submersible lift pumps with motors and 30' long power and control
cab:Les (pumps, motors, and cables are duplicates of those being
installed at J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant Lift Station).
Section T12A; Motor Control Cent~r and Controls: Section T12A of these
specifications gives the requirements for the following equipment:
. Motor control center complete with main breaker, combination solid
stat:e reduced voltage starters -for two lift pumps, and a section with
2-size 1 FVNR combination starters, 2 circuit breakers, and blank
spaces.
· A control panel.
. Two ultrasonic level transducers and processors.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl6
ELECTRICAL
. Components of the Motor Control Center and control panel are to be
duplicates, whenever feasible of components furnished in the Motor
Control Centers and control panels for the J. B. Messerly Wastewater
TrE~atment Plant Lift Station.
The supplie:r of this equipment will furnish shop drawings, wJ.rJ.ng diagrams, and
installatic.n and instruction manuals on this equipment. A service
representative will be available as required during installation, check-out and
start-up.
This equipment is to be installed, wired up, and checked out for proper
operation under this section of the contract.
Feeder to the MCC shall be installed as specified under "SERVICES AND
DISTRIBUTION" section of this specification.. Junction boxes with terminal
blocks for each motor is to be installed on the roof of the wetwell and power
and control wiring shall be installed from the MCC to the junction boxes. The
power and control cables furnished with the pumps are to be terminated on the
terminal blocks in the junGtion boxes. See LABELS, Page T16-15 for details of
Warning Labels to be installed on the j unction boxes. Padlocks are to be
provided for the junction boxes. Padlocks to be Master or equal, keyed alike.
All keys are to be turned over to the Owner's Representative.
The ultrasonic level transducers are to be installed as indicated on the
drawings, and conduit and wiring provided from the transducers to the
Milltronics HydroRanger control units to be installed in the control panel.
Section T14; Miscellaneous Equipment:
Channel Grinder - A control panel is included with the channel grinder being
furnished u:'lder this section. The grinder control panel is to be installed in
the MCC room and a non-fused disconnect switch in a NEMA 4X enclosure installed
at the grinder. Provide conduit and wiring from MCC to the control panel, and
from the control panel to disconnect switch and grinder motor.
Section T1~i; Heatinq and Ventilation Equipment: Provide 480 volt power
wiring for the exhaust fans, and 120 volt power to thermostat and heater in
the pipe gallery.
Section T17; Miscellaneous Instrumentation: All wiring to pressure switches,
vacuum switches, flow switches, SCADA system terminal blocks, and all other
devices pro'Tided under Section T17, shall be furnished and installed as shown
on drawing~: and as required to provide a functional and fully operable
system.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
Six copies of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals, and
other documentation shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions of these Specifications.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-17
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
I
PAYMENT:
.1
No separatE~ payment will be made for work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01.doc
T16-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS
GENERAL:
Scope:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consist of furnishing
and installing miscellaneous instrument devices including'all appurtenances and
piping thereto, in accordance with this section of the specifications and the
applicable drawings, and subject to the items and conditions of the contract.
The control system for the lift station is specified under Section T12A and
wiring undE!r Section T16 of the specifications. Devices specified herein,
except the pressure/vacuum gauge, shall furnish signals to and/or be operated
by the lift station control system.
Items to be furnished: Items to be furnished under this section of the
specifications include, but are not limited to the following:
. Pressure/Vacuum Gauge, Pl.
. Pressure Switch, PS-1.
. Vacuum Switch, VS-1.
. Flow Switches, FS~l and FS-2.
. Hydraulic Control System located at Discharge Valve Pit.
PRESSURE/Vk:UUM SWITCHES AND GAUGES:
Installation: Pressure/Vacuum Gauge PI, Pressure Switch PS-l, and Vacuum
Switch VS-J. shall be installed on the 30" force main each with shut-off
valves, diaphragm seals and fresh water flushing valves, as detailed on
Drawing No. 14.
Diaphraqrn Seals: Diaphragm seals are to be 316 SS, all welded construction,
1/2 NPT im:trument connection, 1" NPT process connection, and 1/4" flushing
connection. Seals are to factory assembled with its gauge or switch and
filled with glycerin or silicone.
Seals shall be Ashcroft Type 500, Cat. No. 10-501-SSL-04T-CG (glycerin
filled)or ~:K (silicone filled) or approved equal for use with other makes of
gauges and :,wi tches .
Pressure/Vacuum Gauqe PI: This gauge shall be a 4 1/2" (or 100 mm) compound
gauge, 30" Hg/0-60 psi dial; 1% .F.S. accuracy; bourdon tube type; all
stainless steel case, bourdon tube and socket, back connected. To be factory
assembled with diaphragm seal and filled as specified under "Diaphragm Seals"
above.
Gauge to be Ashcroft Cat. No. 45-1009-S-04B-30" Hg/60 psi, or approved equal
by u.s. GauS/e, Weksler, or Bourdon Sedame.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl1. doc
T17-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS
Pressure Sldtch PS-1: Pressure switch PS-1 shall have a NEMA 4X stainless
steel enclosure, single setpoint, adjustable deadband, teflon actuator seal,
general purpose lOA. SPDT switch, 0-60 psi range, 1/2" NPT male connection.
To be factory assembled with diaphragm seal and filled as specified under
"Diaphragm Seals" above.
Switch to be Ashcroft G-Series, Cat. No. GPA-N4-H-T-06-60 psi or approved
equal by ASCO.
Vacuum Switch VS-1: Vacuum switch VS-1 shall be same as PS-1 above in all
respects e~:cept range shall be 0-30/1 Hg vacuum, Ashcroft Cat. No. GPA-N4-H-T-
06 (-30"Hg), or approved equal by ASCO.
FLOW SWITCHES:
Installation:
force main as
welded . to top
thredolet.
Flow switches shall be installed in the top center of the 30"
indicated on the drawings. A 1 1/2" SS thredolet shall be
of pipe and hole cut in the force main to the ID of the
Flow Switches FS-1 and FS-2: Flow switches shall have 316 SS body and all
316 SS parts. Vane to be 5 layer 316 SS universal. Switches rating shall be
SA, 120 volts, SPDT complete with aluminum NEMA 4X electrical enclosure.
Switches shall be W.E. Anderson (Dwyer) Series V4 Flotect Model V4-SS-2U with
all 316 SS parts, or approved equal.
HYDRAULICS CONTROL SYSTEM:
The hydraulics control system located at the discharge valve pit and as shown
on Drawing No. 15 is to be furnished and installed complete including testing
for proper <:>peration.
All components of the system are specified on the above referenced drawing.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA:
Six copies of vendor shop drawings, installation and maintenance manuals, and
other documentation shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions of these specifications.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl7 .doc
T17-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T18
GRASSING
SCOPE:
The work c::>vered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment and materials and performing all operations
required to establish a satisfactory cover of grass _wi thin all unpaved areas
disturbed by construction. All work shall be performed in strict accordance
with this ~:ection of the specifications and the applicable drawings and subject
to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The grassing operations shall consist of preparation of the soil, including
tillage, liming and fertilizing, seeding or sprigging, mulching, watering, and
maintenance and repair of planted areas until a satisfactory grass cover is
obtained and the work is finally accepted.
MATERIALS:
Seed: Area.s to be grassed shall be seeded with Hulled Bermuda grass seed. All
seed for g:rassing shall be tested and approved by the Georgia Department of
Agriculture not more than 6 months prior to the date of sowing and packaged and
labeled in accordance with the Georgia Seed Laws and Rules and Regulations in
effect on the date of the Invitation for Bids. Seed which has become wet or
moldy or otherwise damaged prior to the time of sowing will be rejected.
Aqricultural Lime shall be a pulverized limestone having. the following
certified chemical and physical properties:
Total Carbonates, not less than 85%
Passing 10-mesh screen, at least 100%
Passing 10Q-mesh screen, at least 25%
Fertilizer: All fertilizer shall be a dry, free-flowing commercial 10-10-10
fertilizer suitable for application by a fertilizer distributor, grain drill,
planting machine or similar standard equipment. The fertilizer shall be
certified t::> meet the requirements of Fertilizer Laws of the State of Georgia
in effect on the date of the Invitation for Bids. Any fertilizer which becomes
caked or otherwise damaged prior to the time of use will be rejected.
Mulch: Any of the mulch materials, consisting of forest litter, hay, straw,
hulls of cotton balls or peanuts, ground corncobs, stalks of corn, cane, potato
vines, tobacco or other stems, or peat, which are permitted under Standard
Specifications of the State Highway Department of Georgia will be acceptable
provided th'9Y are properly shredded or ground. Mulch materials which contain
seeds of spE~cies of weeds or plants which would germinate and be harmful to the
proposed planting will not be accepted. Before collection of mulch material is
begun or delivery is made, the Contractor shall submit samples for approval.
Only approved mulch from approved sources will be accepted.
Water for u.se in connection with the grassing operations will be furnished by
the Owner, or obtained from any other. approved source. Such water shall be
free of excess chlorine, or other chemicals or substances harmful to plant
growth.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T18. doc
T18-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T18
GRASSING
GROUND PREPARATION:
Prior to preparing the ground for grassing operations, all weeds, brush and
other veget~ation in the areas to be planted which has not been removed during
clearing and grubbing and grading operations shall be removed from the site.
All irregularities in the surface shall be smoothed out and all roots, clay
lumps and 1ltone greater than 2 inches in diameter, and other foreign material
detrimental to tillage, planting and proper growth and maintenance of the area
shall be removed. In all areas where the topsoil has been removed during
grading operations, the topsoil which has been stockpiled shall be returned and
evenly distributed over these areas. Stockpiled topsoil shall be kept free
from subsoi.l, brush, objectionable weed growth, litter, stones and clay lumps
larger than 2 inches in diameter, stumps, roots, and other material that would
interfere with planting and maintenance operations. Herbicides used for weed
control shall conform to SC-14.
LIMING AND FERTILIZING:
After the areas to be seeded have been brought to finished grade, agricultural
lime and fertilizer conforming to the requirements of this specification shall
be uniformly distributed over the areas, lime at the rate of one ton per acre
and fertilizer at the rate of 1000 pounds per acre. In areas where mechanical
spreaders cannot be used, the lime and fertilizer may be applied by hand
methods. The lime and fertili zer shall not be applied when the wind makes it
difficult t~ obtain satisfactory distribution.
TILLAGE:
The lime and fertilizer shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed with the soil
to a depth of approximately 3 inches by plowing, discing and harrowing until
the soil is friable and well pulverized. Hand tillage will be required in all
areas where mechanical equipment cannot be operated.
PLANTING:
Seeding ope.rations shall not be performed prior to April 15 or after September
15, nor unless the soil has the optimum moisture content or more, through a
depth of at least 3 inches.
Seedinq: Seed conforming to the requirements of this specification shall be
uniformly sown by approved mechanical power drawn drills or seeders or, in
small areas, by mechanical hand seeders. Hulled Bermuda shall be planted at
the rate of 40 pounds per acre. The seeds shall be covered and compacted to a
depth of 1/:3 to 1/2 inch by means of a cultipacker and an empty traffic roller
or another roller weighing less than 3 tons. Broadcast seeding shall not be
done when the wind makes it difficult to get satisfactory distribution.
WATERING:
After the planting has been completed, the moisture content of the soil will be
tested. If there is not enough moisture in the soil to insure germination and
adequate plant growth, water shall be applied by sprinkling until an adequate
"ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tla.doc
T18-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T18
GRASSING
moisture cc.ntent has been reached. In the absence of adequate rainfall during
the germination and early growth period, the Contractor will be required to
maintain the required adequate moisture content of the soil by periodic
sprinkling operations.
MULCHING:
Mulching of planted areas will. not be required but may be employed at the
option of the Contractor as an aid in reducing erosion and conserving soil
moisture. If employed, the mulch shall conform to the requirements of this
specification. The rate of application of the mulch depends on the texture of
the mulch. The proper application will allow some sunlight to penetrate and
air to circ~late, at the same time shading the ground. If desired, immediately
after the mulch is spread, the material may be anchored to the soil by a
cultipacker, disc harrow, or other suitable equipment.
ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE:
The Contractor is responsible for providing a satisfactory stand of living
seeded grass in which gaps larger than 12 inches do not occur at the time of
acceptance of the proje~t. Any areas which fail to show a uniform stand for
any reason ,...hatsoever, shall be replanted according to these specifications and
such replanting shall be repeated until acceptance by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall properly water, mow and otherwise maintain all planted areas
and any damage resulting from erosion, washing or other causes, shall be
repaired by fill topsoil, tamping, refertilizing and replanting at no
additional ,~xpense to the Owner, if such damage occurs prior to acceptance of
the project"
EROSION CONTROL:
In the event completion of grading operations of areas to be planted extends
beyond September 15, planting must be postponed until the following spring
season. The Contractor will be permitted to seed such areas with Rye qrass at
his own explmse, if he so desires, to control erosion of the qraded areas. All
mowing and maintenance operations during the fall and winter seasons will be
the obligation of the Contractor. Erosion must be controlled by acceptable
methods to prevent damage to the Owner's property or to adj acent propert y
owners.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for the grassing and other work covered by
this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be
included in the lump sum Base Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl8. doc
T18-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
SCOPE:
Equipment erection includes all labor, material and construction equipment
costs requi.red for the complete installation of equipment.
All equipment and pipe supports shall be grouted with plain grout, unless
otherwise directed.
The Contractor, unless iristructed otherwise by the Resident Project
Representative (RPR) shall comply with the markings where shown for lifting and
other such notations placed upon the packages.
The Contra.:tor shall be responsible for the final alignment of all motors
purchased directly by the Owner or furnished with the equipment purchased by
the Owner c.r furnished by the Contractor.
All work necessary for preservation of and preventive maintenance for
equipment, whether stored or erected, shall be performed by the Contractor.
Preservatives shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor to maintain
wri tten records of all preservation and preventive maintenance performed on
major equipment before time of final acceptance.
Spare parts furnished with equipment, but not to be erected, shall be placed in
the storage area designated by ~he RPR.
The Contra=tor shall furnish
acetylene, stainless steel (ss)
such expendables as welding rods, oxygen,
shims, cleaning solvents, cleaning rags, etc.
Equipment guards, platforms, railings, etc., furnished with equipment, shall be
completely '8rected by the Contractor.
ERECTION AND ASSEMBLY:
The Contractor shall place and assemble equipment and machinery in accordance
with the best practice of the trades involved.
Wherever equipment manufacturer's special setting or erection instructions are
furnished or called for by the manufacturer's representative, they shall be
followed.
Wedging will not be permitted. Only flat shims shall be used in leveling
equipment~ All shims shall be furnished by the Contractor. Jack nuts shall
not be used on anchor bolts for leveling, aligning or supporting machinery and
equipment.
Dial indicators shall be used for equipment alignment unless otherwise
instructed by the RPR.
Couplings shall be aligned wi thin .003" tolerance overall unless otherwise
instructed by the RPR.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl9.doc
T19-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
Only oil bath heaters shall be used to expand bearings, couplings, etc. Oil
temperature shall be controlled to prevent overheating of bearings. Should
bearings be heated to temperature higher than that recommended by the bearing
manufacturE!r, the Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to
provide nevf bearings in exchange for those overheated.
No piping :3hall be permanently bolted to equipment flanges until the pipe is
sufficiently supported and has been checked by the RPR to see that no strain is
placed on the equipment. All mechanical drive couplings assembled by the
vendor shall be broken and checked by the Contractor prior to start-up and any
misalignmeEt shall be corrected. All mechanical drive couplings shall be
rechecked prior to start-up for misalignment and any misalignment shall be
corrected by the Contractor.
The work includes the flushing of gear cases and lubricant boxes where
necessary and placement of initial fill of lubricants.
Equipment erection shall include furnishing and installing dowels which shall
be standard taper pins (1/4 inch to ft.) with pulling nut. Dowels shall be
installed for each component piece, in a drilled and taper reamed hole in each
of the diagonally opposite feet near the anchor bolt. Dowels shall not be
installed until after the final alignment, immediately prior to start-up, has
been completed.
The Contractor shall remove any beams, bracing, etc. ,
erection of equipment and shall reinstall all components
after erection of the equipment. The Contractor shall
supports required to permit erection of equipment.
which interfere with
so removed immediately
install any temporary
Openings for access into the building shall be made and closed by the
Contractor.
The Contractor must furnish, install, and dismantle any temporary access
platforms that he deems necessary to erect the equipment.
All drives involving two or more items of equipment and a motor, shall
generally be installed in a sequence ~n which the motor is installed last. This
sequence is mandatory in cases involving a direct-connected motor drive. All
items shall be in place and aligned prior to grouting.
Spare parts and maintenance tools furnished with equipment shall not be used
for installation work, arid shall be turned in to the RPR.
GROUTING:
All groutinq of equipment and machinery shall be- done by Contractor with plain,
Embeco or LL636 grout or equal as specified by the RPR.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - Tl9.doc
T19-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
Materials ~;hall be the following:
Portland cement, ASTM C150-67, Type 1.
Water, potable.
Non-shrink grout. Embeco (pre-mixed) or LL636 (pre-mixed) by Master
Builde,rs or equal shall be used.
Sand, ASTM C33-64.
Coarse Aggregate, ASTM C33-64, Size No. 8 (3/8 in. to No.8) .
Forms for qrout shall be properly designed and constructed to hold grout in
posi tion, ~,i thout leakage until the cement has set up. Form plank shall be
dressed and of uniform thickness, tongue and grooved sufficiently tight to
prevent the loss of mortar.
Plywood or metal forms, approved by the RPR, may be used at the Contractor's
option.
Exposed edges shall have chamfer as directed.
All necessary ties" wires, braces, etc., required to properly align the forms,
shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Grout
mixer
RPR.
water
shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer, either concrete mixer or mortar
type. For small amounts, hand mixing may be permitted if approved by the
Material shall be accurately measured by volume or by weight, with mixing
care~llly measured.
Foundation surface shall be clean dense concrete, free from laitance, oil,
soaps, or other foreign material before placing grout. Surface of - foundation
shall be chipped to remove deleterious material and expose aggregate. All
sand, paper, or other packing shall be removed by the Contractor from anchor
bol t sleeves before placing equipment. Surface to receive grout shall be
thoroughly Het ahead of grouting operation. All dirt and excess water shall be
removed by blowing with compressed air, or other means suitable to the RPR.
Any required chipping of foundations to prepare a satisfactory surface shall be
done prior to placing machinery by the Contractor.
Grouting of equipment, for which the manufacturer furnished equipment erect{on
supervision, shall be done when directed by and under the general supervision
of the manufacturer's erection supervisor.
Unless othe:t:'wise directed, grout shall fill the entire base and shall be
finished off smoothly and flush at the grout holes.
The following mixes shall,be used to grout equipment as directed by the RPR:
No. 1 rv.:ix - Plain mix (by weight) to be used for grouting two inches thick
and less and shall consist of one part cement and one and one-half parts
sand.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T19.doc
T19-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
No. 2 Mix - Plain mix (by weight) shall be used for grouting over two
inche~l thick, and shall consist of one part cement and one and one-half
parts sand.
No. 3 Mix - Embeco Mix (pre-mixed) shall be used only where specified and
shall be prepared in strict compliance with the recommendations of the
Mastel: Builders Company.
No. 4 Mix - LL636 (pre-mixed) shall be used only where specified and shall
be prepared in strict compliance with the recommendations of the Master
BuildE~rs Company.
Any equipm,=nt that is required to be grouted with Ernbeco or LL636 by the
manufacturer or manufacturer's erection supervisor shall be grouted with same
unless oth€:rwise changed by the RPR.
Add just enough water to make a placeable mix. Mix shall be stiff and rammed
into place unless otherwise instructed by the RPR or manufacturer's erection
supervisor. Where thick grout (over 3") is to be placed, it shall be done in
two operations, bringing the surface up to about 1" of the machinery base and
allowing the initial section to set a minimum of 24 hours before placing final
grouting.
Where edge or surface of Embeco grout will be exposed, cut back 3/4 inch
minimum, and finish with plain Portland cement mortar (No.1 Mix).
INSTALLATION OF CHAIN OR BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT:
Direction and speed of rotation of driving shafts and motors shall be checked
before conn8cting to driven shafts. Driving shafts having axial end play, such
as those of motor and certain other equipment, shall be run at operating speed;
and the running position shall be marked, using chalk and scriber or other
similar method. The shafts shall be blocked in this position while aligning
the equipme::lt.
Shaft leveling shall be by use of a machinist's (Starrett #98, or equivalent)
level on bare shafts, across the .teeth of multiple width sprockets, or across
the outer faces of sheaves.
Angular aliq-nment and end clearance shall be checked by use of a feeler gauge
of proper thickness inserted at four equally spaced points, 900 apart, around
the outer edges of coupling halves.
Rechecks shall be made for level, radial, and angular alignment and end
clearance in the same order as originally made and readjustments made until all
four are in satisfactory adjustment, since any readjustment of' one of the above
may destroy prior readjustment of another. Final recheck shall be made with
dial indicators of high accuracy, or optical equipment approved by the
Engineer.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T19.doc
T19-4
1-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
INSTALLATION OF DIRECT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT:
Direction and speed of rotation of driving shafts and motors shall be checked
before connecting to driven shafts. Driving shafts having axial end play, such
as those of motors and certain other equipment, shall be run at operating
speed; and the running position shall be marked, using chalk and scriber or
other similar method. The shafts shall be blocked in this position while
aligning tb_e equipment.
Shaft level.ing shall be by use of a machinist's (Starrett #98, or equivalent)
level placed across the faces of the two coupling halves. Radial alignment
shall be cbecked at the same time by use of a straight edge placed across the
faces of the two coupling halves in both the horizontal and vertical planes.
Angular alignment and end clea~ance shall be checked by use of a feeler gauge
of proper thickness inserted at four equally spaced points, 900 apart, around
the outer edges of coupling halves.
Rechecks shall be made for level, radial, and angular alignment and end
clearance in the same order as originally made and readjustments made until all
four are in satisfactory adjustment, since any readjustment of one of the above
may destroy prior readjustment of another. Final recheck shall be made with
dial indicators of high accuracy, or .
TEST RUN:
Before starting an item of equipment for the first time, all of the following
shall be peiformed:
Direction and speed of rotation shall be checked.
Removal of all shaft blocks used for blocking shafts in running position during
installation.
Lubrication of all parts with manufacturer's recommended grade and quantity of
lubricant, and under the Owner's supervision.
Tightening of all bolts and capscrews.
Torch trim bolt projections to approximately 1/8 inch above nut, and _grind
smooth.
When ready to start, and before applying power, the connected equipment shall
be rotated :manually, if possible, to make sure that the rotating parts move
freely and 1:hat there are no foreign obj ects in the equipment. Otherwise, a
thorough vi~:ual inspection shall. be made.
Start-up and test run shall be conducted in the presence of the Resident
Project Representative.
Upon complet.ion of test run and after all final corrections have been made, and
wherever applicable, the equipment base and grouted foundation plate shall be
doweled. Dowels shall be in place before placing the equipment in operation.
In addition, torch trim bolt projections to approximately 1/8 inch above nut.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T19.doc
T19-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
The equipment supplier shall provide a qualified "equipment technician(s)" at
the job site who is knowledgeable and competent with all aspects of the
equipment and the particular application required of the equipment. Such an
individual(s) is to have demonstrated competence in the following areas:
Equipment erection, installation, and tie-ins.
Equipment operation.
Equipment maintenance.
Equipment trouble-shooting, problem analysis and problem correction.
Since the installation and start-up of equipment must proceed in an orderly
manner and according to schedule, the "equipment technician (s)" is to be
available at the job site when scheduled and is expected to cooperate with all
personnel.
Trials shall be run in the presence of the RPR and shall be conducted in such a
way and to such an extent to demonstrate to the RPR that all provisions of the
equipment specifications have been complied with in full.
All results from tests, trials, and final acceptance tests shall be documented
and turned over to the RPR as required by the RPR.
TAGS:
All equipment shall be provided with stainless steel equipment identification
tags (not painted) showing equipment number, permanently attached to the
equipment.
Information Required:
Information on the equipment tag is to include equipment identification,
equipment size, basic operating characteristics; such as RPM, GPM, HP, volts,
amperes, full load efficiency and any other information pertinent to the use
and operation of the equipment.
PAYMENT:
No separate payment will be made for work covered by this section of the
specificatie.ns and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T19.doc
T19-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T20
FENCING
SECTION T-<:O FENCING:
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, and materials, and in performing all operations in
connection with the construction of the chain link fence, complete with all
appurtenances, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications,
the applica.ble drawings, and subj ect to the terms and conditions of the
Contract.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
The current edition of the following specifications form a part of this
specification:
American So.::ietv for Testinq Materials Desiqnation:
I A 392Zinc-Ci)ated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric
MATERIALS:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
General: The fence shall have an overall height of 7' including the 3 strands
of barbed wire on the top, arms outside. The fence shall be the standard
product .of Cyclone Fence Corp., or American Chain & Cable, Anchor Post
Products, or equal.
Fabric shaLL be No. 9 gauge, 2" mesh, Class I galvanized in conformance with
ASTM A 392.
Line posts, 2-1/2" O.D. @ 3.65 lbs/FT. shall be spaced not more than
Corner posts shall be 3" O.D. @ 5.70 lbs/FT. and gate posts shall be 4"
@ 9.1 lbs/FT. Posts shall be anchored in concrete footings, crowned to
water.
Posts:
10' .
O.D.
shed
Toprail: A 1-5/8" O.D. @ 2.27 lbs/FT. toprail shall be provided for the entire
fence.
Fabric Reinforcinq Wire: All fabric reinforcing wire shall be provided along
the bottom edge. It shall be not less than No. 7 gauge coiled spring wire.
Galvanized ties or clips shall be provided for attaching reinforcing wires to
fabric at intervals of not more than 2 feet.
Post Braces: Nominal 1-5/8" O.D. @ 2.27 Ibs/FT. galvanized tubular post braces
extending tel each adjacent line post at mid-height of the fabric shall be
provided for each gate, corner, pull and end post. A 3/8" diameter truss rod
shall also be provided from the line post back to the gate, corner, pull, or
end post, with a turnbuckle or other equivalent provision for adjustment.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T20.doc
120-1
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T20
FENCING
Stretcher bars 3/16 x 3/4 inch in size, with length 1" less than fabric height,
shall be provided for stretching and securing the fabric at each gate, end,
corner and pull post, one for each gate and end post and two for each corner
and pull post.
Post Tops: All posts shall be provided with post tops which will fit over the
outside of posts to exclude moisture and shall be provided with a hole suitable
for the th:rough passage of the top rail.
Ties or cli~ of adequate strength shall be provided in sufficient number for
attaching the fabric to all line posts and to top rail at intervals not
exceeding 15 inches.
Bands or clips of adequate strength shall be provided in sufficient number for
attaching the fabric and stretcher bars to all terminal posts at intervals not
exceeding 15 inches.
Gates shall be swing-type complete with latches, stops, keepers and hinges.
Gate frames shall be constructed of galvanized tubular members, 2" O.D. at 2.72
lbs/FT., trussed and braced in such a manner as to provide a rigid frame and
ample strenqth to insure a gate free from sag and twist.
Stretcher bars shall be provided for each gate to facilitate tight installation
of the fabric in each gate frame.
Ties, bands and clips of
number for attaching the
stretcher bars to the gate
adequate strength shall be provided in sufficient
fabric to the frame and stretcher bars and the
frame.
Hinqes shall be of heavy pattern, of adequate strength for the gate, and with
large bearing surfaces for clamping in position. The hinges shall not twist or
turn under t:he action of the gate. The gates shall be capable of being opened
and closed easily by one person.
Latches, st(~S and keepers shall be provided for all gates; the latches shall
have the plunger bar arranged to engage the stops when closed and the keepers
when open. Latches shall be arranged for locking by padlock. Center stops
shall consist of a device arranged to be set in concrete and to engage the
plunger of the latch bar of double gate. Keepers shall consist of a mechanical
device for ~:ecuring the free end - of the gate when in full open position, one
being required for each gate leaf.
Finish: All metallic units or items shall be hot-dip galvanized finish except
barbed wire which shall be electro-galvanized. Ties, clips, and bands and
barbed wire barbs may be aluminum.
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T20.doc
T20-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T20
FENCING
INSTALLATION:
Post SettiQg: All posts shall be securely anchored in concrete footings,
neatly croll'lned to shed water. Footings shall be poured in cored holes unless
the soil \"ill not permit coring, in which case alternate methods will be
permitted :subject to prior approval by the Engineer. Footings for line posts
shall be 9" diameter by 2'-9" deep and for corner, end and gate posts shall be
12" diametl~r by 3' -3" deep. In all cases, the posts shall extend to within 3
inches of 1:he bottom of the footing. Posts shall be.aligned and set to permit
fabric and top rail installation at a uniform grade approximating the general
slope of the ground. Where necessary, to prevent short length sags or dips in
the top 01: the fence, post heights shall be adjusted as directed by the
Engineer.
Post Spacir~: Each run of fence shall be set up so that a uniform spacing of
posts will result. The spacing shall be approximately, but not more than 10
feet. In all runs in excess of 200 feet, and in shorter runs when desired by
the Contractor, pull posts shall be installed to facilitate proper stretching
of the fabric during its installation.
PAYMENT:
No separate, payment will be made for the work covered by this section of the
specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the
lump sum Bid for the completed work.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
9803-01 - T20.doc
T20-3
'-
.,~
\,
'--
',--
<..
~
~11rt...\~. i~ l!1: 1]'\1/1 ~J~~ll -
~h i .' \:::;-7 ~~J q l~1 ~. 1,<
i!l'~ '".-5' ~ !ri .
0$- . 'V -
MAY 2 2 2000
Jp S. HfiJ~~ COI\!~fANY-
"-.,
..
- -.
....Ii\\\
-I.."
:U.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~I~
>~;:;-"-
--~--
".7,.'"